2015 StudioLine Buyers Guide
-
Upload
studioline-ltd -
Category
Business
-
view
247 -
download
1
Transcript of 2015 StudioLine Buyers Guide
Off ice furni ture distr ibutors
o f f i c e f u r n i t u r e s o l u t i o n s
20152015
2015 COVERS FOR FLICKY.indd 2 08/12/2014 12:21
E V E R Y D A Y O F F I C E F U R N I T U R E
B U Y E R S G U I D E
Welcome to our 2015 furniture catalogue!
A poor working environment is the second most quoted reason for leaving a company (after money!)
Within our all new 2015 furniture catalogue, which is even bigger and better than ever before, you will find a myriad of high quality products to suit your every need from reception to boardroom and every environment in between.
Even more importantly you need not break the bank, we have beautiful and functional furniture at a wide range of price points to suit your budget.
Decades of experience
Clear concise catalogues and web site
Great sales support and consultation from enquiry to installation
Design service
Huge product range
Massive stocks of best selling lines
Packaging removed and recycled
Furniture removal and recycle service available
Specials Service
Competitive and all inclusive pricing
2015 COVERS FOR FLICKY.indd 3 08/12/2014 12:21
What We Offer
Delivery and Installation service.
Prices shown can be considered as nett Euro guidelines after discounts .
and we offer alternatives and may do better - just ask.
We have partnered with Woodstock Leabank to produce this Buyers GuideIt is intended to assist you the client in quickly creating a specification and budget costings.
Real wood veneer tops combine style with practicality.
Chiltern Page 189
A broad range of chairs with a full range of options.
Fully upholstered visitor and lounge chair.
Quietly stylish or eye-catching schemes can be easily created for this executive furniture.
Stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality.
Newly extended and improved range of entry level furniture available in two standard finishes and three special finishes.
An elegant and stylish post legged modular system for individual desks or an entire office space.
A classic selection of tables and chairs to compliment a broad range of dining areas.
Highlights for 2015
1
Kind Pages 22, 35 & 67-69
Cascara Pages 226-227
Aston Pages 170-173
Hive Pages 230-231
Fraction Plus Pages 82-89
Eclipse Pages 114-119
Dining Pages 234-235
1 Highlights Information (15).indd 1 03/12/2014 10:04
You have placed your order on time and accurately
Our vehicle can access the site
Parking for a large vehicle is available
Any special security or access arrangements are notified in advance
If available and necessary lifts are made available to our fitters
Other works likely to interfere with the installation eg. carpet fitting, decorating or electrical works are complete.
Delivery and Installation
2
SafesShown on pages 268 - 269; as these products can be very heavy to deliver and install – they may require special delivery and be subject to an installation survey, with any subsequent charging agreed prior to delivery.
Storage Interior FittingsStorage units will be sited at point of use with interior fittings left for customer self installation. Full instructions will be supplied with each fitting.
The vast majority of products in this catalogue are priced for a complete order to installation service. We will take your goods to the point of use, unpack the goods and professionally assemble any products that require this service. An estimate of delivery time is shown at the bottom of each page.
In order to achieve the best results for you please ensure that:
Most importantly please provide a mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address of the person receiving the order as we send a text message to notify you of planned delivery date and will also call prior to arrival on site to ensure that you are kept as informed as possible.
CAD - Meeting Room Plan
Small Orders May be subjected to a small order charge. This will be notified at the time of order.
From Concept to CompletionFrom the start of a project we can take the initial drawings and concept through to completion.
Additional Charges
2-3 Delivery Info Buyers Guide (15).indd 1 03/12/2014 16:36
Buyers Guide
3
Ordering ProcedureTo process your order accurately, please ensure your order contains the following information:
1. Full product code
2. The wood/metal finish or fabric choice of the product eg:
3. Product quantity
4. Quoted price (excluding VAT)
5. Full delivery address, including postcode
6. Contact name and mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address at point of delivery
7. Purchase order number/reference
8. Any special arrangements e.g. parking restrictions etc
Pricing, Corrections and ContinuityEvery effort has been made to ensure that prices and product details are correct at the time of going to press (December 2014). Prices can only be guaranteed for 6 months from this date.
All prices are exclusive of VAT, which will be charged at the rate prevailing at the time of invoice. We reserve the right to make product changes, price changes and product improvements during the life of this catalogue. E & OE.
Notice of Damage, Loss, Non-ReceiptAll goods must be checked and signed for on receipt ofdelivery. We shall not accept claims for missing, faulty or damaged goods, if the delivery note is signed “un-checked”.
Failure to adhere to this may result in charges for replacements. If upon receipt, your goods are damaged, incomplete, or incorrect, notification must be made within 24 hours of delivery.
Wood Veneer FinishWhile manufacturers strive to achieve excellent colour matching, shading of real wood veneer cannot be guaranteed. Exposure to natural light will alter a veneers colour over a period of time. Finishes illustrated within this catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as a guide.
FabricsWhere a fabric covered product is available from stock the relevant fabric colour is shown on the page. Further details of fabric swatches are shown on page 320 of this catalogue. Fabric colours illustrated within this catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as a guide, natural fibres such as wool may experience a shade variance.
There is a vast selection of materials and colours available, with the fabric manufacturers providing an excellent swatch service. This is accessed through their web sites noted on page 320.
Cancellation of Orders/DeliveriesThe cancellation of Stock orders must be received andacknowledged in writing. The Company reserves the right to charge an administration fee for the cancellation of a Stock order.
Orders for Specials cannot be cancelled once the order has been accepted. A storage charge may be levied against any deliveries that are not accepted on the confirmed delivery/installation date.
Warranty GuaranteesSeatingThe warranty offered indicated by the following symbolindicates the number of years that the product is guaranteed to be free from defects and refers to metal and plastic parts. Fabric guarantees vary depending on which fabric cover is used and the number of hours daily use that the chair is subjected to. The warranty becomes invalid if in the reasonable opinion of the company the product has been misused or used outside of its advertised weight tolerances or time periods. Any chair that requires repair will be collected and repaired at our site within a period of time deemed reasonable by the company. Loan chairs will not be provided whilst this operation is carried out.
FurnitureThe warranty offered indicated by the following symbolindicates the number of years that the product is guaranteed to be free from defects subject to normal wear and tear. If a product becomes faulty during this period the company will undertake to repair or if this is not possible, replace the item within an agreed and reasonable timeframe. If the product can be repaired, loan furniture will not be supplied whilst this operation is carried out.
Beech Silver
BCH
1year
guarantee
5year
guarantee
2-3 Delivery Info Buyers Guide (15).indd 2 03/12/2014 16:36
Services
4
Space Planning
Formed in 2009, our specialist furniture and electrical equipment removal service has supported many companies to strengthen their environmental credentials and corporate identity through our recycling scheme.
Call us now for a survey and quotation.
The correct planning of a workspace, utilises its maximum capacity and produces a work friendly and safe environment.
Allow us to hear and understand your requirements. Once your objectives have been analysed, your space will be designed to be efficient and effective based upon operational and aesthetic requirements, and financial considerations.
Following industry and legislative guidelines the 2D, or 3D CAD will allow you to visualize the space and achieve an effective working environment.
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&RREMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&RREMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&RREMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICER&R REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
R&R
REMOVR&R
4-5 Contents (15).indd 1 03/12/2014 10:08
Contents
5
Seating Pages 10-77
Executive Furniture Pages 156-173
Reception & Breakout Pages 196-231
Storage and Filing Pages 248-269
Desking, Storage and Screens Pages 82-153
Tables Pages 176-193
Cafe & Dining Pages 234-245
Education Pages 272-319
4-5 Contents (15).indd 2 03/12/2014 10:08
Seating
6
Our standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. The majority of chairs featured in this section can be upholstered in any fabric, see page 320 for further information.
When placing your order please refer to the swatches shown on the pages, and suffix the correct fabric code for example BLK for Black = PSM1BLK (see example below).
Kind MeshA unique product featuring a dual mesh back with 9 mesh colours available as standard.
Code Description
PSM1BLK High Back Operator Chair Permanent Contact Back
Standard Tilt Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.
Permanent Contact Back
Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.
Independent Seat and Back
Independent seat and back tilt adjustment. Lockable in any position. Tilt can be adjusted to suit users weight. Gas seat height adjustment.
Asynchro Tilt Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Seat angle adjustable. Gas seat height adjustment. 2 lever mechanism.
Synchronised Tilt Synchronised seat and back tilt can be locked in any position for firm support. Tilt can be adjusted to suit the users weight.
Knee Tilt Under knee combined seat and back tilt. Torsion controlled and adjustable for weight with gas seat height adjustment.
Lock Tilt Adjustable torsion control and locking tilt mechanism. Gas seat height adjustment.
150kg max.weight tolerance
8recommendedhours usage
Amongst icons for delivery and guarantees, you’ll notice these two icons. The first denotes how many hours usage per day that particular chair is recommended for. This tends to come into question with the Operator and 24 hour chairs. The second dictates the tested weight tolerance of a chair, and it’s components.
Tilt Mechanism Lockable back angle adjustment. Anti-shock for seat back.
Mechanisms
Product Information
Fabric Information
Ordering Information
2015 Range Highlights
Whether your in need of an entry level office chair, something with a breathable mesh back or fully adjustable for day long comfort, or both! You will find a solution from the following section. New for 2015 are the Evolve and Evolve Heavy Duty, Kind, i-Sit Mesh, Is Mesh, Moore, Atlas, Classic, Xenon, Opula, Traditional, Ocean, Venice, Barcelona, Academy, Step, One. This section concludes with seating ideal for meeting and general purpose with the Soft Seating now shown included in the Reception & Breakout section beginning on page 196.
BarcelonaA comfortable and stylish chair Ideal for training, conference or lectures.
FinsburyWith an iconic design this chair offers superb comfort.
Evolve & Evolve DeluxeOffering comfort & practicality for a very affordable price, with a deluxe version available.
6-7 Seating Intro - Full Page (15).indd 1 03/12/2014 17:43
7
6-7 Seating Intro - Full Page (15).indd 2 03/12/2014 17:43
8
Ope
rato
r, ta
sk
and
post
ure
Mes
h
TopazPage 15
Evolve Page 10
MyPage 21
WhyPage 26
Air - UnitePage 32
My MeshPage 37
PrismPage 12
PoisePage 18
MoodPage 23
IsPage 28-29
Team Plus MeshPage 34
Sense MeshPage 39
TwoPage 13
Lynx - CougarPage 19
Re-act DeluxePage 24
i-SitPage 30
Kind MeshPage 35
i-Sit MeshPage 40
May’BPage 20
PyramidPage 14
SensePage 25
QuattroPage 31
BassPage 36
Is MeshPage 41
SolarPage 17
KindPage 22
CaptivePage 27
EtnaPage 33
LoretoPage 38
Evolve Deluxe Page 11
seating contents
8-9 Seating Contents (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 10:52
9
Exec
utiv
eM
eetin
g &
G
ener
al P
urpo
se
Sapphire & Atlas Page 44
2000 & 2600Page 55
OceanPage 49
IkonPage 60-61
Kind SwivelPage 67
IsPage 74-75
Obsidian & Tanzanite Page 43
WorkchairPage 54
i-SitPage 48
StepPage 59
La KendoPage 66
Alina MeshPage 73
OpulaPage 46
VenicePage 51
AcademyPage 57
HostPage 64
LeolaPage 70-71
OnePage 77
Classic & XenonPage 45
EnnaPage 50
BarcelonaPage 56
Xpresso 1Page 62-63
Kind Page 68-69
Colletta Page 76
Amber & MoorePage 42
TraditionalPage 47
StakkaPage 52-53
Client 4 TurnerPage 58
ArenaPage 65
AlinaPage 72
seating contents
8-9 Seating Contents (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 10:52
A B C D
EvolveOur entry level operator chair Evolve offers a comfortable and practical chair for a very affordable price. Available from stock in our two most popular colours and with a choice of arms and mechanisms. The range in complimented by a high draughting or cashier chair and a heavy duty chair for heavy use.
10
High Back Draughting Chair
Evolve Heavy Duty
Code £
EVO2 - 2 Lever Mechanism 99
EVO3 - 3 Lever Mechanism 106
Black base as standard. With castors.
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
500
420
450
440-560
500
420
450
615-730
Code £
EV02DC - 2 Lever Mechanism 140
Black base as standard.
Permanent contact back. With glides.
Code £
EVOHDR - 3 Lever Mechanism 240
With ratchet back height adjustment.
680 Black base as standard.
Fixed Arms
2 Lever Mechanism A B C. 3 Lever Mechanism A B C D
Height Adjustable Arms
Evolve High Back
Pair of Fixed Arms FBLA 20
Pair of Height Adjustable Arms ABL/H/S 33
New for 2015
£Options
operator, task & posture
EVO2 shown
8recommendedhours usage
8recommendedhours usage
110kg max.weight tolerance
150kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
3year
guarantee
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
580
480
480
440-560
Budget operator chair
from £99
Stock Fabric Colours Special Order Fabric Colours
Charcoal Blue Black GreenGrey Claret
Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
EVOHDR shown Evolve Heavy
Duty Details
Evolve High Back Details
CHA BLUE
10-11 Evolve - Evolve Deluxe (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 12:12
Evolve DeluxeAs an extension of the Evolve range the Evolve Deluxe offers a more generous seat and back size as well as a more robust mechanism and gas lift to accept 150kg weight tolerance. The Deluxe version also offers a complete fully loaded chair from stock with seat slide, ratchet back height adjustment, pump up lumbar support and a modern black metal base as standard.
11
operator, task & posture
Evolve Deluxe
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
580
480
480
540-660
Code £
EVODHDR 290
• Height adjustable arms
• Pump up lumbar support
• Modern black metal base
• Seat slide
• Back with ratchet height adjustment
• 3 lever mechanism
Heavy duty and cost effective
Stock Fabric ColoursSpecial Order Fabric Colours
8recommendedhours usage
150kg max.weight tolerance
3year
guarantee
Charcoal BlueBlack GreenGrey Claret
Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
EVOHDR shown with height adjustable arms as standard
A B C D E
CHA BLUE
10-11 Evolve - Evolve Deluxe (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 12:12
Prism
Standard Colours
Black Blue Red Charcoal
The Prism operator chair comes with a waterfall-front seat and is available with or without arms. This chair also features a contoured back rest and is offered from stock with a choice of fabric colours; black, blue, red and charcoal and three arm styles.
12
High Back - Asynchro Mechanism High Back - Synchro Mechanism
Code £
PSM1 122
Code £
ZPSM1/FC1D 182
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
480
450
440
460-570
480
450
440
460-570
480
450
440
460-570
Code £
PSM2 140
Code £
PSM3 149
Shown with Fixed Arms
PSMLA
PSMFA
PSMHA
PSMCB
Shown with Height Adjustable Arms
High Back - Permanent Contact Back
Pair of Fixed Arms PSMLA 18
Pair of Height Adjustable Arms PSMHA 46
Pair of Folding Arms PSMFA 54
Chrome Base PSMCB 49
RED CHABLUEBLK
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
480
450
440
625-740
8recommendedhours usage
110kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Options
High Back - Draughting Chair
£
operator, task and posture
12-13 Prism - Two (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 09:46
Options
Two
13
Medium Back - With fixed armsMedium Back - With height adjustable arms
Code £
TW01 144
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
480
450-570
430
480
450-570
430
480
450-570
430
Code £
TW02 176
Code £
TW03 204
SSC
Medium Back - With no arms
Polished Base: C 41
Seat Slide SS 37
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
A chair to meet every office need, the traditionally designed Two stands for flexibility, quality & comfort, whilst not compromising the importance of good ergonomics. The Two chair has a height adjustable back, a back rake mechanism and 5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
High Back - with fixed arms
High Back - with height adjustable arms
Code £
TW04 157
High Back Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
480
450-570
430
Code £
TW05 188
Code £
TW06 214TW06
High Back - with no arms
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee TTestingA fantastic value fully tested contract chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
operator, task and posture
£
12-13 Prism - Two (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 09:46
PyramidA proven, affordable, entry level option with enduring popularity, the Pyramid has performed perfectly in thousands of environments. It is provided with gas height adjustment, hand wheel back height adjustment and durable moulded plastic back cover. The range is stocked in two attractive colours and is normally available in any fabric choice within 15 days.
14
High Back Mid Back Draughting ChairCode £
PYR15 - Permanent Contact Back 197
PYR16 - Tilt Mechanism 204
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width
Seat Depth:
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Back Height:
Seat Width
Seat Depth:
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Back Height:
Seat Width
Seat Depth:
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
480
450
450
580
490
480
450
450
580
590
480
450
580
830
Code £
PYR25 - Permanent Contact Back 209
PYR26 - Tilt Mechanism 215
Code £
ZPYR15PYRD - Permanent Contact Back 347
Shown with Fixed Arms
PYRLA PYRHA PYRB3
Upholstered in Omega Plus Swizzle
Mid Back
Prices shown are for Pyra fabrics, for other Band 1 fabrics including Advantage add 12%. Additionally,
see our fabric information on page 320.
Standard Colours
Black Blue
BLUEBLK150kg max.weight tolerance
3year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Fixed Loop Arms
Code PYRLA Per Pair 38
Chrome Base & Gas Lift
Code PYRB3 Base 82
Height Adjustable Arms
Code PYRHA Per Pair 60
£ £
Options
operator, task and posture
8recommendedhours usage
14-15 Pyramid - Topaz (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 09:48
Full Back - with 3D adjustable arms
Options
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
480
420-530
480
Code £
TP13B 312
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
TopazFor comfort and style, Topaz is offered with a fully contoured seat pad and back rest. The Topaz’s superior foam and contoured back ensure it met the test standard and comfort levels for a 24 hour operation.
15
High Back - with 3D adjustable arms Full Back - with no arms
Code £
TP5B 213
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
490
420-530
450
480
450-570
430
480
420-530
480
Code £
TP7B 290
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Code £
TP11B 234
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
SS C
High Back - with no arms
£
Seat Slide: SS 37
Polished Base: C 41
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
TTestingA fully functional 24 hour tested chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
operator, task and posture
24recommendedhours usage
14-15 Pyramid - Topaz (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 09:48
816
Information75% of the working population of the UK is chair bound for more than six hours a day.
Lower back pain is the second largest cause of absence from work in Europe.
This type of absence costs the nation £5 billion a year and 50 million working days are lost each year globally.
Technology ExplainedAs you change body position during the course of the day, the Air Flo design enhance support and follow the natural body movements with the continual distribution of air between the dual air capsules contained within the seat upholstery.
This feature is available on the Poise, Mood, Captive and Quattro chairs.
The below icon identifies posture chairs within this section.
Seating that promotes positive posture for superior comfort by allowing full user adjustability.
Posture
16-17 Posture Page - Solar (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 09:58
917
High Back Solar - Synchro Mechanism with Black Base
Code Seat Inflatable Arms £
Slide Lumbar
SOL5MB No No No 208
SOL5MINFB No Yes No 237
SOL6MB No No Adjustable 270
SOL6MINFB No Yes Adjustable 298
SOL7MB Yes No Adjustable 289
SOL7MINFB Yes Yes Adjustable 318
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Back Height:
Seat Depth: (Min):
Seat Depth (Max):
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Back Height:
Seat Depth: (Min):
Seat Depth (Max):
440
560
510
420
480
440
560
510
420
480
Code Seat Inflatable Arms £
Slide Lumbar
SOL5SB No No No 208
SOL5SINFB No Yes No 237
SOL6SB No No Adjustable 270
SOL6SINFB No Yes Adjustable 298
SOL7SB Yes No Adjustable 289
SOL7SINFB Yes Yes Adjustable 318
High Back Solar - Independent Mechanism with Black Base
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
T
Included Functions
SOL7MINFBSculptured Back Detail
TestingA fantastic value fully tested contract chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Height Adjustable Arms
Full Seat & Back Adjustments
Seat Height Adjustment
Seat Slide Adjustment
Inflatable Lumbar
SolarDesigned and developed to provide a multitude of functions maintaining style and quality, Solar is the ideal solution for all of your task chair requirements.Simple controls ensure the user can obtain a personalised sitting position, creating a comfortable experience. Standard features include adjustable arms, seat slide, inflatable lumbar and full seat & back movements.
Posture
operator, task and posture
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
16-17 Posture Page - Solar (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 09:58
Poise
18
operator, task and posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Providing a practical and extensive solution to the solving of preventative and corrective posture issues where performance, design and value go hand-in-hand. The Poise encourages correct posture in a series of simple adjustments to maximise the comfort and support of the user. A heavy-duty under seat tension control maximises the chairs adjustability and allows the chair to move in harmony with natural body movements.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Poise Square Back PosturePoise Radial Back PostureCode £
PS1 260
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Large waterfall seat. High radial back rest. Ratchet back height
adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Seat Width:
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Width:
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Seat Width:
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Width:
460
570
520
545-635
490-540
450
460
570
520
545-635
490-540
460
Code £
PS2 260
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Large waterfall seat. High square back rest. Ratchet back height
adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
Options
Shown with ADJ1 arms
Shown with ADJ1 arms
Suffix/SL Suffix/IL Suffix/ADJ1 Suffix/ADJ3 Suffix/AF Suffix/PF Suffix/ASC Suffix/AB
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Seat Slide Suffix/SL 28
Inflatable Lumbar Suffix/IL 33
Height Adjustable Arms Suffix/ADJ1 44
Height & Depth Adjustable Arms Suffix/ADJ3 60
Foldaway Adjustable Arms Suffix/AF 60
Performance Foam Suffix/PF 17
Air Flo Suffix/ASC 44
Polished Base Suffix/AB 44
Coccyx Cutout Suffix/CC 14
£ £
Posture
18-19 Poise - Lynx-Cougar (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 10:09
Lynx - CougarThe Lynx has a generously padded seat and back cushion for day-long comfort, plus an attractive stitch detail. It also comes with height adjustable arms as standard. The asynchronised mechanism plus tension control allows full user adjustability.The Cougar’s large back rest and seat pad provide superior levels of comfort for any working environment. Height adjustable arms are included along with an asynchronised mechanism for full user adjustability.
19
operator, task and posture
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Dimensions (mm)
Back Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Back Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
450
450-525
460
525
510
490-565
490
515
Cougar Chrome Base Option
Chrome base and arms included
Code CO/PAB 85
£
E Space
See our tables section from page 176.
Cougar High Back ChairCode £
LYN1/HIDE/BLK 248
Black leather facings.
Height adjustable arms.
Chrome base and gas lift.
Code £
COU1/HIDE/BLK 403
Black leather facings.
Height adjustable arms.
Black base and gas lift.
Lynx Medium Back Armchair
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled.Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
HeavyDuty!
8recommendedhours usage
CO/PAB
18-19 Poise - Lynx-Cougar (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 10:09
OptionsFixed Arm Chair MYB05 270
Seat Slide SS 37
Inflatable Lumbar IL 37
May’B
20 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
May’b offers generous sizing for managerial applications. Combined with ratchet back height adjustment and an optional seat slide, the May’b provides an outstanding ergonomic fit. Additionally, contoured interior foam provides improved support.
SS IL
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guaranteeTTesting
An excellent ergonomic fit.BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength &
Stability.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
operator, task and posture
High Back - with no arms
May’B High Back Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
470
460-570
440
Code £
MYB04 233
Double curvature & height adjustable
back. Seat height adjustment. Black moulded
base. 5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
High Back - with height adjustable arms
Code £
MYB06 293
Double curvature & height adjustable back.
Seat height adjustment. Black moulded base.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
MYB05
£
20-21 Mayb- My (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 10:25
MyPractical, ergonomic task chair range with a far higher specification than it’s price point would suggest. Manufactured using the latest materials and technologies My is also an environmentally conscious option, up to 98% recyclable with appropriate fabric options.
21Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guaranteeT
TestingA fantastic value fully tested chair.BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.
24recomended
hours usage
Upholstered Back Task Chair Upholstered Back Task Chair
Permanent Contact Back. Fixed Seat. Black
nylon base. Black height adjustable
arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.
My Chair Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
1000-1200
630
530
470-600
Code £
02MYBA1 326
Synchro mechanism. Fixed Seat. Black nylon
base. Black height adjustable arms. Ratchet
back height/lumbar adjustment.
Synchro mechanism. Detachable seat pad. Seat
Slide. Black nylon base. Black height adjustable
arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.
PB PA
Upholstered Back Task Chair
Polished Base Code PB 57
Polished Aluminium Multi Adjustable Arms
Code PA (seat slide version only) 68
Options
Dynamic Mechanism
Weight tension controlled constant back support rest, side tension adjustment, anti-shock 4 position locking.
Synchro Mechanism
This provides automatic adjustable back and seat action at a ratio of 2:5:1. Also torsion control which enables full dynamic sitting allowing the chair to be adjusted to the weight of the user.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
High SpecLow Price
operator, task and posture
Code £
02MYBD1 217
£
Code £
02MYAA1 355
02MYAA1
20-21 Mayb- My (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 10:25
KDT43B
Kind
22
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.
Certain exceptions see page 2.
New for 2015
operator, task and posture
OptionsSynchro Mechanism SY 25
Seat Slide SS 27
Silver Base P 44
Polished Base C 44
Adjustable Head Rest HR 65
Polished Aluminium Arms (3D Only) AC 37
£
KDT33B KDT21B
KDT12B
Black frame as standard. Shown with optional polished base (C) option.
Polished Base
Synchro Mechanism & Seat Slide not available with full back task chair.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Full Back Task Chair High Back Task ChairCode £
KDT41B - With No Arms 500
KDT43B - 3D Adjustable Arms 561
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Synchronised mechanism. Seat Slide. Black nylon base.
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height: 780-840 Seat Height: 460-580
Seat Depth: 440 Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 670 Back Width: 450
Back Height: 620-680 Seat Height: 460-580
Seat Depth: 440 Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 670 Back Width: 450
Back Height: 620-680 Seat Height: 440-560
Seat Depth: 440 Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 670 Back Width: 450
Code £
KDT31B - With No Arms 408
KDT33B - 3D Adjustable Arms 467
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Synchronised mechanism. Seat Slide. Black nylon base.
Code £
KDT21B - With No Arms 293
KDT22B - Fixed Arms 339
KDT23B - 3D Adjustable Arms 353
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.
Full Back & Head Rest Task Chair
Kind task is available as a high back. An adjustable head rest can also be specified to provide the user with additional support. Kind medium back task chair offers a height adjustable back and features a body weight responsive mechanism as standard with the option of fixed or 3D adjustable arms.
Code £
KDT11B - With No Arms 284
KDT12B - Fixed Arms 330
KDT13B - 3D Adjustable Arms 344
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height: 520-580 Seat Height: 440-560
Seat Depth: 440 Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 670 Back Width: 450
Medium Back Task Chair
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8-10recommended
hour usage
See pages35 & 67-69
for more Kind chairs
22-23 Kind - Mood (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 10:31
Mood
23Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Mood provides a preventative, corrective and affordable solution to back care. Distinctive support curvature and multi-adjustment encourages correct posture. Heavy-duty tensionable under seat control, maximising adjustability and allowing the chair to move in harmony with natural body movements. Generous Tri-Curved, fully upholstered backrest and double curved seats with enhanced moulded CMHR foam cushions.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Mood Deluxe Square Back PostureCode £
MD2 333
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Large
waterfall seat. High fully upholstered tri-curved square back rest. Ratchet back
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Seat Width:
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Width:
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height (Min):
Seat Height (Max):
Seat Width:
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Width:
460
570
520
600-675
520
500
460
570
520
600-675
520
500
Mood Deluxe Radial Back Posture
Shown with ADJ1 arms & fully upholstered tri-curved back
Shown with ADJ1 arms
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
operator, task and posture
Posture
Suffix/SL Suffix/IL Suffix/ADJ1 Suffix/ADJ3 Suffix/AF Suffix/PF Suffix/ASC Suffix/AB Suffix/HRI
Options
Seat Slide Suffix/SL 28
Inflatable Lumbar Suffix/IL 33
Height Adjustable Arms Suffix/ADJ1 44
Height & Depth Adjustable Arms Suffix/ADJ3 60
Foldaway Adjustable Arms Suffix/AF 60
Performance Foam Suffix/PF 17
Air Flo Suffix/ASC 44
Polished Base Suffix/AB 44
Coccyx Cutout Suffix/CC 14
Adjustable Headrest Suffix/HR1 72
£ £
Code £
MD1 333
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Large
waterfall seat. High fully upholstered tri-curved radial back rest. Ratchet back
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
22-23 Kind - Mood (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 10:31
Re-act DeluxeThe Re-act Deluxe is endorsed by a leading Chartered Physiotherapist and offers a larger fully upholstered cut foam back and moulded foam, height adjustable seat. The ratchet back and tension control provide full adjustability.A range of optional extras including a head rest, seat and back lumbar support can also be supplied for enhanced comfort.
24 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
High Back Chair with Headrest - No Arms
Code £
RED/M1 Permanent Contact Back Mechanism 259
RED/M2 Tilt Mechanism 288
RED/M3 Synchro Mechanism 288
Black base as standard.
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
630
545-660
480
520
630
545-660
480
520
Code £
REDHR/M1 Permanent Contact Back Mechanism 334
REDHR/M2 Tilt Mechanism 362
REDHR/M3 Synchro Mechanism 362
Black base as standard. Note: Headrest cannot be retro fitted.
High Back Chair - No Arms
Options
Shown with Aluminium Spider Base (Code B5) and headrest
Shown with black base
Chrome Height Adjustable Arm Soft Feel AP 91
Seat Slide SS 33
Inflatable Lumbar L 38
Aluminium Spider Base B5 87
Chrome Base/Gas B3 50
Black Height Adjustable Arms AA 73
Chrome Fixed Arm AH 44
££
B3 AA AH AP SS L
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guaranteeTTesting
SATRA tested to BS EN 5459 level S severe use.Compliant with HSE seating at work directives.
operator, task and posture
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
24-25 Re-act Deluxe - Sence (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:09
Sense
25Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Healthy sitting is crucial for satisfied, efficient and active employees. The stylish Sense provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which gives lower back support and improves your posture.Correct adjustable seating provides positive preventative and corrective workplace solutions.
Code £
IS150 395
Suffix/ADJ5
Code £
IS100 329
Black base, no arms. Seat slide adjustment. Synchro
mechanism. Side tension body weight control. High
Plastic backrest. Gas lift height adjustment. Push button
back height adjustment.
Sense Task
IS100 Shown with ADJ5 arms
Shown with ADJ5 arms & polished base
Suffix/ASC
Suffix/A/MF
Suffix/AB Suffix/IL
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Sense Dimensions (mm)
Floor to Seat Height:
Seat to Top of Backrest:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Backrest Width:
480-600
570-630
460-535
480
450
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Options
Height Adjustable Arms Suffix/ADJ5 44
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm Suffix/A/MF (height, depth, width) 72
Air Flo Suffix/ASC 44
Polished Base Suffix/AB 44
Inflatable Lumbar Suffix/IL 33
Coccyx Cutout Suffix/CC 14
£
operator, task and posture
Black base, no arms. Seat slide adjustment. Synchro
mechanism. Side tension body weight control. High
plastic molded backrest. Gas lift height adjustment. Push
button back height adjustment. Adjustable headrest.
Sense Task with Headrest
24-25 Re-act Deluxe - Sence (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:09
WhyWhy is an easy to use task chair ergonomically designed to provide responsive comfort to the majority of people of varying sizes and weights. The ‘S-Type’ Why task chair is available with stylish base and arm options and a choice of black, grey or white flexible back.
26 Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Options
Polished Base PB 57
Polished Height Adjustable Arms PA 58
£
PB PA
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guaranteeT
TestingA fantastic value fully tested chair.
BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
24recommended
hours usage
Mesh High BackCode £
0SWYBB1 360
Fixed Seat. Self adjusting synchronised mechanism. Black mesh back.
Black nylon flat ergonomic base. Black height adjustable arms.
Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment. Soft PU arm pads.
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
990-1180
640
670
460-590
Code £
0SWYAB1 374
Seat Slide. Self adjusting synchronised mechanism.
Black mesh back. Black nylon flat ergonomic base. Soft PU arm pads.
Black height adjustable arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.
Mesh High Back
operator, task and posture
Black, grey or white mesh
back available atno extra cost
26-27 Why - Captive (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:12
CaptiveCaptive offers a simple “one-chair-fits-all” innovative philosophy and is a new solution in ergonomic chair procurement. Aesthetically friendly and functionally sound, the Captive is an affordable task chair concept with physiotherapist endorsed posture credentials.
27Delivered to a room of choice within 24 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Code £
CAP1 374
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Flex
front seat. Dual seat slide adjustment - (125mm). Fully upholstered tri
curve back rest. Ratchet back height adjustment. Body weight tension
control. Gas-lift height adjustment.
Shown with ADJ5 arms
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
TTestingA fantastic value fully tested posture chair.BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability.BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Options
Height Adjustable Arm Suffix/ADJ5 44
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, width, depth) Suffix/A/MF 72
Polished Base Suffix/AB 44
Air Flo Suffix/ASC 44
Inflatable Lumbar Suffix/IL 33
Adjustable Head Rest Suffix/HR1 72
Performance Foam Suffix/PF 17
Coccyx Cutout Suffix/CC 14
£
Suffix/A/MF Suffix/ABSuffix/ADJ5 Suffix/ASC Suffix/IL Suffix/HR1 Suffix/PF
Extendable Backrest and SeatDesigned to aid postural alignment the tri-curved fully upholstered backrest cradles the user, further enhanced by the flex-front seat, unique twin seat extender, simple multi-adjustable controls and unique 3-dimensional adjustable armrests.
The ability to personalise to multiple users creates the ability to simplify the selection process whilst embracing design, comfort and support.
Captive Radial Back Posture
operator, task and posture
Posture
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
Backrest Width:
490
490-550
520-600
420-550
460
One chairfits all
26-27 Why - Captive (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:12
An elegant fusion of style and comfort, Is has an ergonomically designed and generously curved upholstered back and seat. The chair is contoured to fit the body providing positive lumbar and pelvic support all day long. A fully adjustable task chair featuring a sophisticated synchronised mechanism, seat depth and back height adjustment with height adjustable arms as standard. The back and seat pads are removable for easy replacement, extending the chair’s life.Gas lift is tested for 24hr use up to 150kg
Standard synchronised mechanism
Chrome Glide 16
Polished Aluminium Base with
Polished Chrome Gas Lift 72
Draughtsman Chair Options£
Is
28 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Task Chair Draughtsman ChairCode £
02ISAA1 421
Height adjustable back. Adjustable arms.
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
1000-1120
545
400-450
420-540
1000-1120
545
400-450
420-540
1270-1520
600
650
670-940
Code £
02ISAC1 423
Height adjustable back. Adjustable arms.
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide
Code £
02ISEE1 383
Black nylon draughtsman base & glides.
Task Chair
Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors 24
Polished Aluminium Base with
Polished Chrome Gas Lift 57
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms 68
Head Rest 101
Coccyx Cushion 72
Task Chair Options£ £
Replaceable Upholstery
operator, task and posture
8recomendedhours usage
5year
guarantee
Self adjusting synchronised dual lever mechanism
PCB mechanism
Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms
Head Rest
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
28-29 Is Double Page (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:19
29
28-29 Is Double Page (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:19
i-Sit
30 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
i-Sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronous technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports.Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.
Upholstered Task Chair
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Overall Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Overall Height:
465
455-515
455-590
710
710
1010-1205
465
455-515
455-590
710
710
1175-1370
Code £
ISIT/UH 589
Without arms. Upholstered back with black base and headrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment. Black nylon 5 star base.
Upholstered Task Chair with Headrest
Options
Fabric Insert Back - Upholstered backrest outershell. FIB 84
Polished Base - 5 star base. PB 52
i-Sit 2D Arms - Height & width adjustability. 2D 99
i-Sit 4D Arms - Height & width adjustability, horizontal
rotation. Depth adjustability. 4D1 132
4D2 153
£
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
24recommended hours usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Shown with 4D2 Arms
Shown with 4D2 Arms Shown with
polished base
2D 4D1 4D2FIB PB
operator, task and posture
Code £
ISIT 520
Without arms. Upholstered back with black base.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment. Black nylon 5 star base.
30-31 i-Sit - Quattro (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:21
QuattroQuattro supports the 4 principle spine curves: cervical, thoracic, lumbar & pelvic. 4-way back support curves. 4D controls (seat angle, back angle, seat depth, back height). Multi-functional adjustable arms (height, width, depth). All chairs are designed to conform to relevant British Standards and the current EEC VDU Directives.
31Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Quattro High Back Posture Chair
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
Backrest Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
Backrest Width:
505
490-600
650-730
465-525
460
505
490-600
525-595
465-525
460
Quattro Extra High Back Posture Chair
Options
Height Adjustable Arms Suffix/ADJ5 44
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, width, depth) Suffix/A/MF 72
Polished Base Suffix/AB 44
Air Flo Suffix/ASC 44
Performance Foam Suffix/PF 17
Coccyx Cutout Suffix/CC 14
£ £
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guaranteeT
TestingA fantastic value fully tested posture chair.BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability.BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Shown with Black Base & A/MF arms
Suffix/ADJ5 Suffix/A/MF Suffix/AB Suffix/ASC Suffix/PF
Shown with Black Base & ADJ5 arms
Code £
AQ100 468
Black base. No arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Additional seat tilt adjustment. Flex front seat. Seat slide adjustment. Fully
upholstered tri curve extra high back rest. Inflatable lumbar. Ratchet back
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment.
Code £
AQ200 439
Black base. No arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Additional seat tilt adjustment. Flex front seat. Seat slide adjustment. Fully
upholstered tri curve high back rest. Inflatable lumbar. Ratchet back
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment.
operator, task and posture
Posture
30-31 i-Sit - Quattro (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:21
Air Unite
32
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Unite is a well equipped mesh back chair with highly specified options fitted as standard. The mesh back allows air flow around the upper body whilst working, and offers a waterfall front seat for leg comfort.
Air Mesh BackCode £
AIR03B - With height adjustable arms. 226
Height adjustable back.
Double membrane mesh back.
Seat height adjustment.
Back rake mechanism.
Black moulded base.
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth
620
550
500-560
450-570
440
430-540
450
570
490
630
Code £
UT1B - Without arms. 300
UT2B - With height adjustable arms. 361
Mesh back.
Synchro mechanism.
Height adjustable back.
Adjustable lumbar.
Black moulded base.
Unite Mesh Back
Options
Seat Slide SS 37
Polished Base C 38
Seat Slide SS 46
Polished Base C 53
£ £
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommended hours usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
SS SSC C
The Air features a breathable mesh back and a back rake mechanism. The chair also has a range of different options available including polished base & seat slide options. There is also a height adjustable arm version available.
32-33 Air-Unite - Etna (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:27
EtnaThis high quality mesh back task chair offers outstanding value for money.Not only does the Etna come with a breathable mesh back and moulded cushion seat pad as standard, thesynchronised mechanism and seat slide will ensure day long adjustability for ultimate user comfort.
33
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Polished Aluminium Base
CO/PAB 85
£
114kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
CO/PAB
E SpaceSee our executive furniture from page 156.
Executive Mesh
Dimensions (mm)
Back Width:
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
485
585
450-525
530
485-530
Code £
ET1HB/M/BLK 383
Mesh Back.
Synchronised mechanism.
Height adjustable arms included.
Lumbar support.
Black mesh & fabric.
Seat slide.
Steel spider base.
Options
Fantastic Value
8recommended hours usage
32-33 Air-Unite - Etna (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:27
Team Plus Mesh
34
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Team Plus Mesh range of chairs are classic in their design. Using premium materials, CMHR foams and fabrics they feature a waterfall seat to help alleviate pressure on the thighs when seated.
Skid Chair - Cantilever Meeting Draughtsman ChairCode £
TPM 242
Height adjustable mesh back.
PCB mechanism. Antishock locking system.
Seat height adjustment. Moulded foam seat.
690mm nylon 5 star base. Black castors.
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
955-1125
455
470
480-590
985
455
470
485
1060-1410
455
470
640-910
Code £
TPMC 242
Mesh back.
Black tubular cantilever frame.
Protective glides. Moulded foam seat.
Code £
TPMD 326
Height adjustable mesh back.
PCB mechanism. Antishock locking system.
Seat height adjustment. Moulded foam seat.
690mm nylon 5 star base. Black nylon glides.
SF1D PB
Medium Back - Operator Chair
Height Adjustable Arms
Code 1D Per Pair 50
Silver Frame
Code SF (Cantilever Chair Only) 13
Polished Base (Operator or Draughtsman)
Code PB 48
Options£ £
New for 2015
125kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
34-35 Team Plus Mesh- Kind Mesh (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:33
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8-10recommended hours usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
KDT03B
KDT03B
Kind MeshThe mesh task chair is an exclusively unique product and features a dual mesh back with an integral adjustable lumbar, body weight responsive mechanism, fixed or 3D adjustable arms and a choice of 9 mesh colours are also available as standard.
35
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
£
Synchro Mechanism SY 25
Seat Slide SS 27
Silver Base P 44
Polished Base C 44
Adjustable Head Rest HR 65
Polished Aluminium Arms (3D Only) AC 37
Mesh High Back
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width
Back Width:
620
440-560
440
670
670
450
Code £
KDT01B - With No Arms 289
KDT02B - Fixed Arms 334
KDT03B - 3D Adjustable Arms 349
Upholstered seat. Adjustable lumbar support.
Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.
Nine colours available for mesh back.
Options
New for 2015
Polished Base
See pages22 & 67-69
for more Kind chairs
34-35 Team Plus Mesh- Kind Mesh (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:33
Bass
36
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Bass mesh back chair is a practical and functional seating solution that can be specified for any project. The chair is available with or without arms and as a cantilever visitors chair. Tailor your chair with an optional polished base or frame.
Cantilever Height Adjustable ArmsCode £
BASS11B 349
Black mesh back. Synchro mechanism.
Seat height & depth adjustment.
Black moulded base.
6cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Width:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Back Width:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Back Width:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Back Width:
500
450-500
520
450-570
460
500
550
520
450
460
620
450-500
520
450-570
460
Code £
BASS22B 307
Black coated frame.
Black mesh back.
Code £
BASS12B 406
Black mesh back. Synchro mechanism.
Seat height & depth adjustment.
Black moulded base.
6cm twin wheel hooded castors.
2D height & width adjustable arms.
No Arms
Polished Base
Code C 42
C C
Cantilever Frame
Code P Silver 42
Code C Chrome 55
Options£ £
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
36-37 Bass - My Mesh (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:35
Shown with standard synchronised mechanism
My Mesh
37
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
TTestingA fantastic value fully tested chair.BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.
8recommended hours usage
Stackable up to 4 high
Shown with self-adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism
Task Chair - with fixed seat
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
1000-1140
630
660
470-600
1000-1140
630
660
470-600
Task Chair - with 60mm seat slide
Code £
02MYAA2 - Standard synchronised mechanism 421
02MYAB2 - Self adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism 421
Code £
02MYBA2 - Standard synchronised mechanism 392
02MYBB2 - Self adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism 383
Swivel Chair - Nylon black base.
Dimensions (mm)
H: 960 W:560 D: 580 Seat Height:450 H: 950-1080 W:670 D: 570 Seat Height: 440-580
Code £
MMY3A - Silver Cantilever frame. 369
Code £
OME2AAC - Height adjustable. Silver Frame. 396
Stacking Meeting Chair
Polished Base
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Options £
Polished Base - For OME2 Chair 47
Polished Aluminium Base With Polished Chrome Gas Lift -
For 02MY Chairs 57
The stylish My Mesh provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which is uncluttered and contemporary. It has a black single skin fabric mesh back with an upholstered seat. The Base is black nylon and has 50mm hard wheeled castors. The black height adjustable arms have soft PU arm pads.
36-37 Bass - My Mesh (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:35
Loreto
38
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Loreto operator chair provides an excellent solution to any seating environment. The chair provides a supporting back structure with a breathable mesh available in both black and white colours.
MeshCode £
LOR/BM Black mesh, no arms 373
LOR/WM White mesh, no arms 394
LOR/BM/1D Black mesh, height adjustable arms 420
LOR/WM/1D White mesh, height adjustable arms 441
Synchronised mechanism. Optional height adjustable arms.
Adjustable lumbar support. Tension adjustment. Black base.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
480
480-600
470-520
480
470
600
Code £
LORC/BM Black mesh, no arms 324
LORC/WM White mesh, no arms 345
LORC/BM/FA Black mesh, arms 361
LORC/WM/FA White mesh, arms 382
Fixed height arms and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Chrome cantilever frame.
Mesh Meeting
Polished Aluminium Base PB 21
£
Shown with polished base
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Blackor white
mesh back available
Option
38-39 Loreto - Sence Mesh (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:37
Sense MeshBack pain is a major cause of discomfort and absence from work. The modern Sense Mesh provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which gives lower back support and improves your posture.
39
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Sense Task Mesh with Headrest
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Floor to Seat Height:
Seat to Top of Backrest:
Seat Depth:
Backrest Width:
Seat Width:
Floor to Seat Height:
Seat to Top of Backrest:
Seat Depth:
Backrest Width:
480
480-600
610-680
460-535
450
480
480-600
610-680
460-535
450
Sense Task Mesh
Options
Height Adjustable Arms Suffix/ADJ5 44
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, depth, width) Suffix/A/MF 72
Polished Base Suffix/AB 44
Air Flo Suffix/ASC 44
Coccyx Cutout Suffix/CC 14
£ £
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Shown with ADJ5 arms
Suffix/ADJ5 Suffix/A/MF Suffix/AB Suffix/ASC
Shown with Polished Base & ADJ5 arms
Code £
IS200 384
Black base, no arms. Synchro mechanism. High mesh backrest.
Lever control back height adjustment.
Seat slide, side tension body weight control.
Adjustable lumbar panel. Gas lift height adjustment
Code £
IS250 450
Black base, no arms. Synchro mechanism. High mesh backrest.
Lever control back height adjustment.
Seat slide, Side tension body weight control. Adjustable headrest.
Adjustable lumbar panel. Gas lift height adjustment
38-39 Loreto - Sence Mesh (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:38
i-Sit Mesh
40
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
i-sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronus technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports to both mesh and upholstered versions. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.
Mesh Task ChairCode £
ISITM 520
Without arms. Upholstered seat with black base.
Swivel chair with height adjustable mesh backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Overall Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Overall Height:
465
455-515
455-590
710
710
1010-1205
465
455-515
455-590
710
710
1175-1370
Code £
ISITM/MH 589
Without arms. Upholstered seat with black base and headrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable mesh backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
Mesh Task Chair With Mesh Headrest
Options
Polished Base - 5 star base. PB 52
i-Sit 2D Arms - Height & width adjustability. 2D 99
i-Sit 4D Arms - Height & width adjustability, horizontal
rotation. Depth adjustability. 4D1 132
4D2 153
£
Shown with 4D Arms
ISITM Shown
Shown with polished base
2D 4D1 4D2PB
New for 2015
24recommendedhours usage
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
40-41 iSit Mesh - IS Mesh (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:45
Is MeshThe most recent addition to the Is family features a light and contemporary height adjustable elastomeric mesh back. The mesh moulds to your body size and shape to provide all day ventilation and support. This flexible task chair has a sophisticated synchronised mechanism and the same exceptional adjustability as the upholstered version.
41
mesh
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
Draughtsman ChairCode £
02ISAA2 465
Height adjustable back and arms.
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide.
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
1000-1120
545
400-450
420-540
1000-1120
545
400-450
420-540
1270-1520
600
650
670-940
Code £
02ISAC2 468
Height adjustable back and arms.
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide.
Code £
02ISEE2 408
Black nylon draughtsman base & glides.
PCB mechanism.
Medium Back
Standard Synchronised Mechanism
Chrome Glide 16
Polished Aluminium Base with
Polished Chrome Gas Lift 72
Draughtsman Chair Options£
Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors 24
Polished Aluminium Base with
Polished Chrome Gas Lift 57
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms 68
Alternative Mesh Colours POA
Coccyx Cushion 72
Task Chair Options£ £
New for 2015
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors
Medium Back
Self Adjusting Synchronised Dual Lever Mechanism
PCB Mechanism
40-41 iSit Mesh - IS Mesh (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:46
42 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Amber Moore executive
The Moore, traditional in style, luxurious in feel. This popular range of executive chairs are upholstered in fabric or soft bonded leather and have generous cushioning on the seat and back.
Amber Fabric or Leather High BackCode £
AM2HB/F/BLUE - Blue Fabric. 152
AM2HB/F/BLK - Black Fabric. 152
AM1HB/L/BLK - Bonded Leather. 162
Black base. Lock Tilt Mechanism.
495
425-515
515
595
485
Code £
moore 287
Matching padded arms.
Durable nylon base and arms.
Gas lift tested up to 150kg.
Moore Fabric High Back
Options
Polished Aluminium Base CO/PAB 85
£
AM4/F/BLUE AM3/PU/BLK
The Amber range represent affordability in the executive chair market. The High Back chairs come with a pivoting lock tilt mechanism and added cushioning for executive levels of comfort.
Moore Standard Colours
Amber Standard Colours
Blue Fabric
Blue Fabric
Black Fabric
Black Fabric Bonded Leather
8recommendedhours usage
114kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
Amber Fabric or Leather VisitorCode £
AM4/F/BLUE - Blue Fabric. 133
AM4/F/BLK - Black Fabric. 133
AM3/PU/BLK - Bonded Leather. 133
530
480-580
520
700
530Amber Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Back Width:
Moore Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Back Width:
CO/PAB
42-43 Amber Moore - Obsidian Tanzanite (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:48
These chairs will add style and comfort to any office environment. The two chairs come with a two year guarantee plus adjustable seat height and tilt for additional comfort in the office.
Executive Chairs
43
executive
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Options
Polished Aluminium Base CO/PAB 85
£
CO/PAB
8recommendedhours usage
114kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
E SpaceSee our executive furniture from page 156.
Obsidian High Back - Bonded Leather
Obsidian Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
500
465-555
465
670
Code £
OB1HB/BL/BLK 175
Black base. Lock Tilt Mechanism.
Tanzanite High Back - Bonded Leather
Tanzanite Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
495
490-580
515
Code £
TZ1/HB/L/BLK 231
Black base. Soft padded arms. Lock Tilt Mechanism.TZ1/HB/L/BLK
42-43 Amber Moore - Obsidian Tanzanite (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:48
Black Leather
44
executive
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Atlas and Sapphire
Atlas Chair Details and ColoursSapphire High Back Chair Details and Bonded Leather Facings Colour
The Atlas is a versatile high back leather chair with a shaped seat and soft padded leather arms.
The Sapphire offers fantastic comfort and value for money.
150kg max.weight tolerance
114kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
2year
guarantee
8recomended hours usage
8recommended hours usage
Sapphire High Back Chair
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height (min-max):
Seat Depth:
510
465-555
520
New for 2015
Atlas
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
510
420-520
480
Code £
atlas-black 335
atlas-white 335
atlas-brown 335
Code £
SAP/BL/BLK 285
Bonded Leather. Chrome base. Tilt and
height adjustable mechanism.
Chrome gas lift and chrome base.
SAP/BL/BLK
Bonded leather. Simple and stylish design.
Durable nylon base and arms. Padded
fixed armrest. Gas lift tested up to 150kg.
White Leather
Black Leather
Brown Leather
44-45 Sapphire Atlas - Classic Xenon (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:06
Classic and XenonThe Classic is an elegant, Italian style chair which will add charm to any office environment. These executive chairs are modern classics.
The Xenon is a design inspired chair that offers contemporary design and a high quality finish at outstanding value.
45
executive
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Classic Medium Back Xenon - Medium Back
Code £
classic-high-back-black 516
classic-high-back-white 516
Soft padded bonded leather. Leather
padded arms. Large contoured seat.
Chrome Frame.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height:
Width:
Depth:
Back Height:
Back Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Width:
Depth:
475-575
480
500
640
550
480
470
460-560
410-530
450-520
540
630
610
Code £
classic-medium-back-black 475
classic-medium-back-white 475
Soft padded bonded leather. Leather
padded arms. Large contoured seat.
Chrome Frame.
Code £
xenon-medium-back 530
Blue fabric. Knee tilt mechanism & seat height
adjustment. Brushed aluminium 5 star base.
Integral contoured lumbar support.
Classic High Back
Classic Chair Details Xenon Chair Details
150kg max.weight tolerance
150kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
5year
guarantee
8recommended hours usage
8recommended hours usage
Code £
xenon-high-back 573
Knee tilt mechanism & seat height adjustment.
Brushed aluminium 5 star base. With Headrest.
Integral contoured lumbar support.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Width:
Depth:
410-530
450-520
740
630
610
Xenon - High Back
New for 2015
Black Leather
Black Leather
Black Fabric
White Leather
Blue Fabric
44-45 Sapphire Atlas - Classic Xenon (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:06
46
executive
High Back - With Headrest
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
1280-1340
680
530
490-550
Black leather upholstery. Height adjustable seat
& back. Synchronised mechanism. Lockable back
angle adjustment. Aluminium 5 star base.
2D adjustable arms.
OpulaThe Opula chairs offer soft black leather upholstery along with a chrome finish to all metalwork.
125kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recommended
hours usage
New for 2015
Colour
Black
Cantilever Chair
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
995
605
520
460
Black leather upholstery. High back. Fixed arms
with upholstered pads. Chrome cantilever frame.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Code £
OPUC 391
Code £
OPU 522
46-47 Opula - Traditional (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:52
Code £
finsbury 396
Soft bonded leather. Light Oak colour wooden
arms and base. Gas lift tested up to 150kg
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height (min-max):
Seat Depth:
520
450-540
490
Finsbury
TraditionalWith iconic designs this line of furniture offers superb comfort. Featuring deep cushioned seats and backs along with soft, sturdy fixed armrests.
47
executive
ChesterfieldCommodoreCode £
baron 356
Sturdy 4 leg wood frame. Soft high quality
Italian leather with brass stud detail.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
600
480
530
530
460-550
490
560
510-570
530
Code £
chesterfield 360
Leather faced upholstery. Traditional button style
design. Wooden armrests with soft pad sleeve.
Code £
commodore 995
Top grain Italian leather faced upholstery with
button upholstery & brass stud decoration
Baron
New for 2015
Available in black, cream and brown leather. Tan micro-fibre (suede effect) option available.
Available in brown, burgundy, cream and green.
Available in brown, burgundy, cream and green.
Available in brown, burgundy, and green.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
2year
guarantee
8recommended
hours usage
Bonded Leather Colours
Black BrownGreen Burgundy Cream
46-47 Opula - Traditional (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:52
48
executivei-Sit
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
i-Sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronous technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports.Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.
Upholstered Task Chair
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Overall Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Depth:
Overall Height:
470
455-515
455-590
710
710
1010-1205
470
455-515
455-590
710
710
1175-1370
Code £
ISIT/UH - Black Nylon 5 Star Base 589
Without arms. Upholstered back with black base and headrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
Upholstered Task Chair with Headrest
Options
Fabric Insert Back - Upholstered backrest outershell. FIB 84
Polished Base - 5 star base. PB 52
i-Sit 2D Arms - Height & width adjustability. 2D 99
i-Sit 4D Arms - Height & width adjustability, horizontal
rotation. Depth adjustability. 4D1 132
4D2 153
£
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
24recommended
hours usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Shown with 4D2 Arms
Shown with 4D2 Arms
Shown with polished base
2D 4D1 4D2FIB PB
Code £
ISIT - Black Nylon 5 Star Base 520
Without arms. Upholstered back with black base.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
48-49 iSit - Ocean (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:53
SV MT
OceanA sophisticated range of managerial/task seating that caters for the needs of the most discerning user. A fully synchronised seat and back tilt mechanism and aluminium finish detailing enhance any environment.The choice of wooden armrests, which can be stained to match furniture and fittings, ensure that Ocean blends harmoniously with any design.
49
executive
WalnutOak BlackMaple BlackRosewood RoyalBeech ClaretCherry
Standard Wood Finishes Ocean Stock Fabrics
Black Hide Facings
WD
5year
guarantee
New for 2015
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Medium Back - 4 Legged Armchair Medium Back - Cantilever Visitors Chair
Black Hide Code Fabric £ Facings £
OCN1042 - Black Arms 559 688
OCN1044 - Wooden Arms 673 802
Syncro action. Tension control. Black base.
Back Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
620
515
430
415-535
475
500
430
450
475
500
430
450
Black Hide Code Fabric £ Facings £
OCN1040 557 686
Wood and silver frame
Black Hide Code Fabric £ Facings £
OCN1039 442 571
Silver frame
Medium Back - Managerial Armchair
Silver Base SV 42
Polished Metal Base MT 52
Wooden Base WD 104
Seat Slide SS 26 Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Back Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
800
515
430
415-535
Options High Back - Armchair With Headrest£
Black Hide Code Fabric £ Facings £
OCN1045 - Black Arms 658 806
OCN1046 - Wooden Arms 773 923
Syncro action. Tension control. Black base.
48-49 iSit - Ocean (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:53
50
executiveEnna
Medium Back Medium Back CantileverCode £
ENNHB 601
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Knee tilt mechanism.
Body weight tension adjustment.
Seat height adjustment.
650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Height:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Height:
530
460
450-550
680
1080-1180
540
460
450-550
680
890-990
540
485
465
565
900
Code £
ENN 546
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Knee tilt mechanism.
Body weight tension adjustment.
Seat height adjustment.
650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Code £
ENNC 462
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Knee tilt mechanism.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Protective glides.
Chrome cantilever frame.
High Back
The Enna chair combines classic design with modern production techniques, featuring panelled luxury leather with fixed chrome arms and a chrome base.
5year
guarantee
8recomended
hours usage
125kg max.weight tolerance
Black Leather
Expanded range for
2015
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 workingdays fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.
Certain exceptions see page 2.
Glides Code G 13
Option£
50-51 Enna - Venice (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 11:59
VeniceThese panelled leather luxury chairs have a synchronised mechanism with side tension adjustment and seat height adjustment. They have fully upholstered integral arms and a 700mm polished aluminium 5 star base with 65mm twin hard wheeled black castors.
51
executive
New for 2015
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
High Back - Fully Upholstered In Leather
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
1240-1300
720
460
490-550
Code £
VENHB 839
Synchronised mechanism with slide tension
adjustment. Seat height adjustment.
Embossed upholstery. CMHR foam.
700mm polished aluminium 5 star base.
Medium Back - Fully Upholstered In Leather
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
1080-1140
720
460
490-550
Code £
VEN 787
Synchronised mechanism with slide tension
adjustment. Seat height adjustment.
Embossed upholstery. CMHR foam.
700mm polished aluminium 5 star base.
125kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8recomended
hours usage
Black Leather
50-51 Enna - Venice (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 11:59
Stakka
Frame ColoursStock Fabric Colour Special Order Fabric Colours
The simple Stakka represents one of our most popular economy chairs. Versatility is affordable with this adaptable chair.
52
ChromeCharcoalBlue Black AquaGrey Claret Black
8recommendedhours usage
115kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
meeting & general purpose
Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stakka Upholstered
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
790
560
450
400
330
Code £
STP0500/B/CHA Black Frame/ Charcoal Fabric 79
STP0500/B/BLUE Black Frame/ Blue Fabric 79
STP0503/CH/CHA Chrome Frame/ Charcoal Fabric 88
STP0503/CH/BLUE Chrome Frame/ Blue Fabric 88
Extended Range for
2015
Chrome frame with upholstered seat & backrest
Black frame
Meeting TablesSee our tables section from
page 176.
BLUE CHA
52-53 Stakka Double Page (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 12:15
Chrome frame with wenge wood seat & back
Stakka
Stakka Wood Colours Stakka Mesh Colours
53
ISO-BWT
Please note minimum order quantities may apply to the products on this page.
ISO-WWT ISO-ARMS
WengeBeech Blue Green OrangeBlack
Stakka Plastic Colours
RedGreen BlackBlue
8recommendedhours usage
115kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stacksup to 20
high
Black Writing Tablet ISO-BWT 45
Wooden Writing Tablet ISO-WWT 60
Pair of Black Fixed Arms ISO-ARMS 33
Stakka MeshStakka PlasticCode £
STP0500/WB Black Frame 95
STP0503/WC Chrome Frame 103
Beech or wenge as standard please specify colour
Code £
STP0500/MB Black Frame 84
STP0503/MC Chrome Frame 92
Code £
STP0500/PB Black Frame 60
STP0503/PC Chrome Frame 68
Stakka Wood
£
Options
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
790
560
450
400
330
Black frame with upholstered seat and mesh back
Shown in WengeBlack frame
52-53 Stakka Double Page (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 12:15
WorkchairA range of tough wearing factory and office chairs that offer durability in the workplace, and height adjusting contoured back rests. Both chairs also have a seat height gas adjustment.
54
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Adjustable Workchair - With Castors
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
455
450-580
430
Code £
FC1/BLK 202
Height adjustable mechanism.
Nylon base.
Fixed Footrest Workchair - With Glides
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
455
605-735
430
Code £
FC1/FC1/D-BASE 262
Height adjustable mechanism.
Nylon base.
110kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
Black
ToughWearing forFactory &
Office
54-55 Workchair - 2000-2600 (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 12:14
Transport Dolly - For use with 2000 chairs.
Code £
CF40045 - Stores up to 40 chairs. 216
Width:
Height:
Depth:
Dimensions (mm)
Width:
Height:
Depth:
470
1910
1130
1350
1220
1750
Code £
XH40030A - Stores 68 chairs (2000) & 36 chairs (2600) 645
Low Hanging - For use with 2000 & 2600 chairs.
2000/2600 Folding Chairs
55
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
These chairs are a stylish, comfortable & lightweight polypropylene folding chair. The 2600 chair comes with an option of either a steel or upholstered seat finish.The storage trolleys will help eliminate the problem of storage in premises where space is restricted.
2000 Folding Chair - Box of Eight
Code £
CF4001* - Box of Eight 240
Folds flat for compact storage.
Suitable for indoor & outdoor use.
Sold in boxes of 8 chairs
Sold in boxes of 4 chairs
Width:
Height:
Depth:
Dimensions (mm)
Width:
Height:
Depth:
450
450
550
470
450
540
Code £
CF4002* - Box of four with steel seat 184
CF4009* - Box of four with upholstered seat 288
2600 Folding Chair - Suitable For Indoor & Outdoor Use.
Blue/Grey
2000/2600 Seat Frame Colours
Burgundy/Grey Charcoal/Grey
5year
guarantee
Folds flat for compact
storage
Strong steel seat & folding frame. Twin double cross braces for added strength.
Low Hanging Storage, 2 rows. Requires double door access.
CF40015
Storage Strap with Alloy Buckle (5m) CF40015 33
Chair Linking Clips CF40075 2
£Options
54-55 Workchair - 2000-2600 (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 12:14
BarcelonaIdeal for any multi seating environment such as training, conference or lectures. A comfortable and stylish chair at an affordable price that is sure to please.
56 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Beech Alder
Chrome
Wenge
Black BlackGrey
Wooden Arm Colours
Frame ColoursPlastic Arm Colours
8recommendedhours usage
115kg max.weight tolerance
1year
guarantee
Pair of Beech Arm Pads 28
Pair of Alder, Wenge or Black Arm Pads 28
£
Barcelona
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Back Width:
Back Height:
840
530
485
455
390
420
Code £
BCLA/BL - Black Frame With Black Plastic Arm Pads 113
BCLA/CH - Chrome Frame With Black Plastic Arm Pads 122
Options
New for 2015
meeting & general purpose
See page 88
for meeting table
Shown with optional arm pads and chrome frame
Shown with chrome frame
56-57 Barcelona - Academy (15).indd 1 03/12/2014 10:35
AcademyOur new multi use heavy duty meeting chair is funky, modern and completely versatile. Chrome oval tube legs, well padded seat and curved back with breathable holes will look and feel good in any environment.
57
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Suitablefor
stacking
Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
450
485
470
Code £
academy - without arms 216
Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable.
Upholstered in black fabric.
Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Seat Height:
450
485
470
Code £
academy - with arms 224
Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable.
Upholstered in black fabric.
1year
guarantee
Black Plastic
8recommended hours usage
New for 2015
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Coloured seat pad subject to longer lead time
£
Option
Coloured upholstered seat 60
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
56-57 Barcelona - Academy (15).indd 2 03/12/2014 10:35
58 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Turner Client 4 meeting & general purpose
The Client 4 offers a lightweight yet durable and comfortable cantilever meeting chair that gives style and elegance.
530
520
800
Code £
TUP1 - No Arms 139
TUP2 - With Arms 139
Turner Stacking Chair - Beechwood frame.
The Turner is a simple woodframe chair which has a cushioned seat and back pad. It’s stackable 4 high, and available in a choice of either charcoal or blue fabric.
Client 4 Colour and Information
Black
114kg max.weight tolerance
114kg max.weight tolerance
2year
guarantee
Turner Colours and Information
Charcoal Blue
BLUECHA2year
guarantee
Dimensions (mm)
Width:
Depth:
Height:
430
460
430
470
605
555
Code £
CL4/BL/BLK 162
Black Hide Facings. Cantilever Frame. Chrome Frame.
Client 4 Chair
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width:
58-59 Client 4 Turner - Step (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 12:23
Arm Option Add A 34
Upholstered seat only Replace 0 with 1 28
Upholstered seat & back Replace 0 with 2 46
Writing Tablet 85
Chair Trolley 136
Grey Frame GRY 10
White Frame WHT 10
Chrome Frame P 12
Step
59
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Plastic seat and back available in black, grey and white. Mesh back option in black and grey. Upholstery pads available for seat and back. Arm option and optional writing tablet for either the left or right hand side. Chair dolly available for the four leg and castors version. Black frame fitted as standard.
8recommendedhours usage
160kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
CastorsCantileverCode £
STP4-0-BLK-BLK 96
STP4-0-GRY-BLK 102
STP4-0-WHT-BLK 102
STP4-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back 141
STP4-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back 147
Code £
STP4C-0-BLK-BLK 131
STP4C-0-GRY-BLK 136
STP4C-0-WHT-BLK 136
STP4C-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back 176
STP4C-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back 187
Code £
STPV-0-BLK-BLK 131
STPV-0-GRY-BLK 136
STPV-0-WHT-BLK 136
STPV-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back 176
STPV-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back 182
Four Leg
£
Options
Step Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Depth:
Seat height:
Seat width:
Seat width with arms:
Seat depth:
820
540
455
460
585
460
Shown with mesh back and silver frame
Shown with grey plastic back and arms and with a silver frame
Shown with mesh back and silver frame
Example product code:
product
frame
0 is plastic 1 is seat pad only 2 is seat pad & back pad
arms
upholstery
colour nylon
frame colour
STP 4 A - 0 - BLK BLK
New for 2015
58-59 Client 4 Turner - Step (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 12:23
Ikon
Ikon Plastic Seat Colours
Black White Red GreyBlue Sand
Clear cut lines and inspirational shapes, Ikon chairs offer style and enhancement to any meeting or visitor environment. Whilst it provides contemporary elegance, Ikon is practical and provides comfort and ergonomics to the user. With the polypropylene seat and back in a choice of colours, the range also offers upholstered seat and back options.
60
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back Upholstered Seat & Back PadCode £
IK01B - No arms, black frame 101
IK02B - With fixed arms, black frame 128
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width (IK01B):
Seat Width (IK02B):
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width (IK03B):
Seat Width (IK04B):
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width (IK05B):
Seat Width (IK06B):
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
458
544
443
460
458
544
443
460
458
544
443
460
Code £
IK03B - No arms, black frame 116
IK04B - With fixed arms, black frame 142
Code £
IK05B - No arms, black frame 141
IK06B - With fixed arms, black frame 167
Stack up to 6 high
P
IK04B Fixed Arms
IK02B Fixed Arms
C
IK06B Fixed Arms
Plastic Seat & Back
RD GYBL SDWHBLK115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Options
IK01B with red plastic (RD) & silver frame (P)
IK03B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)
IK05B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)
TTesting
A fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 15373 SATRA Strength &
Durability.
Chrome Frame Code C 22
Silver Frame Code P FOC
£
60-61 Ikon (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 12:30
Ikon
61
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back Upholstered Seat & Back PadCode £
IK21B - No arms, black cantilever frame 126
IK22B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 153
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width (IK21B):
Seat Width (IK22B):
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width (IK23B):
Seat Width (IK24B):
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width (IK25B):
Seat Width (IK26B):
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
458
544
443
460
458
544
443
460
458
544
443
460
Code £
IK23B - No arms, black cantilever frame 141
IK24B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 167
Code £
IK25B - No arms, black cantilever frame 166
IK26B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 192
IK22B Fixed Arms
IK24B Fixed Arms
IK26B Fixed Arms
Plastic Seat & Back
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
IK21B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (C)
IK23B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)
IK25B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)
OffersSeat and Back
Options
High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Back Pad
Code £
IK51B - No arms, black frame 154
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
458
770
460
458
770
460
458
770
460
Code £
IK53B - No arms, black frame 168
Code £
IK55B - No arms, black frame 194
High Stool - Plastic Seat & Back
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
60-61 Ikon (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 12:30
Xpresso 1
Xpresso Seat Colours
Black PurpleGrey Light BlueWhite Green YellowRed Stone
Xpresso 1 is designed to provide a practical and stylish solution for a range of environments including educational establishments, cafes, auditoria, conference facilities and meeting rooms. They can be linked together an the optional linking strip. Polypropylene seat and back, tubular chrome steel frame, nylon glides. Chair available with or without black arms. Option of upholstered seat and/or back.
62
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back Upholstered Seat & Back PadCode £
MXP1A 130
MXP1C - With black arms 211
Dimensions (mm)
Width:
Width with arms:
Height:
Depth:
Width:
Width with arms:
Height:
Depth:
Width:
Width with arms:
Height:
Depth:
580
595
830
490
580
595
830
490
580
595
830
490
Code £
MXP1A/F 166
MXP1C/F - With black arms 250
Code £
MXP1A/HF 190
MXP1C/HF - With black arms 274
MXPWriting Tablet
Plastic Seat & Back
Linking Feet Code LXP FOC Trolley - Holds 45 Code MXP 515
5year
guarantee
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Options£ £
Highdensity stacking with multi colour
options!
Code £
GXP1A 168
Dimensions (mm)
Width:
Width with arms:
Height:
Depth:
Seat Height:
600
595
1070
490
720
High Plastic Seat & Back
MXP1A/HF Shown
MXP1A Shown
MXP1C/F Shown
Writing Tablet Code Writing Tablet 132
New for 2015
62-63 Xpresso 1 (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 12:44
63
62-63 Xpresso 1 (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 12:44
HostHost is our multipurpose high density stacking chair. It can be specified with or without arms. It has a plastic seat and perforated back on a chromed steel frame as standard.Host is also available with an upholstered seat or back, to further enhance its design and prominence.It is suitable for use in the office, dining areas, waiting and meeting rooms as well as conference facilities.
• Breathable Plastic Back • Upholstered Seat & Back Options • Integral Linking System • Stacks up to 6 high • Stacks up to 40 on Trolley (Upholstered models - 25)
64
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Plastic Colours
YellowBlueWhite BlackGreenRed
BKGNRD YLBLWH5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Host Mobile trolley HST 386
£
Host Chrome Sledge Base Chair
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Overall Width:
Overall Width with arms:
Overall Depth:
430-540
450
570
490
630
630
Code £
HS01C Plastic Seat & Back 135
HS02C Plastic Seat, Back & Arms 200
HS03C Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back 157
HS04C Upholstered Seat, Plastic Back & Arms 222
HS05C Upholstered Seat & Back 165
HS06C Upholstered Seat, Back & Arms 231
Option
Simple yet elegant &
classic
meeting & general purpose
HS06C Shown
Stacks up to 40 high
64-65 Host - Arena (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 12:51
Arena
65
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Round Back - With ArmsRound Back Cantilever - With Fixed Arms
Code £
AR1B - Without Arms 116
Stacks 4 high.
Black frame.
Round shaped back.
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Seat Width:
Overall Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Back Height:
460
435
480
440
600
435
480
440
520
435
480
440
Code £
AR2B - Fixed Arms 158
Stacks 4 high.
Black frame.
Round shaped back.
Code £
AR4B - Fixed Arms 156
Black frame.
Round shaped back.
Shown with optional Chrome Frame
Round Back - With No Arms
Arena is designed for conference rooms, meeting areas and general office applications. Four leg and cantilever options are stackable and available with writing tablets. The Arena comes as standard with a black frame, and options for either silver or chrome.
TTestingA fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 4875 SATRA Strength & Durability.
C WRT
Chrome/Silver Frame
Code C Chrome Frame 53
Code P Silver Frame FOC
Writing Tablet
Code WRT Right Hand 74
Code WLT Left Hand 74
££
Options
meeting & general purpose
64-65 Host - Arena (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 12:51
Plastic Colour Options
Blue Grey Sand Red
Plastic Seat & Back Plastic Back & Upholstered SeatCode £
KN01B 142
No arms. Plastic seat & back.
Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
Code £
KN04B 175
With arms. Plastic back & upholstered seat
Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width:
Back Width:
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width:
Back Width:
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width:
Back Width:
380
470
420
550
540
440
380
470
450
550
620
440
365
485
420
550
620
440
Code £
KN02B 164
With arms. Plastic seat & back
Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
Code £
KN03B 154
No arms. Plastic back & upholstered seat
Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
All shown with optional chrome frame
Plastic Seat & Back
Chrome Frame C 33
Silver Frame P FOC
Linking Device L 16
Mobile Trolley KEN/TR 110
Tip Up Seat TP 19
Prices shown are for black plastic parts. For colours shown below add £6.
SD RDGYBL
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width:
Back Width:
365
485
420
550
620
440
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Options
Plastic Back & Upholstered Seat
£
La Kendo
66 Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The La Kendo is a stylish and comfortable chair ideal for waiting rooms, conferences and lectures.With the polypropylene seat and back in a choice of colours, the range also offers upholstered seat and back options.Clever 4 legged nesting design ideal for space conscious environments, stacks up to 20 high.
meeting & general purpose
Ideal for Training or Conference
Rooms
66-67 LA Kendo - Kind Swivel (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:07
Mesh Back Swivel ChairCode £
KDMC81C - With No Arms 344
KDMC82C - Fixed Arms 376
Upholstered seat and mesh back.
Polished aluminium base.
Choice of 9 colours for mesh back.
67
Kind Swivelmeeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width (without arms):
Overall Width (With arms):
Back Width:
400
430-550
450
560
530
635
450
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8-10recommended
hours usage
New for 2015
The Kind swivel meeting chair has a four star polished aluminium base and chrome gas stem as standard. Available with or without arms, the height can be adjusted to the required position by a uniquely designed integral button under the seat.
Swivel Chair - Upholstered Back
Code £
KDMC61C - With No Arms 347
KDMC62C - Fixed Arms 380
Upholstered seat and back.
Polished aluminium base.
KDMC82C
KDMC62C
Options£
Upholstered outer back panel
(KDMC61C/KDMC62C only) UB Add 5%
Black Nylon Base B FOC
Silver Base P -42
See pages22, 35 &
68-69 for more Kind chairs
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
66-67 LA Kendo - Kind Swivel (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:07
KDMC32B
Kind
68 Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Kind meeting offers a cantilever and 4 leg chair which provides a perfect solution to all boardroom, training and conference applications. Frames can be specified in black, silver or chrome and as all meeting chair variants back panel options allow design integration with the task seating specified. All mesh back versions of the Kind chair are available in the following colours; Black, Sage, Slate, Burnt Orange, Graphite, White, Taupe, Mauve and Teal.
New for 2015
meeting & general purpose
150kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
8-10recommended
hour usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Four Leg Meeting Chair
Kind Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
Seat Height:
Seat Depth:
Overall Depth:
Overall Width - with no arms:
Overall Width - with arms:
Back Width:
400
500
450
560
530
640
450
Code £
KDMC01B - With No Arms 176
KDMC02B - With Fixed Arms 209
Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back
& under shroud. Black four leg frame.
Stackable 4 high.
KDMC01B
Black frame as standard. Range shown with optional chrome frame.
Cantilever Frame Meeting ChairCode £
KDMC31B - With No Arms 215
KDMC32B - With Fixed Arms 247
Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back
& under shroud. Black cantilever frame.
Stackable 3 high.
See pages22, 35 & 67
for more Kind chairs
68-69 Kind Double Page (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 12:57
Kind
69Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Kind four leg chair is a simple and elegant design. A choice of frame and upholstery variations can be specified, with the option to co-ordinate with the dual mesh design of the task seating.
meeting & general purpose
Cantilever Mesh Meeting Chair Four Leg Meeting ChairCode £
KDMC11B - With No Arms 148
KDMC12B - With Fixed Arms 182
Plastic seat and mesh back. Black plastic
back surround & under shroud. Black four
leg frame. Stackable 4 high. Choice of 9
colours available for mesh back.
Stackable 4 high.
Code £
KDMC41B - With No Arms 182
KDMC42B - With Fixed Arms 214
Plastic seat and mesh back. Black plastic
back surround & under shroud. Black
cantilever frame. Stackable 3 high. Choice
of 9 colours available for mesh back.
Code £
KDMC21B - With No Arms 174
KDMC22B - With Fixed Arms 207
Upholstered seat and mesh back. Black 4 leg
frame. Stackable 4 high. Black plastic back
surround & under shroud. Choice of 9
colours available for mesh back.
Four Leg Mesh Meeting Chair
Options£
Silver Frame P FOC
Chrome Frame C 22
Castors CS 22
KDMC51B
KDMC12B KDMC41B KDMC22B
Cantilever Frame Meeting ChairCode £
KDMC51B - With No Arms 211
KDMC52B - With Fixed Arms 244
Upholstered seat and mesh back. Black cantilever
frame. Stackable 3 high. Black plastic back surround
& under shroud.
Choice of 9 colours available for mesh back.
68-69 Kind Double Page (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 12:57
Writing Table (RH) WTRH 39
Writing Table (LH) WTLH 39
Leola Dolly LCD 209
Linking Device (Pair) LD 14
Leola
70
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
115kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Comfort and ergonomics are core to the modern, simple, clean cut design of Leola. The result is a multifunctionalchair suitable for almost every environment. Leola is a perfect choice for contemporary community areas, waitingrooms, conferencing, bars, bistro’s, waiting rooms, meeting rooms, boardrooms and multiple other applications within the office.
meeting & general purpose
Stacks4 chairs
high
Plastic Seat & Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs Upholstered Seat & Plastic Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs
Code £
LLBUSPB Black Plastic 171
LLGUSPB Grey Plastic 171
LLWUSPB White Plastic 171
Code £
LLBPSPB Black Plastic 137
LLGPSPB Grey Plastic 137
LLWPSPB White Plastic 137
Polypropylene fibreglass backrest, upholstered seat
Upholstered seat
Polypropylene fibreglass backrest, polypropylene seat
Shown with optional arms
Mesh Black Plastic Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome LegsUpholstered Seat & Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs
Code £
Black Plastic Mesh Backrest,
Polypropylene Seat
LLBPSMB Black Plastic 171
LLGPSMB Grey Plastic 171
LLWPSMB White Plastic 171
Code £
Black Plastic Mesh Backrest,
Upholstered Seat
LLBUSMB Black Plastic 204
LLGUSMB Grey Plastic 204
LLWUSMB White Plastic 204
Code £
LLBUSUB Black Plastic 204
LLGUSUB Grey Plastic 204
LLWUSUB White Plastic 204
Polypropylene seat
Options
Black Plastic Arms BLA 34
Grey Plastic Arms GLA 34
White Plastic Arms WLA 34
£ £
BLA, GLA or WLA WTRH or WTLH (Available in black only)
LCD (Up to 8 chairs)
Leola Dimensions (mm) Plastic Seat Upholstered Seat
Seat Width: 470 485
Seat Depth: 470 475
Seat Height: 455 480
Plastic Colours
WhiteGreyBlack
70-71 Leola Double Page (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 13:05
71
70-71 Leola Double Page (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 13:05
Alina UpholsteredThe extensive Alina range is ideal for training, meeting or conference applications. The upholstered seat and back create a comfortable conference chair. Arm and writing tablets can be added to the 4 legged Alina models. The Alina is stackable up to 5 high, comes with a chrome frame and available in a choice of three frame styles.
72
4 Leg with Castors CantileverCode £
ALUP/4LEG No arms 137
ALUP/4LEG/A With arms 195
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Overall Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Overall Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Overall Height:
580
450
460
860
580
450
460
850
525
450
460
860
Code £
ALUP/CAST No arms 182
ALUP/CAST/A With arms 239
Code £
ALUP/CANT Cantilever Frame 208
ALUP/4LEG/WT ALUP/CAST/WT
4 Leg
4 Leg with Writing Tablet
ALUP/4LEG/WT 210
4 Leg with Writing Tablet & Castors
ALUP/CAST/WT 255
Note: Chairs will not stack with writing tablet or arms. Writing tablet is factory fitted only, no retro fit.
110kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed
and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Options£
meeting & general purpose
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Stacks up to 5
high
72-73 Alina - Alina Mesh (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 13:16
Versatile and robust, the Alina Mesh is designed for training, meeting or conferencing environments. The upholstered seat is combined with a breathable mesh back for added comfort. Arm and writing tablets can be added to 4 legged models. The Alina Mesh is stackable up to 5 high, available in a choice of three frame styles, and comes with a chrome frame.
73
4 Leg with Castors4 LegCode £
ALM/CANT Cantilever Frame 276
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Overall Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Overall Height:
Overall Width:
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
Overall Height:
450
390
455
780
580
450
460
850
580
450
460
850
Code £
ALM/CAST No arms 250
ALM/CAST/A With arms 306
Code £
ALM/4LEG No arms 205
ALM/4LEG/A With arms 261
ALM/4LEG/WT ALM/CAST/WT
Cantilever
Note: Chairs will not stack with writing tablet or arms. Writing tablet is factory fitted only, no retro fit.
4 Leg with Writing Tablet
ALM/4LEG/WT 278
4 Leg with Writing Tablet & Castors
ALM/CAST/WT 322
110kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Options£
Alina Meshmeeting & general purpose
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Add arm or writing
tablets
72-73 Alina - Alina Mesh (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 13:16
74 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
meeting & general purpose
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
IsThe Is meeting chair has a light environmental impact and sustainability at the core of its design, it is simple to use, refurbish and eventually recycle.A flexible range of stacking meeting chairs are available with a number of options.
4 Leg Stacking Chair 4 Leg Stacking ArmchairCode £
MIS2I 225
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Code £
MIS5A 296
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
820
505
535
480
820
505
535
480
820
590
535
480
Code £
MIS5I 272
Full upholstered, silver frame.
Code £
MIS2A 248
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Shown with Fixed Arms
Trolley (Stacks 5 high)
Writing Tablet (RH)
4 Leg Stacking Chair
Castors (4 leg only) 39
Chrome Steel Frame POA
Trolley (Stacks 5 high) 293
* Linking Device (4 leg only) 23
Writing Tablet (LH) 103
t Writing Tablet (RH) 103
* Must be specified at time of order. t 8mm white laminate surface. Specify left or right at time of ordering.
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
820
590
535
480
5year
guarantee
Options
4 Leg Stacking Armchair
£
74-75 Is Double Page (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 14:12
Is
75
meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 workingdays fully assembled. Packaging removed andrecycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Cantilever Stacking ChairCantilever Stacking ChairCode £
MIS2E 304
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Code £
MIS5E 355
Full upholstered, silver frame.
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
820
590
600
485
820
590
600
485
820
590
600
485
Code £
MIS5M 331
Full upholstered, silver frame.
Code £
MIS2M 284
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Cantilever Stacking Armchair
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
820
590
600
485
Cantilever Stacking Armchair
Expanded Is range for
2015
74-75 Is Double Page (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 14:12
76
Colletta meeting & general purpose
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Simple yet classic - elegant and comfortable, Colletta offers a comprehensive range of chairs that make the perfect addition to any meeting or conference environment. Colletta combines style and versatility. Made for meetings.
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Mesh Back Pedestal Base
Options
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Width + Arms:
Overall Height:
Overall Depth:
465
480
440
545
880
680
Code £
COLP-P - Polished Chrome Frame 441
High Back CantileverMesh Back Five Star BaseCode £
COLV1 - Polished Chrome Frame 272
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Width + Arms:
Overall Height:
Overall Depth:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Width + Arms:
Overall Height:
Overall Depth:
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Width + Arms:
Overall Height:
Overall Depth:
465
480
455
530
860
565
465
480
455
530
890
565
430-530
480
440
545
855-955
660
Code £
COLV2 - Polished Chrome Frame 284
Code £
COLS-B - Black base with Castors 397
COLS-P
Medium Back Cantilever
£
Polished Chrome Base COLS-P 40
Grey Mesh GRY FOC
White Mesh WHT FOC
5year
guarantee
Expanded range for
2015
76-77 Colletta - One (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 14:18
77
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 workingdays fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
It really is the One. A meeting or task chair with complete unexaggerated honesty in design. The moulded plastic back,seat-pan and armrest form one unified sculptured piece. Moulded polypropylene backrest and seat-pan in black asstandard with the option of white. Removable seat cushion. Height adjustable swivel chair has 5 star black plastic baseas standard, with option of polished base. Available with black castors or glides. Silver cantilever and 4 leg versionshave option of chrome frame.
Cantilever Stacking ArmchairArmchair with 5 Star Base - Black Base
Code £
M0N1A - Silver Frame 240
Moulded backrest. Upholstered Seat.
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
Dimensions (mm)
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Seat Height:
830
560
590
490
830
560
590
490
830-960
560
590
490-620
Code £
M0N1C - Silver Frame 221
Moulded backrest. Upholstered Seat.
00N1AAA/AAB
Armchair - Non Stacking
£
00N1AAA Polished 5 Star Base 47
00N1AAA Chrome Steel Frame 37
White Body Components 30
MON1A Chrome Steel Frame POA
MON1C White Frame FOC
00N1AAA/AAB Glides (Specify on order) FOC
Stackable to 5 high
120kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
Options
Shown with Polished 5 star base with castors & white body
Shown with white body
TTestingMeeting chair tested BS EN 15373: 2007.
Swivel chair tested BS EN 1335 Parts 2 & 3.
Onemeeting & general purpose
Code £
M0N1AAA/AAA - Silver Frame 258
Adjustable Seat Height. Moulded backrest.
New for 2015
76-77 Colletta - One (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 14:18
Desking, Storage and Screens
78
A desk is not just some wood and metal, it is an object for which many of us spend several hours, of several days sitting at. So don’t settle for anything less than the exact desk which meets your every requirement. You may like a functional desk, a contemporary look, an executive feel, or one that adjusts in height for different users.
Once you have located the ideal desk, don’t forget to accessorise! With a choice of cable management gadgets which ensure a tidy and trip free workspace or a noise reducing desk mounted screen that can also add some colour to your environment. These can be found on pages 110-111.
2015 Range Highlights
Fraction PlusNewly extended and improved range of entry level furniture available in two standard finishes and three special finishes.
Optima PlusDesigned with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation
78-79 Desking, Storage, Screens Intro-Full Page (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 14:17
79
78-79 Desking, Storage, Screens Intro-Full Page (15).indd 2 02/12/2014 14:17
80
Frac
tion
Plus
Stor
age
Wor
kmod
e Pl
us
Jets
tream
Pane
l End
Wooden PedestalsPage 96
WorkstationsPage 90
TablesPage 88
Steel TamboursPage 106
Wooden CupboardsPage 104
Wooden TamboursPage 107
WorkstationsPage 92
Panel EndPage 94
Steel PedestalsPage 97
WorkstationsPage 82
PedestalsPage 84
StoragePage 86
Filing CabinetsPage 85
BookcasesPage 87
Filing CabinetsPage 108
BookcasesPage 109
Scre
ens
Lyle Desk Mounted Page 98
Hove Desk Mounted Page 101
Lyle Standing Page 99
Troon Desk Mounted Page 100
Mee
ting
Tabl
esAc
cess
orie
s
Mon
itor
Arm
s
Meeting Tables Page 102
Accessories Page 110
Monitor ArmsPage 111
desking, storage and screens contents
80-81 Desking, Storage, Screens Contents (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 12:57
81
Nor
ton
Eclip
se
Opt
ima
Plus
Kass
ini
Adva
nce
Stor
age
‘I’ F
ram
e El
ectro
nic
Mat
rix B
ench
Linn
ea B
ench
Scre
enbo
x
Meeting TablesPage 129
Desk ExtensionsPage 118
Meeting TablesPage 123
Desk ExtensionsPage 129
Pedestal Supported Desks
Page 116
Desk ExtensionsPage 123
Meeting TablePage 135
WorkstationsPage 88 - 89
DesksPage 126-128
DesksPage 114-115
DesksPage 120-122
Height SettablePage 132-134
Height Adjustable DesksPage 136
WorkstationsPage 141
WorkstationsPage 144-147
Meeting ExtensionsPage 142
Conference TablesPage 147
Meeting Tables Page 142
Meeting ExtensionsPage 148
Screens Page 143
Screens Page 149
Extra StoragePage 150 - 151
ScreenboxPage 139
Height Adjustable DesksPage 130 - 131
Cable Trays/ RisersPage 119
Height Adjustable DesksPage 124 - 125
PedestalsPage 152
StoragePage 153
desking, storage and screens contents
80-81 Desking, Storage, Screens Contents (15).indd 2 02/12/2014 12:57
Fraction Plus desking, storage and screens
The Fraction Plus range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture. Fraction Plus is available in two standard finishes and three special finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these desks, pedestals, meeting tables, bookcases and filing cabinets.Fraction comes with 25mm desk tops, silver powder coated steel cantilever frames and 2mm PVC edging on the tops.
Wave WorkstationCore WorkstationCodes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPC1412(L) Left Hand 1400 x 730 x 800/1200 268
ZFPC1412(R) Right Hand 1400 x 730 x 800/1200 268
ZFPC1612(L) Left Hand 1600 x 730 x 800/1200 289
ZFPC1612(R) Right Hand 1600 x 730 x 800/1200 289
ZFPC1812(L) Left Hand 1800 x 730 x 800/1200 304
ZFPC1812(R) Right Hand 1800 x 730 x 800/1200 304
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPW1410(L) Left Hand 1400 x 730 x 800/1000 228
ZFPW1410(R) Right Hand 1400 x 730 x 800/1000 228
ZFPW1610(L) Left Hand 1600 x 730 x 800/1000 245
ZFPW1610(R) Right Hand 1600 x 730 x 800/1000 245
25mmworktops
82 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Rectangular Workstation Desk End TablesCodes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFP0800 800 x 730 x 800 (Square) 146
ZFP1208 1200 x 730 x 800 181
ZFP1408 1400 x 730 x 800 192
ZFP1608 1600 x 730 x 800 206
ZFP1808 1800 x 730 x 800 212
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPCE1000 1100 x 730 x 1000 142
ZFPCE1600 1600 x 730 x 800 153
ZFPCE/1000 ZFPCE/1600
Special ColoursFrame ColourStandard Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech Silver
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK2year
guarantee
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
82-83 Fraction Workstations (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 14:37
83
82-83 Fraction Workstations (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 14:37
Fraction Plus desking, storage and screens
Fraction Plus is available in two standard finishes and three special finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these drawers and this pedestal. All are supplied with silver handles.
Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer Fixed PedestalCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPFP2D 2 Drawer 410 x 400 x 606 138
FPFP3D 3 Drawer 410 x 400 x 606 149
Code W x H x D (mm) £
FPMP2D 430 x 510 x 500 182
84 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
IsSee the seating
section from page 10.
High Mobile Pedestal 3 DrawerLow Mobile Pedestal 3 DrawerCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPMP3D 430 x 510 x 500 191
Code W x H x D (mm) £
FPHMP3D 430 x 650 x 600 223
Desk High Pedestal 3 DrawerCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPDHP63 430 x 730 x 600 228
FPDHP83 430 x 730 x 800 245
Special ColoursStandard Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK2year
guarantee
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
84-85 Fraction peds - Filing Cabinets (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:09
85Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
3 Drawer Filing Cabinet2 Drawer Filing CabinetCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPFC2 500 x 730 x 600 260
Code W x H x D (mm) £
FPFC3 500 x 1020 x 600 291
Code W x H x D (mm) £
FPFC4 500 x 1320 x 600 319
Desk High Lateral Filing CabinetCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPDHFC600 800 x 730 x 600 319
Fraction Plusdesking, storage and screens
Practical, durable and stylish. Choose from these filing cabinets to meet any office filing requirement.
4 Drawer Filing Cabinet
Special ColoursStandard Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK2year
guarantee
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
84-85 Fraction peds - Filing Cabinets (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:09
Fraction Plus desking, storage and screens
86
1200 High Storage Unit800 High Storage UnitDesk High Storage Unit
1600 High Storage Unit 2000 High Storage Unit
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPDDC720 800 x 730 x 600 225
Supplied with 1 shelf
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPDDC1200 800 x 1200 x 400 295
Supplied with 2 shelves
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPDDC800 800 x 800 x 400 225
Supplied with 1 shelf
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPDDC1600 800 x 1600 x 400 365
Supplied with 3 shelves
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPDDC2000 800 x 2000 x 400 411
Supplied with 4 shelves
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Special Colours
Standard Colours
White Cappuccino Maple
Nova Oak Beech
BCH
WHT CAP MAP
NOAK2year
guarantee
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
86-87 Storage Unit - Bookcases (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 14:57
Fraction Plusdesking, storage and screens
These smart and affordable open fronted bookcases come complete with solid wood back panels, and fully height adjustable shelving, (one fixed shelf).
1200mm High Bookcase - Includes 2 shelves
1600mm High Bookcase - Includes 3 shelves 2000mm High Bookcase - Includes 4 shelves
800mm High Bookcase - Includes 1 shelf
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBC1600 800 x 1600 x 400 212
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBC2000 800 x 2000 x 400 229
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBC1200 800 x 1200 x 400 199
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBC800 800 x 800 x 400 136
87Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Completewith solid wood
back panels
Special ColoursStandard Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK2year
guarantee
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
86-87 Storage Unit - Bookcases (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 14:57
Fraction Plus desking, storage and screens
Free Standing ReturnRectangular Meeting Table Circular Meeting TableCodes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPMT1208 1200 x 730 x 800 165
ZFPMT1408 1400 x 730 x 800 185
ZFPMT1608 1600 x 730 x 800 206
ZFPMT1808 1800 x 730 x 800 218
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPRET800 800 x 730 x 600 119
ZFPRET1000 1000 x 730 x 600 126
ZFPRET1200 1200 x 730 x 600 130
Codes Dia x H (mm) £
ZFPCMT10D 1000 x 730 197
ZFPCMT12D 1200 x 730 199
88 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Barrel Table - Wooden LegsBoardroom Table - Metal LegsBoardroom Table - Metal Legs
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBD2400 2400 x 730 x 1200 382
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBD1800 1800 x 730 x 1200 295
ZFPBD1800 ZFPBD2400
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBT2400 2400 x 730 x 1200 361
Special ColoursFrame ColourStandard Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech Silver
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK2year
guarantee
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
88-89 Fraction Meeting Table Boardroom Table (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 15:02
Practical, durable and stylish. Choose from filing cabinets to cupboards to meet any office filing requirement.
Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer Fixed PedestalCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPFP2D 2 Drawer 409 x 450 x 530 000
FPFP3D 3 Drawer 409 x 450 x 530 000
Code W x H x D (mm) £
FPMP2 419 x 595 x 530 000
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
IsSee the seating
section from page 10.
High Mobile Pedestal 3 DrawerLow Mobile Pedestal 3 DrawerCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPMP3 419 x 595 x 530 000
Code W x H x D (mm) £
FPHMP3 419 x 680 x 530 000
Desk High Pedestal 3 DrawerCode W x H x D (mm) £
FPDHP63 419 x 727 x 600 000
FPDHP83 419 x 727 x 800 000
Special ColoursStandard Colours
White Cherry MapleNova Oak Beech
BCH ? ? ?NOVA OAK2
year guarantee
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
89
88-89 Fraction Meeting Table Boardroom Table (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 15:02
25mmqualitytops
Workmode Plus desking, storage and screens
Keep your workspace tidy with Workmode Plus. The leg design has been engineered to offer fully integrated cable management to ensure work areas remain safe and tidy.
Core Workstation Rectangular WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP16LC Left Hand 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 409
ZWMP18LC Left Hand 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 423
ZWMP16RC Right Hand 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 409
ZWMP18RC Right Hand 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 423
Pedestal not included, see pages 96-97.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP8080C 800 x 727 x 800 261
ZWMP1280C 1200 x 727 x 800 286
ZWMP1480C 1400 x 727 x 800 307
ZWMP1680C 1600 x 727 x 800 322
ZWMP1880C 1800 x 727 x 800 334
90 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
ScreensSee the seating section from page 98-101
Standard FeaturesIntegrated cable management.
Narrow Workstation Wave WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP8060C 800 x 727 x 600 225
ZWMP1260C 1200 x 727 x 600 259
ZWMP1660C 1600 x 727 x 600 297
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZWMP1410LWC Left Hand 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 359
ZWMP1610LWC Left Hand 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 382
ZWMP1410RWC Right Hand 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 359
ZWMP1610RWC Right Hand 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 382
Colours
Oak & Silver Beech & Silver
B/SBLUEO/S5year
guarantee
Forcomplimenting
storage see pages 104-109
90-91 Workmode Plus (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 15:12
91
90-91 Workmode Plus (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 15:12
Jetstream desking, storage and screens
This stylish and contemporary leg system supports 25mm MFC worktops fitted with integral cable ports. A wide range of storage solutions compliment the Jetstream range.
Core Workstation Rectangular WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) £
ZJT16LCW Left Hand 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 444
ZJT18LCW Left Hand 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 455
ZJT16RCW Right Hand 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 444
ZJT18RCW Right Hand 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 455
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZJT8080CW 800 x 727 x 800 273
ZJT1280CW 1200 x 727 x 800 297
ZJT1480CW 1400 x 727 x 800 313
ZJT1680CW 1600 x 727 x 800 331
ZJT1880CW 1800 x 727 x 800 344
92 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
TamboursSee the range from page 106
Narrow Rectangular Workstation Wave WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) £
ZJT8060CW 800 x 727 x 600 227
ZJT1260CW 1200 x 727 x 600 259
ZJT1660CW 1600 x 727 x 600 293
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZJT1410LWCW Left Hand 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 365
ZJT1610LWCW Left Hand 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 390
ZJT1410RWCW Right Hand 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 365
ZJT1610RWCW Right Hand 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 390
Colours
Oak & Silver Beech & Silver
B/SBLUEO/S5year
guaranteeTTesting
Tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 5: 2001- Level 4 and BS EN 527: Part 1: 2000.
25mmqualitytops
Forcomplimenting
storage see pages 104-109
92-93 Jetstream (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 15:29
93
92-93 Jetstream (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 15:29
Panel End desking, storage and screens
This stylish and contemporary system supports 25mm MFC worktops. A wide range of storage options compliment the Panel End range. Traditionally styled in two colour finishes.
Core Workstation Rectangular WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM16LP Left Hand 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 373
ZWM18LP Left Hand 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 386
ZWM16RP Right Hand 1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600 373
ZWM18RP Right Hand 1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600 386
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM8080P 800 x 727 x 800 216
ZWM1280P 1200 x 727 x 800 241
ZWM1480P 1400 x 727 x 800 262
ZWM1680P 1600 x 727 x 800 279
ZWM1880P 1800 x 727 x 800 289
94 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Meeting TablesSee our range on page 102-103.
Narrow Rectangular Workstation Wave WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM8060P 800 x 727 x 600 180
ZWM1260P 1200 x 727 x 600 214
ZWM1660P 1600 x 727 x 600 252
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZWM1410LWP Left Hand 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 313
ZWM1610LWP Left Hand 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 338
ZWM1410RWP Right Hand 1400 x 727 x 800/1000 313
ZWM1610RWP Right Hand 1600 x 727 x 800/1000 338
Colours
Oak Beech
BCHOAK5year
guarantee
25mmqualitytops
Forcomplimenting
storage see pages 104-109
94-95 Panel End (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 15:33
95
94-95 Panel End (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 15:33
Wooden Pedestals desking, storage and screens
A range of high quality, heavy duty pedestals; desk high, mobile, and our stylish steel pedestals opposite.
Standard Colours
Oak Beech
5year
guarantee
96 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
MultidrawersSee our Storage & Filing from page 248.
Standard FeaturesSteel sided drawers.
Locking drawers and folding key fob.
800 Desk High Pedestal High Mobile PedestalCode £
DHP3-6 294
Dimensions (mm)
W392 H727 D600 W392 H727 D800 W392 H680 D600
Code £
DHP3-8 342
Code £
HMP3 294
600 Desk High Pedestal
Code £
MP2 282
Dimensions (mm)
W392 H550 D600 W392 H550 D600
Code £
MP3 282
Low Mobile - 2 Drawer Low Mobile - 3 Drawer
OAK BCH
Delivery &installation
included
96-97 Wooden - Steel Pedestals (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 15:44
Steel Pedestalsdesking, storage and screens
Colours - Add 15%
Standard Colours Colours - Add 10%
Orange
GraphiteEdinburgh Oxford BlueLight Grey Cream
Green
Goose GreyBeige Coffee
Yellow
White Black
Pink
Silver
New Blue
5year
guarantee
Deliveredfromstock
97Stock Pedestals are delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Bisley Pedestals are delivered to a room ofchoice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
3 Drawer Mobile - White3 Drawer Mobile - Silver
Stock Item Stock Item
Code £
NWA59M1SF 278
W420 H501 D565W392 H580 D575
Dimensions (mm)
W392 H580 D575
Code £
JMRP01WHT 279
Code £
JMRP01SIL 279
Low Mobile - 2 Drawer
Code £
NWA5AM1IIF 290
W420 H573 D565W300 H573 D565
Code £
NW35AM1IIF 290
High Mobile - 3 DrawerNarrow Mobile - 3 DrawerLow Mobile - 3 Drawer
Dimensions (mm)
W420 H501 D565
Code £
NWA59M1SSS 290
96-97 Wooden - Steel Pedestals (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 15:44
Brackets 2 brackets must be ordered with each screen. Code: SBKT-01 Add £16 each.
Specification Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim.
All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:
www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
Lyle Desk Mounted Screens desking, storage and screens
This entry level screen boasts 25mm thickness, 4mm thick PVC trim in either silver [s] or white [w] and a comprehensive range of accessories to choose from.The Lyle will fit to the Fraction, Workmode Plus, Jetstream and Panel End ranges.
Straight Top - 380mm High Wave Top - 180mm To 380mm High
Code Width (mm) £
L-ST-0638R 585 77
L-ST-0838R 785 84
L-ST-0838 800 84
L-ST-1038R 985 90
L-ST-1038 1000 90
L-ST-1238R 1185 100
L-ST-1238 1200 100
Code Width (mm) £
L-WV-0638R 585 77
L-WV-0838R 785 84
L-WV-0838 800 84
L-WV-1038R 985 90
L-WV-1038 1000 90
L-WV-1238R 1185 100
L-WV-1238 1200 100
Code Width (mm) £
L-ST-1438R 1385 105
L-ST-1438 1400 105
L-ST-1638R 1585 124
L-ST-1638 1600 124
L-ST-1838R 1785 130
L-ST-1838 1800 130
L-ST-2038 2000 135
Code Width (mm) £
L-WV-1438R 1385 105
L-WV-1438 1400 105
L-WV-1638R 1585 124
L-WV-1638 1600 124
L-WV-1838R 1785 130
L-WV-1838 1800 130
L-WV-2038 2000 135
98 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
Arc Top - 180mm To 380mm High
Code Width (mm) £
L-AC-0638R 585 77
L-AC-0838R 785 84
L-AC-0838 800 84
L-AC-1038R 985 90
L-AC-1038 1000 90
L-AC-1238R 1185 100
L-AC-1238 1200 100
Code Width (mm) £
L-AC-1438R 1385 105
L-AC-1438 1400 105
L-AC-1638R 1585 124
L-AC-1638 1600 124
L-AC-1838R 1785 130
L-AC-1838 1800 130
L-AC-2038 2000 135
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Accessory RailCode Rail Width (mm) £
ACR-08 600 15
ACR-10 800 17
ACR-12 1000 18
Code Rail Width (mm) £
ACR-14 1200 19
ACR-16 1400 24
ACR-18 1600 25
Accessories £
A4 Letter Tray SA-A4LT 14
A3 Letter Tray SA-A3LT 17
Pencil Pot SA-PEPT 12
Phone Holder SA-PHLD 12
Name Holder SA-NHLD 11
Trinket Pot SA-TRPT 12
Note: a rail must be ordered for any accessory.
SA-A4LT SA-PEPT SA-PHLD SA-NHLD SA-TRPT
98-99 Lyle Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:10
Lyle Free Standing Screensdesking, storage and screens
Lyle One Free Standing ScreensLyle Free Standing Screens
Lyle Free Standing Screens
Lyle One Free Standing screens
Code Dimensions W x H (mm) £
1/12.08 800 x 1200 226
1/12.12 1200 x 1200 237
1/12.16 1600 x 1200 274
1/16.08 800 x 1600 255
1/16.12 1200 x 1600 266
1/16.16 1600 x 1600 297
Code Dimensions W x H (mm) £
EL/12.08 800 x 1200 185
EL/12.12 1200 x 1200 196
EL/12.16 1600 x 1200 233
EL/16.08 800 x 1600 214
EL/16.12 1200 x 1600 225
EL/16.16 1600 x 1600 257
99Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Lyle Free Standing Screens
• UPVC uprights supplied in silver • Supplied with 2x height adjusters• Fabric wrapped top• Non Linking• Supplied with 2 x T-feet
Lyle One Free Standing Screens
• UPVC uprights supplied in silver • Supplied with 2x height adjusters• Fabric wrapped top• Supplied with 1x Inline Link and 1x Cover Strip• Supplied with 2 x T-feet
All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:
www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
Suppliedwith two
feet
98-99 Lyle Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:10
Brackets & LinkingTwo brackets must be ordered with each screen. One kit required for each return screen.
Code: SBKT-01 Add £16 each. Code: SA-LINK-KIT. Add £15 each.
Specification
30mm Screen thickness. Integral hanging facility. Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:
www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
Troon Desk Mounted ScreensFramed on 3 sides using lightly proportioned bespoke aluminium extrusions, conceived to reflect the latest trends in office furniture. Troon screens will integrate with our stocked desk ranges.
Straight Top - 380mm High Wave Top - 380mm at Highest Point
Code Width (mm) £
T-T1-0838R 785 102
T-T1-0838 800 102
T-T1-1038R 985 114
T-T1-1038 1000 114
T-T1-1238R 1185 121
T-T1-1238 1200 121
Code Width (mm) £
T-T5-0638R 585 102
T-T5-0838R 785 102
T-T5-0838 800 102
T-T5-1038R 985 114
T-T5-1038 1000 114
T-T5-1238R 1185 121
Code Width (mm) £
T-T1-1438R 1385 129
T-T1-1438 1400 129
T-T1-1638R 1585 149
T-T1-1638 1600 149
T-T1-1838R 1785 160
T-T1-1838 1800 160
Code Width (mm) £
T-T5-1238 1200 121
T-T5-1438R 1385 129
T-T5-1438 1400 129
T-T5-1638R 1585 149
T-T5-1638 1600 149
T-T5-1838 1800 160
100 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
Arc Top - 380mm at Highest Point
Code Width (mm) £
T-T6-0638R 585 102
T-T6-0838R 785 102
T-T6-0838 800 102
T-T6-1038R 985 114
T-T6-1038 1000 114
T-T6-1238R 1185 121
Code Width (mm) £
T-T6-1238 1200 121
T-T6-1438R 1385 129
T-T6-1438 1400 129
T-T6-1638R 1585 149
T-T6-1638 1600 149
T-T6-1838 1800 160
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Toolbar - 380mm High
Code Width (mm) £
T-T2-0838R 785 118
T-T2-0838 800 118
T-T2-1038R 985 136
T-T2-1038 1000 136
T-T2-1238R 1185 141
T-T2-1238 1200 141
Code Width (mm) £
T-T2-1438R 1385 161
T-T2-1438 1400 161
T-T2-1638R 1585 180
T-T2-1638 1600 180
T-T2-1838R 1785 204
T-T2-1838 1800 204
Accessories £
A4 Letter Tray SA-A4LT 14
A3 Letter Tray SA-A3LT 17
Pencil Pot SA-PEPT 12
Phone Holder SA-PHLD 12
Name Holder SA-NHLD 11
Trinket Pot SA-TRPT 12
SA-A4LT SA-PEPT SA-PHLD SA-NHLD SA-TRPT
All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
TTesting
These Screens successfully satisfied the relevant sections
of BS EN 1023 and BS46.
desking, storage and screens
100-101 Troon Hove Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 16:01
Brackets & Linking. These must be ordered for each screen.
Code: SBKT-10. One Pair required for each screen. Add £21 (pair).
Code: SA-LINK-KIT. One kit required for each return screen. Add £15 each. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order
Hove Mounted ScreensFramed on 4 sides, Hove is a highly functional contemporary desk mounted screen. Thoughtful design, clever engineering, beautiful build quality and competitive prices ensure that Hove screens can be confidently specified for use within the full hierarchy of office furniture.
Acrylic - 380mm HighStraight Top - 380mm High
Code Width (mm) £
H-T3-0638R 585 149
H-T3-0838R 785 157
H-T3-0838 800 157
H-T3-1038R 985 172
H-T3-1038 1000 172
H-T3-1238R 1185 195
H-T3-1238 1200 195
Code Width (mm) £
H-T3-1438R 1385 210
H-T3-1438 1400 210
H-T3-1638R 1585 227
H-T3-1638 1600 227
H-T3-1838R 1785 259
H-T3-1838 1800 259
Code Width (mm) £
H-T1-1438R 1385 163
H-T1-1438 1400 163
H-T1-1638R 1585 178
H-T1-1638 1600 178
H-T1-1838R 1785 204
H-T1-1838 1800 204
101Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Acrylic and Toolbar - 380mm High
Code Width (mm) £
H-T4-0638R 585 154
H-T4-0838R 785 167
H-T4-0838 800 167
H-T4-1038R 985 180
H-T4-1038 1000 180
H-T4-1238R 1185 204
H-T4-1238 1200 204
Code Width (mm) £
H-T4-1438R 1385 233
H-T4-1438 1400 233
H-T4-1638R 1585 245
H-T4-1638 1600 245
H-T4-1838R 1785 290
H-T4-1838 1800 290
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Desk Mounted Stan
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Wave screens Desk Mount
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
Curve screens Desk Mount480
Modesty screens
Toolbar - 380mm High
Code Width (mm) £
H-T2-0638R 585 131
H-T2-0838R 785 147
H-T2-0838 800 147
H-T2-1038R 985 173
H-T2-1038 1000 173
H-T2-1238R 1185 181
H-T2-1238 1200 181
Code Width (mm) £
H-T2-1438R 1385 209
H-T2-1438 1400 209
H-T2-1638R 1585 227
H-T2-1638 1600 227
H-T2-1838R 1785 271
H-T2-1838 1800 271
A4 Letter Tray SA-A4LT 14
A3 Letter Tray SA-A3LT 17
Pencil Pot SA-PEPT 12
Phone Holder SA-PHLD 12
Name Holder SA-NHLD 11
Trinket Pot SA-TRPT 12
SA-A4LT SA-PEPT SA-PHLD SA-NHLD SA-TRPT
5year
guarantee
Polar White
Slate Grey
Acrylic Colours
Aurora Violet
Chilli Red
Perfect Plum
Mandarin Orange
Acid Green
Lime Zest
Electric Blue
Glacier Green
Code Width (mm) £
H-T1-0638R 585 109
H-T1-0838R 785 132
H-T1-0838 800 132
H-T1-1038R 985 138
H-T1-1038 1000 138
H-T1-1238R 1185 145
H-T1-1238 1200 145
Accessories £
samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
desking, storage and screens
100-101 Troon Hove Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 16:01
Tables desking, storage and screens
Practical, stylish and affordable meeting tables to suit your requirements for any type of office. Choose from a selection of different shaped and sized meeting tables to compliment the Fraction, Workmode Plus, and Jetstream ranges.
Finishes for Tubular Leg TablesTable Finishes
Oak & SilverOak Beech & SilverBeech
B/SBCH BLUEO/SOAK5year
guarantee
25mmqualitytops
102 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Circular with Gullwing Legs Rectangular with Gullwing LegsCode Dimensions Dia x H (mm) £
ZTABT4D10 1000 x 727 252
ZTABT4D12 1200 x 727 287
Code Dimensions Dia x H (mm) £
ZTABTD10 1000 x 727 227
ZTABTD12 1200 x 727 263
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABTG12 1200 x 727 x 800 241
ZTABTG16 1600 x 727 x 800 285
Circular with Tubular Legs
Elliptical with Gullwing LegsCode Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABT12 1200 x 727 x 800 242
ZTABT16 1600 x 727 x 800 286
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABT24 2400 x 727 x 1047 391
Rectangular with Silver Tubular Legs
102-103 Meeting Tables (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 16:08
103
102-103 Meeting Tables (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 16:08
Wooden Cupboards desking, storage and screens
These robust storage units compliment the Workmode Plus, Jetstream and Panel End desk ranges. All are supplied with locks and silver handles. Specify internal fitments to meet your storage requirements.
Stock Finishes
Oak Beech
BCHOAK5year
guarantee
104 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Lateral Filing Cradle Pull-out Filing FrameCode £
SUS08 38
SUS10 38
Code £
ZSULCR10 (926mm wide only) 60
Code £
ZSULFS10 (926mm wide only) 133
Shelves
Desk End Cupboards Double Door Storage UnitsCode Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZSU70825DD 800 x 727 x 500 339
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZSU710DD 926 x 720 x 500 339
ZSU1610DD 926 x 1600 x 500 523
ZSU2010DD 926 x 2000 x 500 603
Supplied empty ready to take internal fitments
TTesting
These Storage Units have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify
strength and durability.
104-105 Wooden Cupboards (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 16:20
105
104-105 Wooden Cupboards (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 16:20
Steel Tambours desking, storage and screens
The tambour cupboard represents great value and flexibility for office storage. Tambour doors open into the steel carcass saving on valuable office space. These tambour cupboards are supplied empty ready to accept internal fitments.
5year
guarantee
106 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Medium
Slotted Shelf
Low
Roll-out Suspension Filing Frame
Code Finish £
IME191SOTO/S Oak/Silver 702
IME191SOTB/S Beech/Silver 702
IME191SOTG/G Goose Grey 584
Code Description £
BBSP1 Grey as standard 37
Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance
height for items to be stored on the shelf.
Dimensions (mm)
W1000 H1968 D470 W1000 H1651 D470 W1000 H1016 D470
Code Finish £
IME161SOTO/S Oak/Silver 665
IME161SOTB/S Beech/Silver 665
IME161SOTG/G Goose Grey 552
Code Description £
BSSPDP1 Slotted shelf 53
SHDV85P5PS Pack of 5 dividers 57
Allow 175mm for shelf and dividers plus
clearance for the items to be stored.
Code Finish £
IME101SOTO/S Oak/Silver 571
IME101SOTB/S Beech/Silver 571
IME101SOTG/G Goose Grey 451
Code Description £
ROSFF Single pack 138
Allow 258mm when used with standard
suspension files. Safety Note: Will only fit in
lower half of storage unit.
High
Standard Shelf
Stock Colours
Oak & Silver
Beech & Silver
Goose Grey
B/S
G/G
O/S
Lateral Filing Rail - Allow 285mm
Code Description £
ROSH Single pack 120
Code Description £
BUR Adjustment lateral file 48
Roll-out Shelf - Allow 60mm for shelf
106-107 Steel and Wooden Tambours (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 16:26
Wooden Tamboursdesking, storage and screens
High quality storage tambour cupboards offering space saving and security features. Fully lockable. Select your fitments below.
5year
guarantee
107Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Lateral Filing CradlePull-out Filing FrameCode £
SUS10 38
Code £
ZSULCR10 60
Code £
ZSULFS10 133
Shelves
Fully lockableSupplied empty
Beech
BCH
720mm High Wooden Tambour Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
SU2010SOT 1050 x 2000 x 500 941
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
SU710SOT 1050 x 720 x 500 495
2000mm High Wooden Tambour
TitanSee our education section from page 272.
Wooden Tambours Stock Colour
Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any units on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly.
106-107 Steel and Wooden Tambours (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 16:26
Filing Cabinets desking, storage and screens
Simple clean lines for a professional quality finish. Fitted with locks and stylish silver handles.Choose from filing cabinets to side filers to meet any office filing requirement.
5year
guarantee
108 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Oak
Stock Finishes
Beech
OAK
2 Drawer Filing Cabinet 3 Drawer Filing CabinetCode £
SUSF2 566
Dimensions (mm)
W975 H727 D600 W490 H720 D640 W490 H1066 D640
Code £
SUFC2 408
Code £
SUFC3 488
2 Drawer Side Filer
Standard FeaturesSilver Handles Fully lockable Metal Roller Runners
Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.
Code £
SUFC4 676
Dimensions (mm)
W490 H1421 D640
4 Drawer Filing Cabinet
TTesting
These filing cabinets have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify
strength and durability.
BCH
Fully lockable
Durable & stylish
108-109 Filing Cabinets - Bookcases (15) .indd 1 26/11/2014 16:49
Bookcasesdesking, storage and screens
These smart and affordable open fronted bookcases come complete with solid wood back panels, and fully height adjustable shelving.
5year
guarantee
109Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Oak
Colours
Beech
OAK
800mm High with one shelfDesk High with one shelfCode £
ZIMBC1400 210
W800 H1400 D310W800 H800 D310
Dimensions (mm)
W800 H727 D310
Code £
ZIMBC800 195
Code £
ZIMBC728 188
1400mm High with two shelves
TTestingThese filing cabinets have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.
BCH
See our seating range
from page 10
MySee our seating section from page 10.
1600mm High with three shelvesCode £
ZIMBC1800 240
W800 H1800 D310
Dimensions (mm)
W800 H1600 D310
Code £
ZIMBC1600 221
1800mm High with four shelves
108-109 Filing Cabinets - Bookcases (15) .indd 2 26/11/2014 16:49
Universal Accessories and Cable Management
desking, storage and screens
5year
guarantee
110 Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Keep neat, tidy
& safe
Wipe-in Cable Tray
Vertical Cable Spine
Code Description £
ZJTBCPUSL Standard 102
JTBCPUSL Jetstream only 74
CPU holder fixes to underside of desk.
Code £
DTK-2PINF/1S 65
2 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch
DTK-2PINF/1S/2D 92
2 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch, 2 data
DTK-3PINF/1S 74
3 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch.
Prices include leads and fixings. Shown are our most popular items. Other configurations are available.
Note: For items on this page a minimum order quantity may apply. Please check with our sales office.
Code Length (mm) £
822.22.310 1500 35
Black plastic cable trunking with soft top that
allows cables to be “wiped-in” and easily
removed without the need for tools.
Can be cut to the desired length.
Code £
ROSP-GR Grey 32
ROSP-BL Black 32
ROSP-OP Opaque 32
Unique rotating desk fixing.
Attractive oval shape spine segments.
Large weighted base for extra stability.
Available in grey, black & opaque white.
CPU Holder
Desk Top Power Modules
Code Length (mm) £
VICMB08 600 34
VICMB10 800 35
VICMB12 1000 38
VICMB14 1200 41
VICMB16 1400 45
VICMB18 1600 49
A sturdy steel mesh basket ensures cables are
neat, safe and visible. Can be cut to
required length.
Code Length (mm) £
CL1M-B 1000 10
CL2M-B 2000 12
Basket Style Cable Tray
Connector Leads
Under Desk Power ModulesCode Sockets £
PMK303-E 3 26
PMK405-E 4 33
Code Length (m) £
ML3M-B 3 15
Mains Leads
DTK-2PINF/1S
DTK-3PINF/1S
DTK-2PINF/1S/2D
These accessories enable you to create a tidy and clean workplace environment.
110-111 Accessories (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:13
Monitor Armsdesking, storage and screens
5year
guarantee
111Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Tool Rail Mounted Monitor Arm
Tool Rail Mounted Monitor Gas Arm
Desk Mounted Moniter Arm - For One Screen
Desk Mounted Monitor Gas Arm
Code Colour £
TRFSA-S Silver 154
TRFSA-W White 154
Has all the features of more expensive arms. Suits a wide range of tool
rails. Weight capacity 20kg (subject to tool rail capacity). Easy height
adjustment. Can be adjusted to above and below the mounting point.
Code Colour £
TRGA-SR Silver 284
TRGA-WH White 294
75 & 100mm quick release Vesa plates included. Excellent cable
management. Suites perfectly with Aero flip and Konnective products.
Weight capacity 3 to 8KG (subject to tool rail capacity).
Code Colour £
HAFSA-SR Silver 137
HAFSA-WH White 152
Supplied with both through desk & edge clamp fittings as standard.
Universal 75 & 100mm Vesa plates included. Cable management
clips. Can be adjusted to any height via the quick release clamp.
Code £
FFGA-SR Silver 314
FFGA-WH White 323
75 & 100mm quick release Vesa plates included. Excellent cable
management (concealed on lower arm). Supplied with both through
desk & edge clamp fittings as standard. Suites perfectly with Aero flip
and Konnective products. Weight capacity 3 to 8KG.
See our
screens section from page 98-101.
110-111 Accessories (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:13
Norton desking, storage and screens
Attractive clean style with economy in mind. Norton desking offers 25mm silver square frame legs and is available in beech or oak finish with 18mm tops and lockable drawers.
Norton MFC Colours
Beech Oak
O/SB/S5year
guarantee
112 Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Pedestal Desk Single Pedestal DeskCodes Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
DP72 1800 x 720 x 750 387
DP60 1500 x 720 x 750 336
Complete with 2 pedestals,
1 x 3 drawer, 1 x 1 drawer & 1 filing drawer.
Codes Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
SP72 1800 x 720 x 750 305
SP60 1500 x 720 x 750 258
SP48 1200 x 720 x 750 222
Complete with 3 drawer pedestal.
Codes Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
SPF72 1800 x 720 x 750 305
SPF60 1500 x 720 x 750 258
SPF48 1200 x 720 x 750 222
Complete with 1 drawer & 1 filing drawer
pedestal.
Double Pedestal Desk
Delivery &installation
included
112-113 Norton (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 17:04
Nortondesking, storage and screens
113Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Desk High Secretarial ReturnDesk High Secretarial ReturnCodes W x H x D (mm) £
SRT RH Right Hand 1025 x 720 x 550 259
SRT LH Left Hand 1025 x 720 x 550 259
Complete with tambour pedestal
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
SR RH Right Hand 1025 x 720 x 550 259
SR LH Left Hand 1025 x 720 x 550 259
Complete with 3 drawer pedestal
Reference Table
Code W x H x D (mm) £
TEL 750 x 720 x 400 153
Complete with undershelf.
Telephone Table
Available to accommodate paper size
A0 (841mm x 1189mm) & A1 (594mm x 841mm)
Codes W x H x D (mm) £
REF A0 1340 x 830 x 960 182
REF A1 992 x 830 x 707 160
Sturdy,traditional &
practicalStorageFor complimentary storage see pages 152-153.
112-113 Norton (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 17:04
Key Features• Modular system desking• Optional cable management• Extensive selection of shapes and sizes• Complementary range of screens and accessories• Designed for use with mobile or desk height pedestals• Stylish angular leg frame using 40mm square tube for strength and stability
Code W x H x D (mm) £
EDD12-6 1200 x 727 x 800/600 290
EDD14-6 1400 x 727 x 800/600 303
EDD16-6 1600 x 727 x 800/600 314
EDD18-6 1800 x 727 x 800/600 325
Dune Wave Desks - 600mm Deep
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Eclipse desking, storage and screens
114
Rectangular Desk - 600mm Deep Dune Wave Desks - 800mm Deep
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ED08-8 800 x 727 x 800 244
ED10-8 1000 x 727 x 800 261
ED12-8 1200 x 727 x 800 275
ED14-8 1400 x 727 x 800 288
ED16-8 1600 x 727 x 800 299
ED18-8 1800 x 727 x 800 309
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ED8-6 800 x 727 x 600 230
ED10-6 1000 x 727 x 600 247
ED12-6 1200 x 727 x 600 261
ED14-6 1400 x 727 x 600 274
ED16-6 1600 x 727 x 600 285
ED18-6 1800 x 727 x 600 295
Code W x H x D (mm) £
EDD12-8 1200 x 727 x 1000/800 304
EDD14-8 1400 x 727 x 1000/800 318
EDD16-8 1600 x 727 x 1000/800 328
EDD18-8 1800 x 727 x 1000/800 339
Rectangular Desk - 800mm Deep
24 colour options
Eclipse desking is an elegant and stylish post legged modular system providing the solution for individual desks or an entire office space. Designed with flexibility to allow cable management.
10year
guarantee
Top Colours Frame/Trim Colours
Apple White WhiteGreyAutumn Cherry
PearBeech Walnut SilverLight OakEnglish Oak Maple Ash Verade Oak
RH illustrated (LH also available)
RH illustrated (LH also available)
114-115 Eclipse (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 17:24
RH illustrated (LH also available)
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Eclipsedesking, storage and screens
115
Scalloped Wave Desk - 600mm DeepScalloped Wave Desk - 800mm Deep
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ECS3W10-6 1000x727x1000x600x600 445
ECS3W12-6 1200x727x1200x600x600 492
ECS3W12-8 1200x727x1200x800x800 492
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ESD14-6 1400 x 727 x 600/500 298
ESD16-6 1600 x 727 x 600/500 307
ESD18-6 1800 x 727 x 600/500 316
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ESD14-8 1400 x 727 x 800/700 310
ESD16-8 1600 x 727 x 800/700 321
ESD18-8 1800 x 727 x 800/700 330
120° Cluster Workstation
Cockpit Workstation - A TypeContact Cockpit WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) £
ECWS16F 1600x727x1600x800x800 520
ECWS18F 1800x727x1600x800x800 577
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ECWS14A 1400x727x1200x800x600 391
ECWS16A 1600x727x1200x800x600 409
ECWS18A 1800x727x1200x800x600 439
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ECCWS19 1900x727x1300x800x600 521
Cockpit Workstation - F Type
RH illustrated (LH also available) RH illustrated (LH also available)
Frames andtrim available
in white or silver
New for 2015
114-115 Eclipse (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 17:24
116
25mmworktops
Eclipse desking, storage and screens
Pedestal Supported Rectangular Desk - 800mm Deep Pedestal Supported Rectangular Desk - 600mm Deep
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ED12-6PS 1200 x 727 x 600 443
ED14-6PS 1400 x 727 x 600 456
ED16-6PS 1600 x 727 x 600 470
ED18-6PS 1800 x 727 x 600 483
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ED12-8PS 1200 x 727 x 800 457
ED14-8PS 1400 x 727 x 800 471
ED16-8PS 1600 x 727 x 800 485
ED18-8PS 1800 x 727 x 800 498
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
RH illustrated (RH also available)
RH illustrated (RH also available)
Pedestal Supported Cockpit Workstation - H Type Pedestal Supported Contact Desk - 600mm Deep
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ECD16-6PS 1600 x 727 x 1000/600 525
ECD18-6PS 1800 x 727 x 1000/600 538
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ECWS16C-PS 1600 x 727x 1600 x 600 x 600 715
ECWS18C-PS 1800 x 727x 1600 x 600 x 600 776
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
LH illustrated (RH also available)RH illustrated
(LH also available)
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
10year
guarantee
Top Colours
Frame/Trim Colours
Apple
White
White
Grey
Autumn Cherry
Pear
Beech
Walnut
Silver
Light Oak
English Oak
Maple
Ash
Verade Oak
116-117 Eclipse (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 17:28
000117
116-117 Eclipse (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 17:28
10year
guarantee
Top Colours
Frame/Trim Colours
Apple
White
White
Grey
Autumn Cherry
Pear
Beech
Walnut
Silver
Light Oak
English Oak
Maple
Ash
Verade Oak
000
Eclipse desking, storage and screens
118
D-Ended Conference Extension Pedestal Extension Tops - Wave
Code Dia x H (mm) £
ECE-B12 1200 x 727 360
Connects to end of any 800mm deep workstation.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ECE-D120 1200 x 727 x 450 255
ECE-D121 1210 x 727 x 450 255
ECE-D123 1230 x 727 x 450 255
Connects to end of two 600mm deep workstations.
Code W x D (mm) £
EPETW08-6 800 x 800/600 151
EPETW10-6 1000 x 800/600 157
Pedestals are not included in the above price.
Bulb Conference Extension
D-Ended Conference Extension Pedestal Extension Tops - Rectangular
Code Dia x H (mm) £
ECE-T12 1200 x 727 387
Connects to end of any 800mm deep workstation.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ECE-D160 1600 x 727 x 450 279
ECE-D161 1610 x 727 x 450 279
ECE-D163 1630 x 727 x 450 279
Connects to end of two 800mm deep workstations.
Code W x D (mm) £
EPET08-6 800 x 600 133
EPET10-6 1000 x 600 136
EPET08-8 800 x 800 133
EPET10-8 1000 x 800 140
Rectangular pedestal extension tops are unhanded.
Pedestals are not included in the above price.
Teardrop Conference Extension
New for 2015
RH illustrated (LH also available)
1600 Deep
1200 Deep
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
118-119 Eclipse (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 17:31
Cable TraysCode Size (mm) £
UCAB08 800 48
UCAB10 1000 51
UCAB12 1200 53
UCAB14 1400 56
UCAB16 1600 59
UCAB18 1800 62
Cable RiserCode £
UMCR Affixes to rear leg of all Eclipse desks. 25
119
Eclipsedesking, storage and screens
Cable trays fit all corresponding size of desk & workstations.
For example: UCAB08 would fit a ED08-8 desk.
When ordering cable trays for pedestal supported
desks & workstations please order the next size down
For example: UCAB16 would fit a ED18-6PS desk.
118-119 Eclipse (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 17:31
Optima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.
Double Wave WorkstationLeft Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPCB18LH 1800x725x1300 788 1101
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPCB18RH 1800x725x1300 788 1101
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPDW16/9 1600 x 725 x 900 502 700
OPDW18/9 1800 x 725 x 900 521 721
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation
Optima Plus desking, storage and screens
120
Core Workstation Single Wave WorkstationCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPR10 1000x725x800 367 516
OPR12 1200x725x800 382 532
OPR14 1400x725x800 394 551
OPR16 1600x725x800 406 570
OPR18 1800x725x800 422 591
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPC14LH 1400x725 x 1200 581 811
OPC16LH 1600x725 x 1200 600 840
OPC18LH 1800x725 x 1200 626 876
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPC14RH 1400x725x1200 581 811
OPC16RH 1600x725x1200 600 840
OPC18RH 1800x725x1200 626 876
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPW12LH 1200x725x800-1000 453 633
OPW14LH 1400x725x800-1000 474 662
OPW16LH 1600x725x800-1000 491 683
OPW18LH 1800x725x800-1000 507 708
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPW12RH 1200x725x800-1000 453 633
OPW14RH 1400x725x800-1000 474 662
OPW16RH 1600x725x800-1000 491 683
OPW18RH 1800x725x800-1000 507 708
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Rectangular Workstation
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S5year
guarantee
Cablemanagementincluded in
leg
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled.Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
New for 2015
For matchingstorage
see pages 152-153
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
120-121 Optima Plus Fixed Height (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 09:48
121
120-121 Optima Plus Fixed Height (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 09:48
Optima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPSC18A 1800 x 725 x 1800 788 1101
OPSC18B 1800 x 725 x 1800 788 1101
OPSC16A 1600 x 725 x 1600 741 1035
OPSC16B 1600 x 725 x 1600 741 1035
Symmetrical Crescent Workstation
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging
removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Optima Plus desking, storage and screens
122
Radius Executive Desk D-Ended DeskCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPRC19RH 1900 x 725 x 1200 788 1101
OPRC19LH 1900 x 725 x 1200 788 1101
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPRE19RH 1900 x 725 x 1000 585 818
OPRE19LH 1900 x 725 x 1000 585 818
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPR22DLH 2200 x 725 x 800 623 869
OPR20DLH 2000 x 725 x 800 608 853
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPR22DRH 2200 x 725 x 800 623 869
OPR20DRH 2000 x 725 x 800 608 853
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Radius Crescent Workstation
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut
BeechAsh
Wenge
Oak Autmn Cherry
Ash
Silver
OakWhite
A/SV
S/S
O/SVWH/S WE/S
O/S C/S
W/S
B/SA/S
5year
guarantee
The grain is as illustrated with arrows
B A
New for 2015
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Delivery &installation
included
For matchingstorage see pages
152-153
122-123 Optima Plus (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 17:57
Optima Plusdesking, storage and screens
123
120O Workstation Meeting ExtensionMeeting ExtensionCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPDWSCMT18 1800x725x800 594 836
Complete with support leg.
Suitable for Double Wave Desking.
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPSCMT120 1600x725x660 511 716
Complete with support leg.
Suitable for 120O Desking.
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPSCMT8 800x725x600 458 643
OPSCMT12 1200x725x600 492 686
OPSCMT16 1600x725x660 511 716
Complete with support leg.
Meeting Extension
Double D-Ended Conference TableDouble D-Ended Conference TableCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPCONF2 3400x725x1200 1480 2218
Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPCONF1A 2000x725x1200 740 1108
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
OPCONF1CA 2000x725x1200 740 1108
OPCONF1CB 2400x725x1200 886 1331
Seating up to 8 people
Seating up to 8 people
Seating up to 10 people
Double D-Ended Conference Table
122-123 Optima Plus (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 17:57
Optima Plus Height Adjustable
124
5year
guarantee
Optima Plus Height Adjustable is well suited to most applications.The desk can be heightened using a push in - pull out rotating handle, ideal for wheelchair users.
Rectangular WorkstationBow Fronted Rectangular WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
800mm Ends
OPR8 HA 800 x 650 - 850 x 800 745 892
OPR10 HA 1000 x 650 - 850 x 800 780 943
OPR12 HA 1200 x 650 - 850 x 800 795 968
OPR14 HA 1400 x 650 - 850 x 800 813 985
OPR16 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 800 823 1005
OPR18 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 800 844 1029
600mm Ends
OPR8/6 HA 800 x 650 - 850 x 600 742 884
OPR10/6 HA 1000 x 650 - 850 x 600 772 931
OPR12/6 HA 1200 x 650 - 850 x 600 788 953
OPR14/6 HA 1400 x 650 - 850 x 600 800 972
OPR16/6 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 600 814 990
OPR18/6 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 600 823 1005
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Crankhandle
adjustment
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
OPRB16 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 900 1006 1259
OPRB18 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 900 1026 1286
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut
BeechAsh
Wenge
Oak
Autmn Cherry
Ash
Silver
Oak
White
A/SV
S/S
O/SV
WH/S WE/S
O/S
C/S W/S
B/SA/S
Delivery &installation
included
desking, storage and screens
124-125 Optima Plus Height Adjustable (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 12:10
Optima Plus Height Adjustable
125
Crescent Workstation - Left & Right HandSingle Wave Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
OPC14 LH HA 1400x650-850x1200 1136 1391
OPC16 LH HA 1600x650-850x1200 1154 1423
OPC18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1200 1183 1464
OPC14 RH HA 1400x650-850x1200 1136 1391
OPC16 RH HA 1600x650-850x1200 1154 1423
OPC18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1200 1183 1464
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
1000mm - 800mm Table Depth
OPW12 LH HA 1200x650-850x1000-800 876 1192
OPW14 LH HA 1400x650-850x1000-800 898 1225
OPW16 LH HA 1600x650-850x1000-800 918 1248
OPW18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1000-800 937 1276
OPW12 RH HA 1200x650-850x1000-800 876 1192
OPW14 RH HA 1400x650-850x1000-800 898 1225
OPW16 RH HA 1600x650-850x1000-800 918 1248
OPW18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1000-800 937 1276
800mm - 600mm Table Depth
OPW12/6 LH HA 1200x650-850x800-600 852 1158
OPW14/6 LH HA 1400x650-850x800-600 873 1190
OPW16/6 LH HA 1600x650-850x800-600 892 1212
OPW18/6 LH HA 1800x650-850x800-600 910 1238
OPW12/6 RH HA 1200x650-850x800-600 852 1158
OPW14/6 RH HA 1400x650-850x800-600 873 1190
OPW16/6 RH HA 1600x650-850x800-600 892 1212
OPW18/6 RH HA 1800x650-850x800-600 910 1238
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
OPCB18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1300 1365 1716
OPCB18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1300 1365 1716
Right hand illustrated
Right hand illustrated
Right hand illustrated
desking, storage and screens
124-125 Optima Plus Height Adjustable (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 12:10
A unique wire management system. Cable risers within the leg frames together with horizontal cable ducts along the beams, facilitates discreet management of all wires and cables, any excess can be neatly hidden within the large cable ducts. Power and data modules can easily be mounted at any position along the cable beams.
Double Wave WorkstationLeft Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KCB18LH 1800 x 725 x 1300 882 1233
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KCB18RH 1800 x 725 x 1300 882 1233
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KDW16/9 1600 x 725 x 900 577 795
KDW18/9 1800 x 725 x 900 598 822
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation
Kassini desking, storage and screens
126
Core Workstation Single Wave WorkstationCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KR10 1000 x 725 x 800 410 574
KR12 1200 x 725 x 800 427 599
KR14 1400 x 725 x 800 444 617
KR16 1600 x 725 x 800 454 636
KR18 1800 x 725 x 800 474 660
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KC14LH 1400 x 725 x 1200 653 908
KC16LH 1600 x 725 x 1200 672 940
KC18LH 1800 x 725 x 1200 701 981
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KC14RH 1400 x 725 x 1200 653 908
KC16RH 1600 x 725 x 1200 672 940
KC18RH 1800 x 725 x 1200 701 981
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KW12LH 1200 x 725 x 800-1000 508 709
KW14LH 1400 x 725 x 800-1000 529 742
KW16LH 1600 x 725 x 800-1000 549 766
KW18LH 1800 x 725 x 800-1000 569 793
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KW12RH 1200 x 725 x 800-1000 508 709
KW14RH 1400 x 725 x 800-1000 529 742
KW16RH 1600 x 725 x 800-1000 549 766
KW18RH 1800 x 725 x 800-1000 569 793
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Rectangular Workstation
For matchingstorage see pages
152-153
25mmworktops
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled.Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S5year
guarantee
Delivery &installation
included
126-127 Kassini (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 12:24
127
126-127 Kassini (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 12:24
The radius executive desks provide style and individuality and our radius crescent workstations are the executive solution providing a generous surface area. Symmetrical desks offer the user additional work space with ergonomic benefits.
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KSC18A 1800 x 725 x 1800 927 1298
KSC18B 1800 x 725 x 1800 927 1298
KSC16A 1600 x 725 x 1600 869 1217
KSC16B 1600 x 725 x 1600 869 1217
Symmetrical Crescent Workstation
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging
removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Kassini desking, storage and screens
128
Radius Executive Desk Radius Crescent WorkstationCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KRC19RH 1900 x 725 x 1200 882 1233
KRC19LH 1900 x 725 x 1200 882 1233
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KRE19RH 1900 x 725 x 1000 657 917
KRE19LH 1900 x 725 x 1000 657 917
Left Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KR22DLH 2200 x 725 x 800 695 974
KR20DLH 2000 x 725 x 800 683 957
Right Hand
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KR22DRH 2200 x 725 x 800 695 974
KR20DRH 2000 x 725 x 800 683 957
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Radius Crescent Workstation
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut
BeechAsh
Wenge
Oak Autmn Cherry
Ash
Silver
OakWhite
A/SV
S/S
O/SVWH/S WE/S
O/S C/S
W/S
B/SA/S
5year
guarantee
The grain is as illustrated with arrows
B A
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
For matchingstorage
see pages 152-153
128-129 Kassini (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 13:19
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KBST24 2400x725x1200 1110 1535
Barrel Shaped Conference Table
Kassinidesking, storage and screens
129
120O Workstation Meeting ExtensionMeeting ExtensionCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KDWSCMT18 1800x725x800 604 848
Complete with support leg.
Suitable for Double Wave Desking.
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KSCMT120 1600x725x660 511 716
Complete with support leg.
Suitable for 120O Desking.
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KSCMT8 800x725x600 458 641
KSCMT12 1200x725x600 492 686
KSCMT16 1600x725x660 511 716
Complete with support leg.
Meeting Extension
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KOVT24 2400x725x1200 1110 1535
Oval Conference Table
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
KCONF1A 2000x725x1200 982 1365
KCONF1B 2400x725x1200 1108 1535
KCONF2 3400x725x1200 1836 2603
KCONF3 4800x725x1200 2461 3543
Double ‘D’ Ended Conference Table
This barrel shaped meeting/conference table is supported by four stylish 90 degree support legs.This table caters for up to eight persons comfortably.
Delivery &installation
included
128-129 Kassini (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 13:19
Kassini Height Adjustable
130
5year
guarantee
Kassini height adjustable desking offers a stylish yet functional workstation complying with DDA regulations. The manual crank handle allows for desk height adjustments of between 650mm to 850mm.
Bow Fronted Rectangular DeskRectangular DeskCode W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
KRB16 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 900 1006 1259
KRB18 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 900 1026 1286
Crank handleadjustment
800mm Ends
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
KR8 HA 800 x 650 - 850 x 800 745 892
KR10 HA 1000 x 650 - 850 x 800 780 943
KR12 HA 1200 x 650 - 850 x 800 795 968
KR14 HA 1400 x 650 - 850 x 800 813 985
KR16 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 800 823 1005
KR18 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 800 844 1029
600mm Ends
KR8/6 HA 800 x 650 - 850 x 600 742 884
KR10/6 HA 1000 x 650 - 850 x 600 772 931
KR12/6 HA 1200 x 650 - 850 x 600 788 953
KR14/6 HA 1400 x 650 - 850 x 600 800 972
KR16/6 HA 1600 x 650 - 850 x 600 814 990
KR18/6 HA 1800 x 650 - 850 x 600 823 1005
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut Wenge
Autmn Cherry
Ash OakWhite
A/SV
Silver
S/S
O/SVWH/S WE/S
Oak
O/S C/S
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
desking, storage and screens
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
130-131 Kassini Height Adjustable (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 13:59
Kassini Height Adjustable
131
Crescent Workstation - Left & Right HandSingle Wave Desk - Left & Right Hand
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
Left Hand
KC14 LH HA 1400x650-850x1200 1136 1391
KC16 LH HA 1600x650-850x1200 1154 1423
KC18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1200 1183 1464
Right Hand
KC14 RH HA 1400x650-850x1200 1136 1391
KC16 RH HA 1600x650-850x1200 1154 1423
KC18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1200 1183 1464
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
1000mm - 800mm Table Depth
Left Hand
KW12 LH HA 1200x650-850x1000-800 876 1192
KW14 LH HA 1400x650-850x1000-800 898 1225
KW16 LH HA 1600x650-850x1000-800 918 1249
KW18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1000-800 937 1276
Right Hand
KW12 RH HA 1200x650-850x1000-800 876 1192
KW14 RH HA 1400x650-850x1000-800 898 1225
KW16 RH HA 1600x650-850x1000-800 918 1249
KW18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1000-800 937 1276
800mm - 600mm Table Depth
Left Hand
KW12/6 LH HA 1200x650-850x800-600 852 1158
KW14/6 LH HA 1400x650-850x800-600 873 1190
KW16/6 LH HA 1600x650-850x800-600 892 1212
KW18/6 LH HA 1800x650-850x800-600 910 1238
Right Hand
KW12/6 RH HA 1200x650-850x 800-600 852 1158
KW14/6 RH HA 1400x650-850x800-600 873 1190
KW16/6 RH HA 1600x650-850x800-600 892 1212
KW18/6 RH HA 1800x650-850x800-600 910 1238
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
KCB18 LH HA 1800x650-850x1300 1365 1716
KCB18 RH HA 1800x650-850x1300 1365 1716
desking, storage and screens
130-131 Kassini Height Adjustable (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 13:59
Elegant cohesive design enables Advance workstations to be configured at a height that suits the user. Workstations can easily be reset to different heights within minutes via simple adjustment of each telescopic leg to the preferred height. Clear markings on each leg denote dimensions to ensure adjustments are simple and accurate.
desking, storage and screensAdvance
132
Heightsettable desking
Height AdjustmentEach telescopic fully adjustable leg offers height variations of between 650mm and 850mm. The height can be adjusted using an Allen key by simply loosening the fixing bolt positioned on the inside of the vertical leg upright. The leg can be set / positioned with the aid of clear height markings on the leg frame.
Advance Steel StructureThe Advance frame consists of two end legs and two cross rails. Optional Modesty panels and cable trays can be added. (Please note, cable trays can be installed retrospectively).
AssemblyA combination of unique engineering and design ensures that the assembly of Advance is made simple to reduce installation times. This maintains the clean lines, strength and stability of the workstation.
132-133 Advance (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 14:38
133
Delivery &installation
included
132-133 Advance (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 14:38
Can be configured as singular desking or in modules of 3, 6, 9, etc
Right hand shown
Advance workstations provide a contemporary look and offer flexibility for single desks or multiple users working as a team. Optional modesty panels and cable management are compatible with all Advance workstations. The workstation offers the user height adjustment from 650mm - 850mm.
Advance desking, storage and screens
134
Rectangular Workstation - 800mm and 600mm Deep Angular WorkstationCode W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
AR10/8 1000 x 650 - 850 x 800 461 670
AR12/8 1200 x 650 - 850 x 800 472 683
AR14/8 1400 x 650 - 850 x 800 480 699
AR16/8 1600 x 650 - 850 x 800 492 711
AR18/8 1800 x 650 - 850 x 800 500 726
AR20/8 2000 x 650 - 850 x 800 509 738
AR10/6 1000 x 650 - 850 x 600 460 668
AR12/6 1200 x 650 - 850 x 600 470 679
AR14/6 1400 x 650 - 850 x 600 476 690
AR16/6 -1600 x 650 - 850 x 600 485 705
AR18/6 1800 x 650 - 850 x 600 494 716
AR20/6 2000 x 650 - 850 x 600 501 727
Code Description W x H x D (mm) £
MA3 For use with 1.2m 120° Desks 800x110x100 38
MA2 For use with 1m 120° Desks 600x110x100 35
Up to 2 trays per desk can be specified, however this is not always
necessary when using desks in clusters.
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
A14/10/8LH 1400 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 523 760
A14/10/8RH 1400 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 523 760
A16/10/8LH 1600 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 532 771
A16/10/8RH 1600 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 532 771
A18/10/8LH 1800 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 544 788
A18/10/8RH 1800 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 544 788
A20/10/8LH 2000 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 551 800
A20/10/8RH 2000 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800 551 800
Code W x D x H (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
1200mm x 1200mm x 800mm Ends
AC120 2078 x 850 x 650 - 800 677 981
1000mm x 1000mm x 600mm Ends
AC120/6 1732 x 850 x 650 - 800 636 922
120° Cluster Workstation - 800mm & 600mm Ends
Cable Trays
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
ASR10/6LH 1000 x 650 - 850 x 600 317 457
ASR10/6RH 1000 x 650 - 850 x 600 317 457
ASR12/6LH 1200 x 650 - 850 x 600 332 480
ASR12/6RH 1200 x 650 - 850 x 600 332 480
Only compatible with 600mm & 800mm rectangular workstations.
Secretarial Return - 600mm Deep
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
134-135 Advance (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 14:51
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Advancedesking, storage and screens
135
Modesty PanelsMeeting TableCode W x H (mm) £
ARMP10 760 x 275 112
ARMP12 960 x 275 115
ARMP14 1160 x 275 117
ARMP16 1360 x 275 120
ARMP18 1560 x 275 122
ARMP20 1760 x 275 126
Silver finish as standard, illustrated in red. Suffix /B for Black, suffix /W for White.
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut Wenge
Autmn Cherry
Ash Oak
White
A/SV
Silver
S/S
O/SV
WH/S WE/S
Oak
O/S C/S
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
5year
guarantee
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
AMT10/8 1000 x 650 - 850 x 800 461 670
AMT12/8 1200 x 650 - 850 x 800 472 683
AMT14/8 1400 x 650 - 850 x 800 480 695
AMT16/8 1600 x 650 - 850 x 800 492 711
AMT18/8 1800 x 650 - 850 x 800 500 726
AMT20/8 2000 x 650 - 850 x 800 509 738
Cable TraysCode Desk (mm) W x H x D (mm) £
MA2 1000 600 x 110 x 100 35
MA3 1200 800 x 110 x 100 38
MA5 1400 1000 x 110 x 100 41
MA7 1600 1200 x 110 x 100 44
MA9 1800 1400 x 110 x 100 50
MA10 2000 1600 x 110 x 100 55
Cable trays can be accessed from back or front of desk via the easy
slot and hook design. The standard finish is silver, illustrated in red.
Cable Risers
Standard silver finish (illustrated in red). Single channel cable riser. (2 per pack).
CPU Holders
Fixing kit included. Adjustable CPU holder for PC towers. Includes mounting kit.
Options
Heightsettable desking
134-135 Advance (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 14:51
‘I’ Frame Electronic Height Adjustabledesking, storage and screens
136
Desks can be adjusted using electronic keypad. 3 settings, memory function and store. Illuminated LED display for height indication.
Wave Electronic Sit & Stand Desk
Rectangular Electronic Sit & Stand Desk
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
Right Hand
OW12 RH EHA 1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1359 1629
OW14 RH EHA 1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1376 1650
OW16 RH EHA 1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1394 1673
OW18 RH EHA 1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1416 1698
Left Hand
OW12 LH EHA 1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1359 1629
OW14 LH EHA 1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1376 1650
OW16 LH EHA 1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1394 1673
OW18 LH EHA 1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800 1416 1698
Note: Electronic Sit & Stand desks only compatible with MPF & MP3 pedestals which will protrude 140mm.
Electronic keypad
adjustment
Code W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
OR12 EHA 1200 x 630-1310 x 800 1283 1539
OR14 EHA 1400 x 630-1310 x 800 1290 1549
OR16 EHA 1600 x 630-1310 x 800 1298 1557
OR18 EHA 1800 x 630-1310 x 800 1313 1575
Right hand shown
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled.Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S5year
guarantee
136-137 I Frame Electric (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 15:13
137
136-137 I Frame Electric (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 15:13
Screenbox desking, storage and screens
Screenbox allows for multi-purpose use of a workstation, integrating monitor, keyboard and mouse into the desktop. This allows for a quick change over from IT based tasks to paper based.The unit also adds to the security of IT equipment in the workplace as the unit is operational using a lock and key facility.
Screenbox in fully closed & locked position Screenbox in the transitional midway position Screenbox in the operational position
Standard FeaturesLocking as standard.
138
Delivery &installation
included
138-139 Screenbox (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 15:17
Kassini Kassini
Modular Modular
MFC Colours
5year
guarantee
Screenbox
139
desking, storage and screens
Kassini Code Modular Code W x H x D Kassini £ Modular £
17” Screen 17” Screen
SBLH17/KR12 SBLH17/TR12 1200x725x800 989 807
SBLH17/KR14 SBLH17/TR14 1400x725x800 1005 829
SBLH17/KR16 SBLH17/TR16 1600x725x800 1016 849
SBLH17/KR18 SBLH17/TR18 1800x725x800 1036 872
19” Screen 19” Screen
SBLH19/KR12 SBLH19/TR12 1200x725x800 1004 823
SBLH19/KR14 SBLH19/TR14 1400x725x800 1021 846
SBLH19/KR16 SBLH19/TR16 1600x725x800 1032 865
SBLH19/KR18 SBLH19/TR18 1800x725x800 1053 887
Kassini Kassini
Modular Modular
Ash
Autumn Cherry
Beech OakSilver
White Walnut Wenge
A/S
C/S
B/S O/SS/S
WH/S W/S WE/S
Single - CentreKassini Code Modular Code W x H x D Kassini £ Modular £
17” Screen 17” Screen
SBC17/KR10 SBC17/TR10 1000x725x800 973 796
SBC17/KR12 SBC17/TR12 1200x725x800 989 807
SBC17/KR14 SBC17/TR14 1400x725x800 1005 829
SBC17/KR16 SBC17/TR16 1600x725x800 1016 849
SBC17/KR18 SBC17/TR18 1800x725x800 1036 872
19” Screen 19” Screen
SBC19/KR10 SBC19/TR10 1000x725x800 989 813
SBC19/KR12 SBC19/TR12 1200x725x800 1004 823
SBC19/KR14 SBC19/TR14 1400x725x800 1021 846
SBC19/KR16 SBC19/TR16 1600x725x800 1032 865
SBC19/KR18 SBC19/TR18 1800x725x800 1053 887
Single - Left
Kassini Code Modular Code W x H x D Kassini £ Modular £
17” Screen 17” Screen
SBRH17/KR12 SBRH17/TR12 1200x725x800 989 807
SBRH17/KR14 SBRH17/TR14 1400x725x800 1005 829
SBRH17/KR16 SBRH17/TR16 1600x725x800 1016 849
SBRH17/KR18 SBRH17/TR18 1800x725x800 1036 872
19” Screen 19” Screen
SBRH19/KR12 SBRH19/TR12 1200x725x800 1004 823
SBRH19/KR14 SBRH19/TR14 1400x725x800 1021 846
SBRH19/KR16 SBRH19/TR16 1600x725x800 1032 865
SBRH19/KR18 SBRH19/TR18 1800x725x800 1053 887
DoubleKassini Code Modular Code W x H x D Kassini £ Modular £
17” Screen 17” Screen
SBD17/KR16 SBD17/TR16 1600x725x800 1735 1404
SBD17/KR18 SBD17/TR18 1800x725x800 1755 1427
19” Screen 19” Screen
SBD19/KR18 SBD19/TR18 1800x725x800 1772 1451
Single - Right
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
138-139 Screenbox (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 15:17
Rectangular workstations offer a traditional workspace available in several widths and two depth options, 800d & 600d.Meeting Extensions are compatible with Double Bench Workstations. There are two widths available when specifying on Double Benches with screens and without screens. The meeting extension is supported by brackets to ensure maximum strength and stability without the use of a visible support leg. Double Bench workstations offer clean lines and symmetry with the use of vertical leg frame uprights. Double modules share components reducing the number of legs required. This also increases the movement for the user under the workstations via a recessed shared leg frame between adjoining modules. Optional horizontal and vertical wire management is available and a choice of screen panels. Matrix Bench is available in three paint finishes for the desk metalwork and system screen trim, Silver RAL9006 is standard and White RAL9003 & Black RAL9005 are an optional extra.Complimentary conference and meeting tables form part of the portfolio.
140
Matrix Bench desking, storage and screens
MFC Colours
5year
guarantee
Ash
Autumn Cherry
Beech OakSilver
White Walnut Wenge
A/S
C/S
B/S O/SS/S
WH/S W/S WE/S
Delivery &installation
included
140-141 Matrix Bench (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 16:33
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.Certain exceptions see page 2.
Matrix Benchdesking, storage and screens
141
Rectangular Workstation - Shared Leg
Double Bench
Rectangular WorkstationCode W x H x D £
Right Hand
M16/10/8RH 1600 x 725 x 1000-800 447
M18/10/8RH 1800 x 725 x 1000-800 457
Left Hand
M16/10/8LH 1600 x 725 x 1000-800 447
M18/10/8LH 1800 x 725 x 1000-800 457
Code W x H x D £
M10/12/INT 1000 x 725 x 1200 561
M12/12/INT 1200 x 725 x 1200 566
M14/12/INT 1400 x 725 x 1200 573
M16/12/INT 1600 x 725 x 1200 578
M18/12/INT 1800 x 725 x 1200 584
M20/12/INT 2000 x 725 x 1200 601
M10/16/INT 1000 x 725 x 1600 590
M12/16/INT 1200 x 725 x 1600 596
M14/16/INT 1400 x 725 x 1600 601
M16/16/INT 1600 x 725 x 1600 607
M18/16/INT 1800 x 725 x 1600 619
M20/16/INT 2000 x 725 x 1600 630
Code W x H x D £
MR10/8/INT 1000 x 725 x 800 388
MR12/8/INT 1200 x 725 x 800 393
MR14/8/INT 1400 x 725 x 800 399
MR16/8/INT 1600 x 725 x 800 405
MR18/8/INT 1800 x 725 x 800 411
MR20/8/INT 2000 x 725 x 800 416
Code W x H x D £
M10/12 1000 x 725 x 1200 590
M12/12 1200 x 725 x 1200 596
M14/12 1400 x 725 x 1200 601
M16/12 1600 x 725 x 1200 607
M18/12 1800 x 725 x 1200 619
M20/12 2000 x 725 x 1200 630
M10/16 1000 x 725 x 1600 619
M12/16 1200 x 725 x 1600 624
M14/16 1400 x 725 x 1600 630
M16/16 1600 x 725 x 1600 636
M18/16 1800 x 725 x 1600 647
M20/16 2000 x 725 x 1600 659
Code W x H x D £
MR10/8 1000 x 725 x 800 416
MR12/8 1200 x 725 x 800 423
MR14/8 1400 x 725 x 800 428
MR16/8 1600 x 725 x 800 434
MR18/8 1800 x 725 x 800 439
MR20/8 2000 x 725 x 800 446
Angular Workstation
Double Bench - Shared Inset Leg
See colours available on
opposite page
Not including horizontal cable tray.
Not including horizontal cable tray.
StorageFor complimentary storage see pages 150-153.
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
140-141 Matrix Bench (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 16:33
Single channel Cable Riser
Illustrated in red.
Matrix Bench desking, storage and screens
142
MFC Colours
Silver
S/S
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
5year
guarantee
Straight Meeting Extension Bench Cable Risers - 2 per pack
Code W x H x D £
MSME12/5 1200 x 725 x 500 361
MSME16/6 1600 x 725 x 650 376
For use with Double Bench Desking
without Dividing Screens.
Code W x H x D £
MSME12/5/S 1227 x 725 x 500 361
MSME16/6/S 1627 x 725 x 650 376
For use with Double Bench Desking
with Dividing Screens.
Code W x H x D £
MLCR 575 x 50 x 50 30
Single channel Cable Riser (2 per pack).
Straight Meeting Extension
For Single & Double Bench Desks. Illustrated in red. 2 recommended for Double
Bench Workstations.
MFC Modesty Panels Meeting TableCode W x H x D £
MA2 (1m Desk) 600x100x110 35
MA3 (1.2m Desk) 800x100x110 38
MA5 (1.4m Desk) 1000x100x110 41
MA7 (1.6m Desk) 1200x100x110 44
MA9 (1.8m Desk) 1400x100x110 50
MA10 (2m Desk) 1600x100x110 55
Code W x H £
MRMP10 700 x 300 78
MRMP12 900 x 300 81
MRMP14 1100 x 300 84
MRMP16 1300 x 300 88
MRMP18 1500 x 300 90
MRMP20 1700 x 300 93
Code W x H x D £
MMT12/10 1200 x 725 x 1000 431
MMT14/10 1400 x 725 x 1000 436
MMT16/10 1600 x 725 x 1000 441
MMT18/10 1800 x 725 x 1000 447
MMT20/10 2000 x 725 x 1000 452
Available with 1000mm depth. 25mm Fixed Top.
Bench Cable Trays
Conference Table - 25mm Fixed Top
Code W x H x D £
MMT16/16 1600 x 725 x 1600 636
MMT18/16 1800 x 725 x 1600 647
MMT20/16 2000 x 725 x 1600 659
Code W x H x D £
MCONF34 3400 x 725 x 1200 1271
Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections. Shared
centre leg frame. Seats up to 10 people.
Meeting Table - 25mm Fixed Top
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
142-143 Matrix Bench (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 16:06
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10A 973 x 350 x 27 265
ELSS12A 1173 x 375 x 27 280
ELSS14A 1373 x 375 x 27 307
ELSS16A 1573 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS18A 1773 x 375 x 27 361
ELSS20A 1973 x 375 x 27 381
Acrylic screen with aluminium trim. With acrylic
finishes below.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Matrix Screensdesking, storage and screens
143
Fabric System - Screen with Management RailFabric System ScreenCode W x H x D £
ELSS10MF 973 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS12MF 1173 x 375 x 27 363
ELSS14MF 1373 x 375 x 27 390
ELSS16MF 1573 x 375 x 27 443
ELSS18MF 1773 x 375 x 27 479
ELSS20MF 1973 x 375 x 27 512
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management
rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10F 973 x 375 x 27 265
ELSS12F 1173 x 375 x 27 280
ELSS14F 1373 x 375 x 27 307
ELSS16F 1573 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS18F 1773 x 375 x 27 361
ELSS20F 1973 x 375 x 27 381
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with
aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Acrylic System Screen
Acrylic Finishes
OrangeBlue RedGreen White
WRG OB
5year
guarantee
Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details. Please note: When fixing screens to -a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.
Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia
Code W x H x D £
ECS10F/M 970 x 375 x 27 184
ECS12F/M 1170 x 375 x 27 195
ECS14F/M 1370 x 375 x 27 205
ECS16F/M 1570 x 375 x 27 215
ECS18F/M 1770 x 375 x 27 223
ECS20F/M 1970 x 375 x 27 233
Fully upholstered screen.
Single Workstation Screen - FabricAcrylic System - Screen with Management Rail
Code W x H x D £
ECS10F 970 x 375 x 27 184
ECS12F 1170 x 375 x 27 195
ECS14F 1370 x 375 x 27 205
ECS16F 1570 x 375 x 27 215
ECS18F 1770 x 375 x 27 223
ECS20F 1970 x 375 x 27 233
Fully upholstered screen.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10MA 973 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS12MA 1173 x 375 x 27 363
ELSS14MA 1373 x 375 x 27 390
ELSS16MA 1573 x 375 x 27 443
ELSS18MA 1773 x 375 x 27 479
ELSS20MA 1973 x 375 x 27 512
Acrylic screen with management rail and
aluminium trim. With acrylic finishes below.
Double Workstation Screen - Fabric
142-143 Matrix Bench (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 16:07
Configuring Multiple Linnea Bench Desking
144
For screensto complimentthis range see
page 149
Linnea Bench desking, storage and screens
Linnea provides space for multiple users working as a team or individually.The frame structure is strong, easy to assemble and reconfigure. Linnea has been engineered to allow leg sharing to reduce costs and maximise space. Dividing screens can also be included and are available in several styles.
Stage 1Product Code: L18/16 Double Bench. Remove end leg frame (illustrated red) from Double Bench
Stage 2Product Code: L18/16INT Add a double bench shared insert leg
Stage 3Product Code: L18/16 & L18/16INT Re-attach the leg frame from the Double Bench to the Double Bench Shared Leg Desk
Stage 4Finished Result. Typical 4 workstation layout
Delivery &installation
included
144-145 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 17:35
145
144-145 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 17:35
Linnea Bench desking, storage and screens
146
Rectangular Workstation
Shared Inset Leg
Rectangular WorkstationCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
LR10/8 1000x725x800 461 670
LR12/8 1200x725x800 472 683
LR14/8 1400x725x800 480 695
LR16/8 1600x725x800 492 711
LR18/8 1800x725x800 500 726
LR20/8 2000x725x800 509 738
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
LR10/8/INT 1000x725x800 461 670
LR12/8/INT 1200x725x800 472 683
LR14/8/INT 1400x725x800 480 695
LR16/8/INT 1600x725x800 492 711
LR18/8/INT 1800x725x800 500 726
LR20/8/INT 2000x725x800 509 738
Angular Workstation - Right & Left Hand
Complete with central cable tray and sliding top.
Complete with central cable tray and sliding top.
Shared Inset Leg
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
L14/8/6RH 1400x725x800-600 517 746
L16/8/6RH 1600x725x800-600 523 760
L18/8/6RH 1800x725x800-600 534 773
L20/8/6RH 2000x725x800-600 545 790
L14/8/6LH 1400x725x800-600 517 746
L16/8/6LH 1600x725x800-600 523 760
L18/8/6LH 1800x725x800-600 534 773
L20/8/6LH 2000x725x800-600 545 790
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
L10/12/INT 1000x725x1200 769 1116
L12/12/INT 1200x725x1200 792 1148
L14/12/INT 1400x725x1200 821 1191
L16/12/INT 1600x725x1200 850 1232
L18/12/INT 1800x725x1200 876 1271
L20/12/INT 2000x725x1200 902 1309
L10/16/INT 1000x725x1600 822 1192
L12/16/INT 1200x725x1600 849 1230
L14/16/INT 1400x725x1600 875 1268
L16/16/INT 1600x725x1600 900 1306
L18/16/INT 1800x725x1600 929 1346
L20/16/INT 2000x725x1600 956 1386
Double Bench Double BenchCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
L10/12 1000x725x1200 804 1166
L12/12 1200x725x1200 826 1198
L14/12 1400x725x1200 855 1241
L16/12 1600x725x1200 884 1281
L18/12 1800x725x1200 910 1318
L20/12 2000x725x1200 936 1358
L10/16 1000x725x1600 856 1242
L12/16 1200x725x1600 882 1280
L14/16 1400x725x1600 909 1317
L16/16 1600x725x1600 937 1360
L18/16 1800x725x1600 962 1396
L20/16 2000x725x1600 992 1437
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed
and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S
O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
146-147 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 17:44
Linnea Benchdesking, storage and screens
147
120O Cluster Workstations120O Cluster WorkstationsCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
LMT12/10 1200x1000x725 481 700
LMT14/10 1400x1000x725 492 711
LMT16/10 1600x1000x725 499 723
LMT18/10 1800x1000x725 508 737
LMT20/10 2000x1000x725 519 752
Code Size MFC £ Veneer £
LC120/6 2683 Dia. 725 (h) 1736 2430
Intermediate Leg
LC120/6INT 1736 2430
Configured as a three person desking module.
Shared leg option available when ordering
multiple LC120.
Please Note: If fitting screens on Linnea 120
degree workstation cluster a 3-way link post is
required, please contact sales for details.
Code Size MFC £ Veneer £
LC120 2886 Dia. 725 (h) 1929 2700
Intermediate Leg
LC120INT 1929 2700
Configured as a three person desking module.
Shared leg option available when ordering
multiple LC120.
800mm Ends
Meeting Table
StorageFor complimentary storage see pages 150-153.
600mm Ends
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
LCONF24 2400x725x1200 1103 1601
Supplied in 2x 1700mm sections. Shared centre leg frame.
Seats up to 8 people
Seats up to 10 people
Boardroom/ Conference Table Boardroom/ Conference TableCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
LCONF34 3400x725x1200 1585 2299
Delivery &installation
included
146-147 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 17:44
Linnea Bench desking, storage and screens
148
Curved Extensions Straight ExtensionsCode W x D x H MFC £ Veneer £
LCME12/5 1200x725x500 464 672
LCME16/6 1600x725x650 481 700
Code W x H £
LRCT10 470x75x222 60
LRCT12 670x75x222 73
LRCT14 870x75x222 80
LRCT16 1070x75x222 93
LRCT18 1270x75x222 105
LRCT20 1470x75x222 117
Note: Cable Trays for Rectangular & Angular
Workstations and Secretarial Returns will only accept 2
Gang Sockets. Cable Trays can be accessed either sides
of Linnea desking via the easy slot and hook design.
Code W x D x H MFC £ Veneer £
LCME12/5/S 1227x725x500 464 672
LCME16/6/S 1627x725x650 481 700
Code W x D x H MFC £ Veneer £
LSME12/5 1200x725x500 464 672
LSME16/6 1600x725x650 481 700
Curved Extensions
Modesty Panels Straight ExtensionsCode W x H £
LRMP10 760x275 117
LRMP12 960x275 120
LRMP14 1160x275 122
LRMP16 1360x275 126
LRMP18 1560x275 130
LRMP20 1760x275 134
Code W x D x H MFC £ Veneer £
LSME12/5/S 1227x725x500 464 672
LSME16/6/S 1627x725x650 481 700
For use with screen
Cable Trays
5year
guarantee
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut
BeechAsh
Wenge
Oak Autmn Cherry
Ash
Silver
OakWhite
A/SV
S/S
O/SVWH/S WE/S
O/S C/S
W/S
B/SA/S
Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.
For use without screen For use with screen For use without screen
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled.
Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.
Single channel cable risers (2 pack)
Cable RiserCode £
LLCR 33
148-149 Linnea Bench and Screens (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 17:23
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10A 973 x 375 x 27 265
ELSS12A 1173 x 375 x 27 280
ELSS14A 1373 x 375 x 27 307
ELSS16A 1573 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS18A 1773 x 375 x 27 361
ELSS20A 1973 x 375 x 27 381
Acrylic screen with aluminium trim.
With acrylic finishes below.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Linnea Screensdesking, storage and screens
149
Fabric System - Screen with Management RailFabric System ScreenCode W x H x D £
ELSS10MF 973 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS12MF 1173 x 375 x 27 363
ELSS14MF 1373 x 375 x 27 390
ELSS16MF 1573 x 375 x 27 443
ELSS18MF 1773 x 375 x 27 479
ELSS20MF 1973 x 375 x 27 512
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management
rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10F 973 x 375 x 27 265
ELSS12F 1173 x 375 x 27 280
ELSS14F 1373 x 375 x 27 307
ELSS16F 1573 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS18F 1773 x 375 x 27 361
ELSS20F 1973 x 375 x 27 381
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with
aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
Acrylic System Screen
Acrylic Finishes
OrangeBlue RedGreen White
WRG OB
5year
guarantee
Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details. Please note: When fixing screens to -a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.
Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia
Code W x H x D £
ELSS10MA 973 x 375 x 27 330
ELSS12MA 1173 x 375 x 27 363
ELSS14MA 1373 x 375 x 27 390
ELSS16MA 1573 x 375 x 27 443
ELSS18MA 1773 x 375 x 27 479
ELSS20MA 1973 x 375 x 27 512
Acrylic screen with management rail and
aluminium trim. With acrylic finishes below.
Acrylic System - Screen with Management Rail
148-149 Linnea Bench and Screens (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 17:23
Linnea Bench desking, storage and screens
150
Single Sided Desk High Mobile Unit Double Sided Under Desk Mobile UnitCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
DHSU 1000 x 725 x 600 519 777
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
DLSU/SP 1000 x 690 x 600 609 858
With Seat Pad With Seat Pad
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
SHSU 1000 x 725 x 400 449 675
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
DLSU 1000 x 630 x 600 496 745
Double Sided Desk High Mobile Unit
Single Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit Single Sided Under Desk Mobile UnitCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
SLSU 1000 x 630 x 400 427 640
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
SLSU/SP 1000 x 690 x 400 540 754
Double Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled.
Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
For other storage options
see pages152-153
5year
guarantee
Veneer Colours
MFC Colours
Walnut Wenge Autmn Cherry
Ash Oak
White
A/SV
Silver
S/S
O/SV
WH/S WE/S
Oak
O/S
C/SW/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
150-151 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 17:00
Linnea Benchdesking, storage and screens
151
5year
guarantee
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash
A/SV
Silver
S/S
Oak
O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S
Single Sided Mobile Under Desk Unit with Seat PadCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
2 Drawer
MPP2D LH 1000 x 570 x 600 606 849
MPP2D RH 1000 x 570 x 600 606 849
3 Drawer
MPP3D LH 1000 x 570 x 600 606 849
MPP3D RH 1000 x 570 x 600 606 849
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
2 Drawer
MPP2D LH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 720 962
MPP2D RH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 720 962
3 Drawer
MPP3D LH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 720 962
MPP3D RH/SP 1000 x 630 x 600 720 962
Single Sided Mobile Under Desk Unit
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled.Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Left hand shown Left hand shown
150-151 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 17:00
152
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and
fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
DHPF - Wooden Drawer 420x725x600 309 466
SDHPF - System Drawer 420x725x600 366 521
Desk High Pedestal Low Mobile PedestalsCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
DHPF/8 - Wooden Drawer 420x725x800 408 609
SDHPF/8 - System Drawer 420x725x800 461 666
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
MPF - 2 Drawer 420x460x600 231 349
MP3 - 3 Drawer 420x460x600 231 349
Desk High Pedestal
600 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
800 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
DMPF/N - 3 Drawer 300x630x600 279 419
90° Desk HighCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
SU8X8ST 800x725x800 450 675
Narrow Mobile Pedestal
Pedestals desking, storage and screens
Veneer ColoursMFC Colours
Ash Oak
A/SV
Silver
S/S O/SV
White
WH/S
Wenge
WE/S
Oak
O/S
Autmn Cherry
C/S
Walnut
W/S
Beech
B/S
Ash
A/S5year
guarantee
152-153 Pedestals - Cupboards - Filers (15).indd 1 27/11/2014 17:13
Cupboards and Filers
153
desking, storage and screens
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
NSSC7 990x725x500 418 626
NSSC12 990x1200x500 477 716
NSSC16 990x1600x500 535 807
NSSC18 990x1800x500 597 893
NSSC20 990x2000x500 660 987
Wooden Storage Unit Shelf. (Not compatible
with System Storage Unit Skins)
NSSC 950x18x450 33 52
Side Filing UnitTambour Door System Storage UnitCode W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
NSF2/5 800x725x500 591 885
NSF2/6 800x725x600 623 931
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
NSSC7ST 1050x725x500 666 853
NSSC12ST 1050x1200x500 784 984
NSSC16ST 1050x1600x500 844 1057
NSSC18ST 1050x1800x500 931 1164
NSSC20ST 1050x2000x500 1020 1257
Complete with System Storage Unit Skins.
Double Door System Storage Unit
System Storage Unit Skins
Adapts System Storage Units to
accept accessories.
Code £
BTS20 2000 High 155
BTS18 1800 High 147
BTS16 1600 High 125
BTS12 1200 High 109
BTS7 725 High 95
Standard Shelf
BMS10/1 1 Shelf 32
Pull Out Reference Shelf
System Storage Unit Skins are
required for this shelf.
BMRS10 119
Code £
Slotted Filing Shelf
BMSFS10 Shelf 57
BMSDIV (5 x Dividers) 52
Lateral Filing Cradle
Adjustable lateral filing cradle,
between 250mm & 350mm centres
BMALCR10 50
Pull Out Vertical Filing Cradle
Two cross bars to accept foolscap filing side on.
Foolscap front to back. A4 front to back.
BMPCR10 119
Code W x H x D MFC £ Veneer £
FC2 - 2 Drawer 468x725x600 320 511
FC3 - 3 Drawer 468x1060x600 402 637
FC4 - 4 Drawer 468x1385x600 475 761
See colours available on
opposite page
Filing Cabinet
Internal Storage Accessories
System Storage Unit Skins are required for all accessories.
152-153 Pedestals - Cupboards - Filers (15).indd 2 27/11/2014 17:13
154
The increasingly popular Prime, E Space and Windsor offer stylish and affordable executive furniture solutions. The range includes all the essential executive furniture products, from a large bow fronted desk to meeting extensions and tables, cupboards and side filers. New for 2015 we also included the traditional but beautiful Corniche and the superb contemporary design of the Aston range.
Why not flick to page 42 to view some equally affordable and stylish executive seating.
Executive Furniture
2015 Range Highlights
AstonBy mixing and matching complimentary finishes on individual items and across suites, quietly stylish or eye catching schemes can be easily created using this simple to specify range of executive furniture.
Windsor VeneerNew for 2015, the Windsor Veneer range is designed to embrace the classic executive look but combining with the modern technology era.
154-155 Executive Intro and Contents (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 12:51
Storage Page 156
Meeting Tables Page 156
Desks Page 156
Pedestals Page 156
Prim
eE
Spac
eW
inds
or V
enee
rC
orni
che
Asto
n
Desks Page 158
Desks Page 162
Desks Page 166
Desks Page 170
Pedestals Page 158
Side Filing Units Page 164
Pedestals Page 166
Pedestals Page 171
Meeting Tables Page 161
Storage Units Page 164
Tables Page 169
Console Tables Page 173
Conference Tables Page 165
Bookcases Page 173
Storage Page 160
Pedestals Page 164
StoragePage 168
StoragePage 172
executive furniture contents
155
154-155 Executive Intro and Contents (15).indd 2 02/12/2014 12:51
Prime
Colour
Lucida Pear
This range is a traditional yet affordable executive group of furniture which adds style to any office. Choose from a multitude of extension, storage and table options to compliment the presence of this executive desk.
156
Return Shell Desk High CabinetCode W x H x D £
ZWSPME389 1800 x 750 x 1050 438
Code W x H x D £
WSPME392 890 x 750 x 590 194
Code W x H x D £
WSPME313 800 x 750 x 560 348
Bow Front Executive Desk
LP5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
Standard Features
Circular cable ports.
36mm thick tops.
Supplied without topMakes desk height
Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.
Top & Under Desk Pedestal Connection TopsCode W x H x D £
WSPME312 800 x 750 x 560 562
Code W x H x D £
Top for Pedestal
WSPME166T 36mm thick 43
Under Desk Pedestal
WSPM166 400 x 714 x 550 246
Code W x H x D £
Left Hand
WSPMECT (L) 900 x 36 x 1000 121
Right Hand
WSPMECT (R) 900 x 36 x 1000 121
Metal Black Leg
WSMLPL720-3E 720 x 75 48
2 Drawer Side Filer
Code W x H x D £
ZWSPM135 1800 x 750 x 900 314
ZWSPM136 2400 x 750 x 1000 413
Oval Conference Table
156-157 Prime (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 10:08
157
156-157 Prime (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 10:08
E Space
Colour
Cappuccino
E Space is the modern, stylish and affordable executive office solution. With 36mm thick tops and substantial 50mm wide leg panels, E Space provides strength and presence.
158
Executive Desk Side Return - 2 Drawer Pedestal
Code W x H x D £
ZES601 - RH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 639
ZES603 - LH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 639
Code W x H x D £
ZES605 - RH 2200x750x1190 492
ZES604 - LH 2200x750x1190 492
Executive Desk - with 3 Drawer Pedestal
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
Mobile Pedestal - 2 Drawer Mobile Pedestal - 3 Drawer
Code W x H x D £
ZES607 1380 x 700 x 480 381
For ZES604/ZES605
Code W x H x D £
ES622 406 x 640 x 550 221
Code W x H x D £
ES621 406 x 640 x 550 203
Side Return - 3 Drawer Pedestal
Code W x H x D £
ZES600 - RH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 664
ZES602 - LH Pedestal 2200x750x1190 664
Executive Desk - with 2 Drawer Pedestal
Standard FeaturesBrushed aluminium handles.Pen tray drawer.Silver leg with height adjustment
Right Hand Shown
Code W x H x D £
ZES606 1380 x 700 x 480 407
For ZES604/ZES605
158-159 E Space (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 10:11
159
158-159 E Space (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 10:11
E Space
Colour
Cappuccino
160
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
Code W x H x D £
ZES625 806 x 1900 x 425 703
Wooden and glass doors with three shelves
High Storage Cabinet with Glass Doors
Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.
Low Cabinet Two Drawer Side FilerCode W x H x D £
ZES624 806 x 1900 x 425 496
Wooden doors with three shelves
Code W x H x D £
ES626 806 x 825 x 425 245
One shelf included
High Storage CabinetCode W x H x D £
ES623 806 x 680 x 500 386
160-161 E Space (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 10:16
E Space
161
executive furniture
Barrel Shaped TableCode Dia x H £
ZES609 1200 x 750 382
Code W x H x D £
ZES608 2200 x 750 x 1000 470
Circular Meeting Table
160-161 E Space (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 10:17
Windsor Veneer
162 Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
The Windsor Veener range is designed to embrace the classic executive look but combining with the modern day technology era. Integrating cable management outlets in the desk top allows for the use of IT equipment inmultiple locations on the work surface. The desking range is manufactured using 25mm Veneer panels giving the product a quality and modern feel. As the product is manufactured from natural materials the desk will age with its surroundings making it look and feel like part of the environment.
Bow Fronted Crescent WorkstationCode W x H x D Veneer £
WR10 1000x725x800 472
WR12 1200x725x800 490
WR14 1400x725x800 507
WR16 1600x725x800 528
WR18 1800x725x800 546
Code W x H x D Veneer £
Left Hand
WCB18LH 1800x725x1300 858
Right Hand
WCB18RH 1800x725x1300 858
Rectangular Desk
25mmworktops
Extension Meeting Table Circular Meeting Table
Code W x H x D Veneer £
WRB16 1600x725x900 761
WRB18 1800x725x900 780
Code W x H x D Veneer £
DEXTRH 1600 x 725 x 800 716
DEXTLH 1600 x 725 x 800 716
120mm diameter leg on 300mm diameter base.
Code Dia x H Veneer £
CMT12 1200 x 725 660
120mm diameter leg on 300mm diameter base.
Bow Fronted Rectangular Desk
600mm return. Right hand shown.
Left hand shown.
Secretarial Return
Note: Only compatible with rectangular desks
Right hand shown
New for 2015
Veneer Colour
Walnut
5year
guarantee
Code W x H x D Veneer £
WSR10/6LH 1000x725x600 364
WSR10/6RH 1800x725x600 364
Ash Oak
A/SVW/SV O/SV
162-163 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 10:34
163
162-163 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 10:35
Windsor Veneer executive furniture
164 Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Desk High Storage UnitDouble Door System Storage UnitCode W x H x D Veneer £
FC2 - 2 Drawer 468 x 725 x 600 511
FC3 - 3 Drawer 468 x 1060 x 600 637
FC4 - 4 Drawer 468 x 1385 x 600 761
Code W x H x D Veneer £
NSSC7 990 x 725 x 500 626
NSSC12 990 x 1200 x 500 716
NSSC16 990 x 1600 x 500 807
NSSC18 990 x 1800 x 500 893
NSSC20 990 x 2000 x 500 987
Storage Unit Shelf.
NSSC 950 x 18 x 450 52
Filing Cabinets
Code W x H x D Veneer £
DHPF/8 - Wooden Drawer 420x725x800 609
SDHPF/8 - System Drawer 420x725x800 666
DHPF - Wooden Drawer 420x725x600 466
SDHPF - System Drawer 420x725x600 521
Code W x H x D Veneer £
TCG8 800 x 725 x 350 447
TCG12 1200 x 725 x 350 565
1 adjustable shelf.
2 x 4mm toughened glass sliding doors.
Code W x H x D Veneer £
NSU12/5 1200 x 725 x 500 744
NSU8/5 800 x 725 x 500 581
2 sliding doors. Lockable, includes 2 keys.
1 adjustable shelf.
Desk High Pedestals Glass Fronted Top Storage Unit
600 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
800 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
Code W x H x D Veneer £
NSF2/5 800 x 725 x 500 885
NSF2/6 800 x 725 x 600 931
Side Filing Units
Veneer Colour
Walnut
5year
guarantee
Ash Oak
A/SVW/SV O/SV
Delivery &installation
included
164-165 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 10:38
165
Double D Ended Conference Table
Double D Ended Conference Table
Code W x H x D Veneer £
DDT24 2400x725x1200 1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code W x H x D Veneer £
CONF2AL 3400x725x1200 2340
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 10 people.
Supplied in two 1700mm Sections
Barrel Shaped Conference Table
Oval Conference Table
Code W x H x D Veneer £
BST24 2400x725x1200 1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code W x H x D Veneer £
OVT24 2400x725x1200 1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel.
Seating up to 8 people.
Real Wood
Veneer
Windsor Veneerexecutive furniture
164-165 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 10:38
Mobile Under Desk Pedestal - 3 Drawer
Code W x H x D £
CDHP603 420 x 720 x 610 1035
Code W x H x D £
CMP3 420 x 675 x 600 973
610 Desk High Pedestal - 3 Drawer
800 Desk High Pedestal - 2 Drawer 800 Desk High Pedestal - 3 Drawer
Code W x H x D £
CDHP602 420 x 720 x 610 1014
Code W x H x D £
CDHP802 420 x 720 x 800 1139
Code W x H x D £
CDHP803 420 x 720 x 800 1170
610 Desk High Pedestal - 2 Drawer
Wooden Cable Ports - Pair CCP 141
Wire Management - Ask Sales For Details
Options£
Corniche
166 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
Corniche represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Manufactured with solid wood lipping’s all round and available in five real wood veneer finishes, the superior Corniche range of executive furniture will enhance any environment.
Code W x H x D £
CRD1808 1800 x 720 x 800 1534
CRD2010 2000 x 720 x 1000 1638
Rectangular Desk Teardrop Conference EndCode W x H x D £
CBD2008 2000 x 720 x 1000/800 1690
Code W x H x D £
Left Hand
CME08/L 920 x 720 x 1020 962
CME10/L 1000 x 720 x 1465 1040
Right Hand
CME08/R 920 x 720 x 1020 962
CME10/R 1000 x 720 x 1465 1040
Bow Fronted Desk
Left hand shown
Wood Veneer Finish
Oak Cherry Stained to Rosewood
Maple Cherry Stained to
Walnut
Cherry
5year
guarantee
C M O W RWNote: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
166-167 Corniche (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 10:45
167
166-167 Corniche (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 10:45
Corniche
168 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
Desk High 4 Door Storage UnitCode W x H x D (mm) £
Supplied empty ready to accept system
internal units.
CSSD1007 1000 x 720 x 530 1508
Supplied with a single wooden shelf.
CCSD1007 1000 x 720 x 530 1508
Code W x H x D (mm) £
Supplied empty ready to accept system
internal units.
CSSD2007 2000 x 720 x 530 3016
Supplied with a single wooden shelf.
CCSD2007 2000 x 720 x 530 3016
Desk High 2 Door Storage UnitCode W x H x D (mm) £
Supplied empty ready to accept system
internal units.
CSSD1507 1500 x 720 x 530 2262
Supplied with a single wooden shelf.
CCSD1507 1500 x 720 x 530 2262
Desk High 3 Door Storage Unit
Real Wood
Veneer
Steel Shelf VFSS 37
Lateral Filing Cradle VLFC 37
Steel Slotted Shelf VSSS 84
Wardrobe Kit VWKM 146
Options £
Code W x H x D (mm) £
CSBU1009 1000 x 920 x 330 1144
Code W x H x D (mm) £
CSSD1016 1000 x 1600 x 530 1976
Code W x H x D (mm) £
CSSF1007 1000 x 720 x 530 1716
With a ‘soft close’ feature
Bookcase Unit - With Clear Glass Doors
High Storage Cabinet
Desk High 2 Door Storage Unit
VCFSS VLFC VSSS VWKM
Wood Veneer Finish
Oak Cherry Stained to Rosewood
Maple Cherry Stained to
Walnut
Cherry
5year
guarantee
C M O W RWNote: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
168-169 Corniche (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 10:57
Cornicheexecutive furniture
169
The Corniche table and Corniche coffee tables represent a commitment to providing executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Corniche conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.
Square Coffee Table with Bull Nose Profile
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile
Circular Coffee Table with Bull Nose Profile
Code Diam x H (mm) £
COR1 1220 x 720 1976
Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.
Arrowhead leg frame.
Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.
Code Diam x H (mm) £
COF5 930 x 400 1040
Code W x H x D (mm) £
COF4 660 x 400 x 660 791
Code W x H x D (mm) £
COR2 2500 x 720 x 1100 Seating up to 8 people 2262
COR3 3000 x 720 x 1100 Seating up to 10 people 2418
COR2 Shown Arrow head leg frames
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Wood Veneer Finish
Oak Cherry Stained to Rosewood
Maple Cherry Stained to
Walnut
Cherry
5year
guarantee
C M O W RW
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
Extended range for
2015
For matchingconference tables
see pages191
168-169 Corniche (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 10:57
Aston
170 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
Supported Desk TopCode W x H x D £
ARD2210 2200 x 740 x 1000 2060
ARD2010 2000 x 740 x 1000 1956
ARD1808 1800 x 740 x 800 1789
Note: Supplied without cable ports as standard
Code W x H x D £
ASST2210R 2200 x 740 x 1000 2372
ASST2010R 2000 x 740 x 1000 2268
With one standard left hand leg frame, modesty
panel & one supporting right hand leg frame.
Rectangular DeskCode W x H x D £
ASST2210L 2200 x 740 x 1000 2372
ASST2010L 2000 x 740 x 1000 2268
With one standard right hand leg frame, modesty
panel & one supporting left hand leg frame.
Supported Desk Top
New for 2015
Desk Top & Storage Finishes Edge Profile Finishes
Natural WalnutNatural Walnut
Ice White Laminate
Black Laminate
OakOakEdge profile detail
5year
guarantee
Aston has the elegance of a classic car along with gravitas and attention to detail. Featuring a crisp mitred corner and stylish reverse chamfer, the Aston executive desk can be specified with a single wood veneer finish, either oak or natural walnut and including a solid wood edge profile of the same finish, or in ice white or black, through-colour laminate with a solid wood edge profile. By mixing and matching complementary finishes on individual items and across suites, quietly stylish or eye-catching schemes can be easily created using this simple to specify range of executive furniture.
O I OW BL W
Wooden Cable Ports - Pair ACP/V 141
Laminate Cable Ports - Pair ACP/L 141
Please Specify:
Options£
Desk Supporting Return UnitCode W x H x D £
ADSR2006R 2000 x 565 x 600 1935
Code W x H x D £
ADSR2006L 2000 x 565 x 600 1935
Desk Supporting Return Unit
Left Hand
Left Hand
Right Hand
Right Hand
25mm
desk top finish 1.
2.
3. edge profile finish
modesty panel finish
170-171 Aston (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 11:26
Astonexecutive furniture
171
Suspended Lockable Single DrawerCode W x H x D £
AMP3 420 x 640 x 600 936
Under Desk.
Two single drawers & one deep filing drawer.
Code W x H x D £
ASP1 420 x 110 x 500 676
Including solid cherry sculptured pen tray.
3 Drawer Tall Mobile PedestalCode W x H x D £
AMP2S 420 x 525 x 530 817
Under Return.
One single drawer & one deep filing drawer.
2 Drawer Shallow Mobile Pedestal
Real Wood
VeneerCode £
IPT Sculptured Solid Cherry 78
Included in suspended lockable single drawer.
Pen Tray
170-171 Aston (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 11:26
Aston
172
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed
and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
executive furniture
Double Storage Cupboard UnitCode W x H x D (mm) £
ACSD1008 1000 x 860 x 550 1602
2 doors. With one adjustable shelf.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ACSF2008 2000 x 860 x 550 2767
2 doors & one adjustable shelf in left side.
2 pullout filing drawers right side.
Single Storage Cupboard UnitCode W x H x D (mm) £
ACSD2008 2000 x 860 x 550 2559
4 doors. With one adjustable shelf in each side.
Double Storage Cupboard Unit
New for 2015
Desk Top & Storage Finishes
Edge Profile Finishes
Natural Walnut
Natural Walnut
Ice White Laminate
Black Laminate
Oak
Oak
5year
guarantee
O I
O
W BL
W
Wardrobe PackCode £
AWP 146
Includes shelf with rail under and mirror.
Fits unit ACSD1016 only.
Note: A fridge may be added in the single or double length cupboards by adding the suffix “F” after the product code.
Ask sales for details
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ACSD1016 1000 x 1600 x 550 2018
Single vertical division. 6 adjustable narrow shelves.
Tall Storage Cupboard
172-173 Aston (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 11:30
Astonexecutive furniture
173
Real Wood
Veneer
Console Table
Over Credenza Bookcase Unit
Credenza and Bookcase Unit
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ACT1605 1600 x 740 x 525 1794
ACT1205 1260 x 740 x 525 1623
With open divided shelf.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ASBU2007 2000 x 740 x 350 1852
Single open shelf, with an overall combined height of 1600mm
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ACT1605D 1600 x 740 x 525 2231
ACT1205D 1260 x 740 x 525 2060
With open shelf & two single drawers.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ASBU2011 2000 x 1110 x 350 2933
Double open shelves, with an overall combined height of 1970mm
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ACSU2008 2000 x 860 x 550 2933
Credenza double length unit with four doors and one
adjustable wooden shelf in each side. Accepts 1 x row A4 filing only.
Console Table
Over Credenza Bookcase Unit
172-173 Aston (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 11:30
174
For 2015 we have met the increased demand for tables by ensuring several options for all types of meeting, conference and training requirements.
Many of our hugely popular stocked tables are now available fully delivered and installed within ten working days.
Tables
2015 Range Highlights
ImpactOur cost effective conference and meeting tables return for 2015 with three new special finishes now available.
CornicheAchieving the highest standards of elegance and quality. Available in three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample.
174-175 Tables Intro - Contents (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 12:48
175
Tabl
es
tables contents
ImpactPage 176
GyratePage 181
E SpacePage 186
PremierPage 190
BoxPage 177
PrimePage 186
CornichePage 191
Domino FlipPage 182
General OfficePage 178
ModularPage 183
WindsorPage 187
Wooden Coffee TablesPage 192
EnviroPage 184
AerofoilPage 188
Glass Coffee TablesPage 193
Union FoldingPage 179
One EightyPage 180
ConferencePage 185
ChilternPage 189
174-175 Tables Intro - Contents (15).indd 2 02/12/2014 12:48
Impact Office
176
tables
Impact office tables are a cost effective conference and meeting furniture solution. The range can be quickly rearranged and stored, saving space and time. Designed for simplicity and economy with a sturdy 30 x 30mm frame for durability, 18mm thick MFC table tops and a choice of two finishes from stock.
Semi Circular
Trapezoidal 300
Rectangular
Square
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £IMOT1208 1200 x 725 x 800 135IMOT1408 1400 x 725 x 800 151IMOT1608 1600 x 725 x 800 167IMOT1808 1800 x 725 x 800 181
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £IMOT0808 800 x 725 x 800 133
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £IMOTSC1608 1600 x 725 x 800 187
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £IMOTT1608 1600 x 725 x 800 187
(3 tables make a ‘U’ shape)
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
2year
guarantee
Special ColoursFrame Colour Special Frame ColourStock Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech Silver Black
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
S B
176-177 Impact & Box (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 14:34
Box
177
tables
Trapezoidal
Semi Circular
Square/RectangularCode Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
BX0808 800 x 730 x 800 (Square) 140
BX1008 1000 x 730 x 800 157
BX1208 1200 x 730 x 800 175
BX1408 1400 x 730 x 800 196
BX1608 1600 x 730 x 800 218
BX1808 1800 x 730 x 800 238
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
BXTR1608 1600 x 730 x 800 248
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
BXSC1608 1600 x 730 x 800 248
Fantastic Quality &
Value!
A more substantial office table than Impact, the Box range offers practical and reconfigurable tables featuring a 40mm diameter tubular leg in silver and a 25mm top in a range of attractive finishes.
Delivery & Installation
Included
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
2year
guarantee
Special ColoursFrame Colour Special Frame ColourStock Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech Silver Black
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
S B
For Barcelona chair see page 56
176-177 Impact & Box (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 14:34
General Office
178
tables
Practical, stylish and affordable. Choose from this selection of meeting tables to match the stocked Fraction, Workmode Plus & Jetstream.
2year
guarantee
2year
guarantee
Circular with Gullwing
Circular with Silver Tubular
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs
Elliptical with Gullwing
Barrel Shaped
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABTG12 1200 x 727 x 800 241
ZTABTG16 1600 x 727 x 800 285
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPMT1208 1200 x 730 x 800 165
ZFPMT1408 1400 x 730 x 800 185
ZFPMT1608 1600 x 730 x 800 206
ZFPMT1808 1800 x 730 x 800 218
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBD1800 1800 x 730 x 1200 295
Code Dia x H (mm) £
ZTABTD10 1000 x 727 227
ZTABTD12 1200 x 727 263
Code Dia x H (mm) £
ZFPCMT10D 1000 x 730 197
ZFPCMT12D 1200 x 730 199
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBD2400 2400 x 730 x 1200 382
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZTABT24 2400 x 727 x 1047 391
Code W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBT2400 2400 x 730 x 1200 361
Rectangular with Gullwing
Rectangular with Silver Tubular
Boardroom Table - Metal LegsDelivery & Installation
Included
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Special ColoursFrame ColourStock Colours
Stock Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak
Oak
Beech
Beech
Silver
BCH
BCH
WHT CAP MAPNOAK
OAK
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
S
178-179 General & Union (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 14:40
Union Folding
179
tables
Union Folding Tables are a range of conference and meeting furniture which allows instant re-configuration. A sturdy folding frame, with 25mm thick table tops and a choice of five top finishes and two frame finishes. These tables offer great style and affordability.
Trapezoidal
D-End
RectangularCode W x H x D (mm) Silver £ Chrome £UNR127 1200 x 725 x 700 285 303UNR128 1200 x 725 x 800 290 307UNR147 1400 x 725 x 700 308 326UNR148 1400 x 725 x 800 314 331UNR167 1600 x 725 x 700 315 333UNR168 1600 x 725 x 800 321 339
Code W x H x D (mm) Silver £ Chrome £UNTZ147 1400 x 725 x 700 293 311UNTZ168 1600 x 725 x 800 324 341
Code W x H x D (mm) Silver £ Chrome £UNDE147 1400 x 725 x 700 320 338UNDE168 1600 x 725 x 800 327 345
Note: Suffix CR for Chrome Legs or S for Silver Legs
5year
guarantee
Shown in Beech and Chrome
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Frame ColoursStock Colours
Nova Oak Beech Silver Chrome
BCH
Special Colours
White Cappuccino Maple
WHT CAP MAP
NOAK S CR
178-179 General & Union (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 14:40
One Eighty
180
tables
This is our entry level flip-top mobile table. Offered in all the popular shapes, sizes and colours to provide a stylish and affordable meeting and conferencing table choice.
Trapezoidal
D-End
RectangularCode Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
Z180/R127 1200 x 720 x 700 289
Z180/R128 1200 x 720 x 800 293
Z180/R147 1400 x 720 x 700 313
Z180/R148 1400 x 720 x 800 318
Z180/R167 1600 x 720 x 700 319
Z180/R168 1600 x 720 x 800 325
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
Z180/TZ168 1600 x 720 x 800 327
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
Z180/DE147 1400 x 720 x 700 321
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 700mm wide tables
Z180/DE168 1600 x 720 x 800 329
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Special Top Colours (Add 5%)Frame ColourStock Top Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech Silver
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK S
180-181 One Eighty & Gyrate (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 14:45
Gyrate
181
tables
5year
guarantee
The Gyrate is our premium flip-top mobile table. Superior design and engineering has developed this silver leg and mechanism to ensure a high quality movement when reconfiguring. A heavy duty mechanism ensures long life and durability.
D-End
Delta
Rectangular
Trapezoidal
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZGYR127 1200 x 720 x 700 412
ZGYR128 1200 x 720 x 800 427
ZGYR147 1400 x 720 x 700 439
ZGYR148 1400 x 720 x 800 455
ZGYR167 1600 x 720 x 700 444
ZGYR168 1600 x 720 x 800 461
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZGYTZ147 1400 x 720 x 700 423
ZGYTZ168 1600 x 720 x 800 461
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZGYDE147 1400 x 720 x 700 444
ZGYDE168 1600 x 720 x 800 466
Code Dimensions W x H (mm) £
ZGYDL7 700 x 720 442
ZGYDL8 800 x 720 444
High quality heavy duty castors
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Special Top Colours (Add 5%)Frame ColourStock Top Colours
White Cappuccino MapleNova Oak Beech Silver
BCH WHT CAP MAPNOAK S
180-181 One Eighty & Gyrate (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 14:45
Domino Flip
182
tables
Domino Flip is a highly functional and attractive range of flip top tables. Featuring an attractive polished chrome frame and a heavy duty castor, the range can be easily re-configured to suit your needs. A heavy duty and easy to use release mechanism make for easy storage.
RectangularCode Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZDF1480 1400 x 720 x 800 435
ZDF1680 1600 x 720 x 800 450
ZDF1880 1800 x 720 x 800 4805year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Special Top ColoursStock Top Colour Frame Finish
White Cappuccino Maple ChromeNova OakBeech
BCH WHT CAP MAP CRNOAK
182-183 Domino Flip & Modular (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 14:47
Modular
183
tables
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Realising the need for re-configurable meeting facilities this training and conference room furniture fits the bill precisely. A huge range of colours are available in MFC tops to sit on a welded underframe, and 40mm diameter tubular legs.
Trapezoidal
Semi Circular
RectangularCode Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
TR8 800 x 725 x 800 (Square) 236 353
TR10 1000 x 725 x 800 246 369
TR12 1200 x 725 x 800 258 386
TR14 1400 x 725 x 800 281 421
TR16 1600 x 725 x 800 302 455
TR18 1800 x 725 x 800 325 489
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
TT14 1400 x 725 x 690 448 675
TT16 1600 x 725 x 690 489 734
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
TSC16 1600 x 725 x 800 489 734
5year
guarantee
MFC Colours
Veneer Colours
Ash
Ash
Beech Silver Autumn Cherry
Walnut Oak
OakWenge White
A/S
A/SV
B/S W/S S/S O/S
O/SV
C/S
WE/S WH/S
182-183 Domino Flip & Modular (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 14:47
Enviro
184
tables
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Choice of shapes, sizes
& heights
Enviro TablesCode Product Dimensions mm Weight Available Heights £
Description Length x width KG 760mm 710mm 640mm 590mm 530mm 460mm
EN/FA38 Square 750 x 750 12.80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 203
EN/DB38 Rectangular 1200 x 600 15.30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 220
EN/CT38 Trapezoidal 1400 x 590 14.20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 232
EN/CA38 Rectangular 1400 x 750 19.50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 258
For a truly stylish table, look no further than Enviro. The smart silver anodised table legs and frame, and attractive wipe-clean laminate tops with contrasting ABS edge will fit perfectly in any environment. Available in a choice of sizes, shapes and heights. The lightweight aluminium table frame and honeycomb core to the table top ensures the table is lighter in weight than most tables, while still retaining its strength and durability.
Square EN/FA38 Rectangular EN/DB38 Rectangular EN/CA38 Trapezoidal EN/CT38
1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour
5year
guarantee
FrameColour Range Edge Range
GP99 GP24 GP58GP57
Clear Maple
Grey Dots Sparta Mid Grey Dusky Blue
Ruby Red SilverJapanese Beech
Light Grey
184-185 Enviro & Conference (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 14:50
Conference
185
tables
Realising the need for stylish environments these tables fit the bill precisely. Practical and affordable, choose from a selection of meeting tables that are the perfect solution for any meeting, conference or training room.
Rectangular Meeting Table
Barrel Shaped Table - Panel Legs
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs
Circular Meeting Table
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBD1800 1800 x 730 x 1200 295
ZFPBD2400 2400 x 730 x 1200 382
Code Dimensions Dia x H (mm) £
ZFPCMT10D 1000 x 730 197
ZFPCMT12D 1200 x 730 199
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPMT1208 1200 x 730 x 800 165
ZFPMT1408 1400 x 730 x 800 185
ZFPMT1608 1600 x 730 x 800 206
ZFPMT1808 1800 x 730 x 800 218
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZFPBT2400 2400 x 730 x 1200 361
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Delivery & Installation
Included
2year
guarantee
Frame ColourStock Colours
Nova Oak Beech Silver
BCHNOAK S
184-185 Enviro & Conference (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 14:50
E Space & Prime
186
tables
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
E Space offers a modern solution to a meeting room or an executive office. Substantially designed with a 36mm finely detailed MFC top, and 50mm leg panels, these tables will provide solid investment.
E Space Circular Meeting Table
Prime Oval Conference Table
E Space Conference Table
Code Dimensions Dia x H (mm) £
ZES609 1200 x 750 382
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZWSPM135 1800 x 750 x 900 314
ZWSPM136 2400 x 750 x 1000 413
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) £
ZES608 2200 x 750 x 1000 470
5year
guarantee
E Space MFC Finish
Cappuccino
CAP
5year
guarantee
Prime MFC Finish
Lucida Pear
LP
ZES609
ZES608
ZWSPM135
Prime provides an ideal solution for the meeting room. Featuring table top surfaces at 36mm thick, and a full choice of storage facilities to ensure that all of your requirements can be met from one complete range.
Delivery &installation
included
186-187 Prime E Space & Windsor (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 15:04
Windsor
187
tables
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Windsor traditional range of tables gives a distinct appeal to any meeting or boardroom
Perfectly refined quality and the hand finished touch give Windsor an air of grace.
5year
guarantee
MFC Colours Veneer Colours
Ash AshBeech Silver Autumn Cherry
Walnut WalnutOak OakWenge White
A/S A/SVB/S W/S W/SVS/S O/S O/SVC/S WE/S WH/S
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
OVT24 2400 x 725 x 1200 1096 1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
DDT24 2400 x 725 x 1200 1096 1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
BST24 2400 x 725 x 1200 1096 1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
CONF2AL 3400 x 725 x 1200 1560 2340
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 10 people.
Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections.
Double D Ended Conference Table
Double D Ended Conference Table
Oval Conference Table
Barrel Shaped Conference Table
186-187 Prime E Space & Windsor (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 15:04
Aerofoil
188
tables
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Aerofoil table offers a beautiful yet practical solution to your meeting room.
Optional power modules can be incorporated where laptops or other electrical equipment is required.
Aerofoil Boardroom TableAerofoil Boardroom Table
Aerofoil Boardroom Table
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
ABT26 2600 x 725 x 1300 1645 2401
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £ Veneer £
ABT40 4000 x 725 x 1300 2794 3927
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 12 people.
Supplied in 2 x 2000mm sections.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) MFC £
ABT28 2800 x 725 x 1300 1716
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people.
Power Module in closed position
Silver with Grey Trim /S(Standard)
Black with Black Trim /B(4 Week Lead Time)
White with Grey Trim /W(4 Week Lead Time)
Power Module Type 1Code £ Code £ Code £
PPM2/S 212 PPM2/B 230 PPM2/W 230
2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused.
Power Module Type 2Code £ Code £ Code £
PPM4/S 303 PPM4/B 361 PPM4/W 361
4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused.
Power & Data Module Type 1Code £ Code £ Code £
PPMD2/S 320 PPMD2/B 367 PPMD2/W 367
2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable.
Power & Data Module Type 2Code £ Code £ Code £
PPMD4/S 364 PPMD4/B 413 PPMD4/W 413
4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable.
5year
guarantee
MFC Colours Veneer Colours
Ash AshBeech Silver Autumn Cherry
Walnut WalnutOak OakWenge White
A/S A/SVB/S W/S W/SVS/S O/S O/SVC/S WE/S WH/S Mains Cable - Black PlugCode Width £PP3M 3000 21PP5M 5000 28PP7M 7000 32
Excellent Quality and
Value
188-189 Aerofoil & Chiltern (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 09:44
Chiltern
189
tables
The Chiltern collection effortlessly combines style with practicality. Supportive and strong and designed to complement a variety of different environments, this modern table collection is an elegant addition to any meeting or conference workspace.
Chiltern takes the classic aesthetics of real wood veneer tops and melds them with a sleek and highly durable arched metal leg, with an immaculate polished chrome surface.
5year
guarantee
Veneer Colours Leg Finish
Maple Oak Cherry Stained to
Walnut
ChromeCherry Cherry Stained to Rosewood
M O C W RW
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile
Circular Table with Square Edge Profile
Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Rectangular Table with Square Edge Profile
Boat Shaped Table with Square Edge Profile
Code Dimensions Diam x H (mm) Veneer £
CHT 1 1200 x 750 2028
Radial Veneer.
Code Dimensions Diam x H (mm) Veneer £
CHT 5 1200 x 750 1716
Cable Trays (black only) Code CHT CT £84
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
CHT 2 2500 x 750 x 1100 2288
CHT 3 3000 x 750 x 1100 2392
CHT 4 4000 x 750 x 1100 3692
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
CHT 6 2000 x 750 x 1000 1690
CHT 7 2500 x 750 x 1000 1768
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
CHT 8 2500 x 750 x 1220 2548
CHT 9 3000 x 750 x 1220 2704
CHT 10 4000 x 750 x 1220 3692
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
188-189 Aerofoil & Chiltern (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 09:44
Premier
190
tables
The Premier table range represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile, while the architectural style column leg frames provide perfect grounding for this elegant table solution. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Premier conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Code Dimensions Diam x H (mm) Veneer £
PRE 1 1220 x 720 1560
Radial Veneer
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
PRE 2 2500 x 720 x 1100 2080
Seating up to 8 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
PRE 3 3000 x 720 x 1100 2288
Seating up to 10 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
PRE 4 4000 x 720 x 1100 3432
Seating up to 12 people.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
Veneer Colours Leg Finish
Maple Oak Cherry Stained to
Walnut
GraphiteCherry Cherry Stained to Rosewood
M O C W RW
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
190-191 Premier & Corniche (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 09:48
Corniche
191
tables
The Corniche table range represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Corniche conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.
5year
guarantee
Veneer Colours
Maple Oak Cherry Stained to
Walnut
Cherry Cherry Stained to Rosewood
M O C W RW
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Code Dimensions Diam x H (mm) Veneer £
COR 1 1220 x 720 1976
Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
COR 2 2500 x 720 x 1100 2262
Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 8 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
COR 3 3000 x 720 x 1100 2418
Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 10 people.
Code Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Veneer £
COR 4 4000 x 720 x 1100 3718
Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 12 people.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
190-191 Premier & Corniche (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 09:48
Wooden Coffee Tables
192
tables
Reception coffee tables create a relaxed, informal atmosphere in which visitors will be at ease and made to feel welcome.
Tick Rectangular
Tock Rectangular
Rectangular Coffee Table
Tick Square
Tock Square
Circular Coffee Table
Code W x H x D (mm) £
CFT600 600 x 340 X 600 110
Beech, MDF Laminated
Code W x H x D (mm) £
414 600 x 330 x 600 233
Beech
Code Diam x H (mm) £
CCT750 750 x 400 210
25mm Panel End Cruciform Base
Code W x H x D (mm) £
CFT1200 1200 x 340 x 600 132
Beech, MDF Laminated
Code W x H x D (mm) £
415 1200 x 330 x 600 395
Beech
Code W x H x D (mm) £
RCT900 900 x 400 x 530 264
25mm Panel End Base
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
CCT750 & RCT900 Colours Tick Colour Tock Colour
Ash Beech BeechBeech Silver Autumn Cherry
Walnut Oak Wenge White
A/S BCH BCHB/S W/S S/S O/S C/S WE/S WH/S
Fantastic Quality &
Value!
CCT750 & RCT900 delivered within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
192-193 Coffee Tables (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:14
Glass Coffee Tables
193
tables
Choose from our attractive, yet affordable glass tables to enhance your reception area. Shaped in five different styles and all supported by chrome legs.
5year
guarantee
Rectangular Clear Glass
Circular Frosted
Square Clear
Circular Clear Glass
Kidney Shaped Frosted
Rectangular Clear
Code Diam x H (mm) £
GCT10 500 x 590 241
Silver Legs
Code W x H x D (mm) £
GTKIDNEY 635 x 430 x 1000 655
Code W x H x D (mm) £
GTRECTAN 900 x 350 x 500 265
Code W x H x D (mm) £
GCT9 1200 x 420 x 600 325
Brushed Steel & Silver Rod Design
Code Diam x H (mm) £
GTROUND 600 x 350 396
Code W x H x D (mm) £
GTSQUARE 500 x 350 x 500 206
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
8mm polished toughened glass
10mm polished toughened glass
192-193 Coffee Tables (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:14
194
Bienvenida! Welcome! Benvenuto!
Inspire client and visitor confidence with one of our reception solutions. First impressions count, and with Invite you can create a welcoming, professional and functional reception at a price that suits. Allow us to meet and hear your requirement, design and plan your space.
Coco
The bold Coco collection of benches, sofas and armchairs creates a striking combination of contemporary and retro style on a solid beech frame, it can be found on page 229. Distinctive in shape, comfortable, generous in size, robust yet elegant – this versatile collection builds exciting landscapes that are suitable for reception, lounge and hospitality environments.
Stretch
Stretch is the landscape seating range designed to expand into any area, it can be found on page 228. With eight individual pieces, Stretch can be a simple armchair or a collection of multiple units. Ideal for relaxation or collaboration, Stretch can be configured to define breakout spaces. Each free-standing piece can be fitted with silver, beech or oak legs and two-tone fabric options are available.
Stretch seating unit
Reception Furniture & Soft Seating
2015 Range Highlight
HiveA stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality, creating Liquid Workspaces and dynamic layouts.
194-195 Reception Info - Contents (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 12:39
195
reception furniture & soft seating contents
Invi
te
Rece
ptio
n C
offe
e Ta
bles
Soft
Seat
ing
HivePage 230-231
VenaloPage 228
CocoPage 229
Counter TopsPage 198
TockPage 201
Dot & Dash Page 216
JigsawPage 211
Face Page 207
Intro Page 222-223
ShelvingPage 199
Woodframe Page 202
Spirit LitePage 217
WoodframePage 202
SituPage 212
Moonstone Page 208
Elements Page 224-225
HatchPage 199
Forum Page 203
DishyPage 219
TandemPage 209
CascaraPage 226-227
TonicPage 218
SituPage 212-213
CocoPage 229
SolacePage 206
CascaraPage 227
GomezPage 205
Chamfer Page 220
Pigeon HolePage 199
JigsawPage 210-211
EncounterPage 204
StretchPage 228
GomezPage 205
TouchPage 221
DishyPage 219
TickPage 200
Tick - TockPage 200-201
Base Unit Page 196-197
InsitPage 214-215
SolacePage 206
Touch Page 221
194-195 Reception Info - Contents (15).indd 2 02/12/2014 12:39
Invite Modular Reception
196
reception furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Wheelchair Access Base Units Standard 90o Radius Base UnitsCode W x H x D £
PRUT08-8P 800 x 727 x 800 311
PRUT12-8P 1200 x 727 x 800 351
PRUT14-8P 1400 x 727 x 800 370
PRUT16-8P 1600 x 727 x 800 386
PRUT18-8P 1800 x 727 x 800 413
Code Radius x H £
PRUTCR12-8P 1200 x 727 704
Code W x H x D £
PRUT16-8PW 1600 x 727 x 800 386
PRUT18-8PW 1800 x 727 x 800 413
Code Radius x H £
PRUTR9-8P 900 x 727 553
PRUTR12-8P 1200 x 727 704
Rectangular Base Units
Converse 90o Radius Base Units
Invite allows you to individually combine rectangular and curved base units to create a smart, professional yet affordable reception.
Note: These are plain top units. For tops drilled for counter tops or shelves specify at time of ordering and add 10%.
Note: 650mm deep units are available - ask for details
5year
guarantee
Invite MFC Finishes
Light Oak Verade Oak
Autumn Cherry
Apple Ash Walnut GreyMaple Beech Pear White English Oak
Fantastic Quality and
Value
196-197 Invite Reception 1 (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:47
Invite Modular Reception
197
reception furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Note: These receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore customers must complete a questionnaire about access.
Note: When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch and Gate unit must be firmly secured to wall. This is the customers responsibility and instructions will be left with the unit.
Standard 45o Radius Base Unit Converse 45o Radius Base UnitCode Radius x H £
PRUTR12-8PW 1200 x 727 704
With wheelchair access
Code W x H x D £
PRUTRP12-8P 1200 x 727 x 1200 704
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.
Code Radius x H £
PRUTS9-8P 900 x 727 554
PRUTS12-8P 1200 x 727 704
Code Radius x H £
PRUTCS12-8P 1200 x 727 704
Convex 90o Radius Base Unit
Ripple Base Unit
Note: These are plain top units. For tops drilled for counter tops or shelves specify at time of ordering and add 10%.
Note: 650mm deep units are available - ask for details
196-197 Invite Reception 1 (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:47
Invite Modular Reception
198
reception furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Radius 90o Counter Tops Converse 90o Counter TopCode W x H x D £
PRCT08 800 x 465 x 325 182
PRCT12 1200 x 465 x 325 208
PRCT14 1400 x 465 x 325 219
PRCT16 1600 x 465 x 325 233
PRCT18 1800 x 465 x 325 245
Code W x H x D £
PRCTRP12 1200 x 465 x 325 434
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.
Code Radius x H x D £
PRCTR9 900 x 465 x 325 342
PRCTR12 1200 x 465 x 325 433
Code Radius x H x D £
PRCTCR12 1200 x 465 x 325 343
Rectangular Counter Tops
Ripple Counter Top
Note: 650mm deep units are available - ask for details
Prices to suit your
budget
First impressions count, and with our exceptional range of reception furniture you can create an open, welcoming, professional and functional reception at the price to suit your budget.
5year
guarantee
Invite MFC Finishes
Light Oak Verade Oak
Autumn Cherry
Apple Ash Walnut GreyMaple Beech Pear White English Oak
This picture shows optional concave shaped base and top units
198-199 Invite Reception 2 (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:51
Invite Shelving
199
reception furniture
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Radius 90o Units
Hatch & Gate Module
Converse 90o Unit
Pigeon Hole Unit
Code W x H x D £
PRS8 800 x 305 x 325 172
PRS12 1200 x 305 x 325 189
PRS14 1400 x 305 x 325 199
PRS16 1600 x 305 x 325 208
PRS18 1800 x 305 x 325 216
Code W x H x D £
PRSRP12 1200 x 305 x 325 217
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.
Code W x H x D £
PRSR9 900 x 305 x 325 189
PRSR12 1200 x 305 x 325 216
Code W x H x D £
PRHM-8 1000 x 727 x 800 440
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.
(See note 2)
Code W x H x D £
PRSCR12 1200 x 305 x 325 189
Code W x H x D £
PRPHU 560 x 439 x 300 195
Rectangular Units
Ripple Unit
Note 1: These Receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore customers must complete a questionnaire about access.
Note 2: When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch and Gate unit must be firmly secured to wall. This is the customers responsibility and instructions will be left with the unit.
Reception shelves are also available in glass, please contact our sales team for price details.
See colours
available on opposite page
Cut-Back Leg Pigeon Hole Option
Lift-Up Hatch and Gate (See Note 2)
198-199 Invite Reception 2 (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:51
Tick
200
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Armchair
Tick Rectangular Coffee Table
Skid Base ChairCode £
D8 Heavy Duty Low Armchair 210
Seat Width: 520
Overall Width: 570
Seat Height: 440
Overall Height: 750
Seat Depth: 460
Overall Depth: 590
Code £
CFT1200 Beech 132
Width: 1200
Height: 340
Depth: 600
Code £
D9 Heavy Duty Skid Base Chair 178
Seat Width: 520
Overall Width: 570
Seat Height: 440
Overall Height: 750
Seat Depth: 460
Overall Depth: 580
Single Seat
Tick Square Coffee Table
Tick is a range of traditional steel framed low seating. Manufactured with durable 25mm steel coated in epoxy powder. Deep padded seat and back offers comfort for the user. Also available with 2, 3 and 4 seater settees, price upon request.
Fantastic Quality and
Value
Stocked in Blue where indicated, other colours are available on longer lead times, ask sales for details.
Code £
D7 Heavy Duty Low Chair 158
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width: 520
Overall Width: 570
Seat Height: 440
Overall Height: 750
Seat Depth: 460
Overall Depth: 580
Code £
CFT600 Beech 110
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 600
Height: 340
Depth: 600
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
The Single Armchair and the Skid Base Chair are delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.
MFC TablesStock Fabric
Blue Beech
5year
guarantee
200-201 Tick & Tock (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:55
Tock
201
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Armchair
Tock Rectangular Coffee Table
Two Seater ArmchairCode £
455W Upholstered, Wooden Framed 338
Seat Width: 520
Overall Width: 540
Seat Height: 400
Overall Height: 730
Seat Depth: 460
Overall Depth: 560
Code £
415 Beech 395
Width: 1200
Height: 330
Depth: 600
Code £
452W Upholstered, Wooden Framed 708
Seat Width: 1030
Overall Width: 1070
Seat Height: 400
Overall Height: 730
Seat Depth: 460
Overall Depth: 560
Single Seat
Tock Square Coffee Table
The Tock range is an ideal option for staff rooms, student accommodation and reception areas. The classic wooden frame incorporates a heavy duty metal sub-frame for extra strength, a generously upholstered seat and back and complementary coffee tables.
5year
guarantee
Stocked in Blue where indicated, other colours are available on longer lead times, ask sales for details.
Strengthened metal sub-frame
Code £
450W Upholstered, Wooden Framed 276
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width: 520
Overall Width: 540
Seat Height: 400
Overall Height: 730
Seat Depth: 460
Overall Depth: 560
Code £
414 Beech 233
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 600
Height: 330
Depth: 600
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
The Two Seater Armchair is delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.
Beech Tock TablesStock Fabric
Blue Beech
5year
guarantee
200-201 Tick & Tock (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:55
Woodframe
202
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Low Reception Armchair
Freestanding Coffee Table
Double Seat Low Reception ChairCode £
WR1A2 Beech Woodframe 417
Overall Height: 860
Overall Width: 600
Overall Depth: 520
Code £
WRRF Rectangular 283
Height: 380
Width: 890
Depth: 520
Code £
WR2 Beech Woodframe 451
Overall Height: 860
Overall Width: 1190
Overall Depth: 520
Low Reception Chair
Double Seat Low Reception Armchair
The hard-wearing Woodframe Reception range features a quality Beech frame and unique fabric edge detailing. The popular choice for waiting rooms, the Woodframe’s fully upholstered sculptured seat and back provide assured comfort.
The range includes single and double seats, with and without arms, and a matching wooden table.
Excellent Quality and
Value
Code £
WR1 Beech Woodframe 300
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 860
Overall Width: 600
Overall Depth: 520
Code £
WR2A2 Beech Woodframe 566
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 860
Overall Width: 1190
Overall Depth: 520
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
5year
guarantee
202-203 Woodframe & Fourm (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 13:02
Forum
203
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Unit Chair Right Arm
Unit Chair Concave & Convex Unit Coffee Table
Unit Chair Left ArmCode £
FR1AR Unit Chair R/A 303
Seat Width: 580
Overall Depth: 820
Seat Height: 410
Overall Height: 890
Seat Depth: 550
Overall Width: 680
Code £
FRCONCAVE Concave Segment 200
FRCONVEX Convex Segment 200
Concave Seat Width: 660
Concave Seat Height: 410
Concave Seat Depth: 545
Convex Seat Width: 490
Convex Seat Height: 410
Convex Seat Depth: 545
Code £
FR1AL Unit Chair L/A 303
Seat Width: 580
Overall Depth: 820
Seat Height: 410
Overall Height: 890
Seat Depth: 550
Overall Width: 680
Code £
FRT Unit Table 175
Width: 770
Height: 300
Depth: 770
Upholstered table available with Beech, Maple, Oak or Fabric Top
Unit Chair
Unit Armchair
The Forum is an affordable, flexible and fully modular seating solution.
The range includes full arm and non-arm segments, inner and outer corner sections to provide a multitude of configurations.
The Forum range is priced in a group 1 fabric which includes Ace, Advantage, Plaza and Phoenix. Please contact sales for further pricing.
Code £
FR1 Unit Chair 209
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width: 580
Overall Depth: 820
Seat Height: 410
Overall Height: 890
Seat Depth: 550
Overall Width: 580
Code £
FR1A2 Unit Armchair 396
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width: 580
Overall Depth: 820
Seat Height: 410
Overall Height: 890
Seat Depth: 550
Overall Width: 780 5year
guarantee
202-203 Woodframe & Fourm (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 13:02
Encounter
204
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Sofa Tub SeatCode £
EN4/F/BLUE Blue Fabric, Upholstered 335
EN2/PU/BLK Black Leather Look 335
Overall Width: 1185
Overall Height: 700
Overall Depth: 670
Single Tub Seat
Cost effective and practical, these attractive tub chairs and sofas will enhance any reception, lounge or informal meeting area. Stylish and comfortable, with a choice of fabric or leather finishes.
Perfect for Meeting
Areas
Code £
EN3/F/BLUE Blue Fabric, Upholstered 253
EN1/PU/BLK Black Leather Look 253
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Width: 670
Overall Height: 700
Overall Depth: 6702year
guarantee
Stock Colours
Leather Look
Blue Fabric
204-205 Encounter & Gomez (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 13:05
Gomez
205
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Wood Coffee Table - Metal Legs
Wood Coffee Table - Wooden Legs
Glass Coffee Table - Metal Legs
Glass Coffee Table - Wooden Legs
Code £
ELE-CH720-HPL-WHT-P 369
Height: 350 Width: 720 Depth: 720
Code £
ELE-CH720-HPL-WHT-W 369
Height: 350 Width: 720 Depth: 720
Code £
ELE-CH720-G-P 624
Height: 350 Width: 720 Depth: 720
Code £
ELE-CH720-G-W 624
Height: 350 Width: 720 Depth: 720
Gomez ChairCode £
GOM01 Gomez Single Unit Chair 329
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height: 400
Overall Height: 760
Overall Width: 500
Overall Depth: 650
5year
guarantee
A chair that can be used singularly or collectively and reconfigured in minutes. A distinctive, sturdy, fully upholstered chair particularly suited to reception environments.
QualitySeating
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Table Options: replace -WHT with: table top beech -BCH £20
204-205 Encounter & Gomez (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 13:05
Solace
206
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Combining a generously proportioned seat with a compact overall footprint, our exclusive Solace range is the versatile seating solution for confined spaces. The exceptional comfort of the stylish tub design is finished with sleek brushed chrome legs.
Square Clear Table Rectangular Clear TableCode £
GTSQUARE 197
Width: 500
Height: 350
Depth: 500
Code £
GTRECTAN 253
Width: 900
Height: 350
Depth: 500
Solace Compact Tub ChairCode £
SL1/CRLEGS Fully Upholstered 403
SL1/LEGS Fully Upholstered 403
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Width: 640
Overall Height: 790
Overall Depth: 630
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Shown with SL1/CRLEGS
5year
guarantee
206-207 Solace & Face (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:30
Face
207
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Two Seat Sofa Coffee TableCode £
FA2/BL/BLK Bonded Leather 433
Overall Width: 1220
Overall Height: 430
Overall Depth: 770
Code £
FATAB/BCH Beech Top, Bonded Leather 200
Overall Width: 610
Overall Height: 410
Overall Depth: 610
Single SeatCode £
FA1/BL/BLK Bonded Leather 303
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Width: 775
Overall Height: 430
Overall Depth: 770
2year
guarantee
The Face range is open and inviting. It will be a welcome addition to any reception, breakout or office environment. Simply offered in
bonded leather for a very smart price.
Perfect for Reception
206-207 Solace & Face (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:31
Moonstone
208
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The Moonstone is available in both single or double seat and upholstered in durable bonded leather. It has a robust metal frame with stylish chrome effect side guards.
Ideal for Reception &
MeetingAreas
Double SeatCode £
MS2/DBL/BLK Bonded Leather 757
Seat Width: 1200
Seat Height: 450
Seat Depth: 490
Overall Width: 1480
Overall Height: 795
Overall Depth: 820
Single Tub SeatCode £
MS1/BL/BLK Bonded Leather 557
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width: 595
Seat Height: 450
Seat Depth: 490
Overall Width: 880
Overall Height: 795
Overall Depth: 820
2year
guarantee
208-209 Moonstone & Tandem (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:34
Tandem
209
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
LinkCode £
TND02 Silver Satin Finish 175
Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet
Link Width: 430
Link Height: 450
Link Depth: 430
Two Seater BenchCode £
TND01 Silver Satin Finish 222
Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Width: 1230
Seat Height: 450
Seat Depth: 430
Tandem defines and sets the parameters. With its under cut design and central cube the units configure into a multiplicity of shapes and layouts.
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Note:Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves.
We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
Perfect for Breakout
114kg max.weight tolerance
5year
guarantee
TND02TND01
208-209 Moonstone & Tandem (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:34
Jigsaw
210
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 21 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Excellent Quality and
Value
Bold, contemporary and re-designed to make an impact. Jigsaw offers a range of angular and circular seating modules that show no foot detail anymore. We have also introduced three new shapes. Nine interlocking shapes create limitless configurations and creative seating landscapes.
Cube Stool
1100 Bench
Round Stool
Wedge Shaped Stool
Code £
JIG2-SQU-55 141
Height: 440 Width: 550 Depth: 550
Code £
JIG2-110 266
Height: 440 Width: 1100 Depth: 550
Code £
JIG2-DIA-55 131
Height: 440 Dia: 550
Code £
JIG2-WED 175
Height: 440 Width: 550 Depth: 550
V Section Bench
1650 Bench
Code £
JIG2-PIECE 425
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Height: 440 Width: 1550 Depth: 770
Code £
JIG2-165 357
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Height: 440 Width: 1650 Depth: 550
210-211 Jigsaw (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:38
Jigsaw
211
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 21 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Low Cube Stool
Square Coffee Tables
High Cube StoolCode £
JIG2-SQU-80 248
Height: 350 Width: 800 Depth: 800
Code £
JIG2T-CH-SQU45-HPL-SAT (MFC) 425 Square 450mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
Height: 450 Width: 450 Depth: 450
JIG2T-CH-SQU70-HPL-SAT (MFC) 505 Square 700mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
Height: 450 Width: 700 Depth: 700
Code £
JIG2-SQU-45 234
Height: 600 Width: 450 Depth: 450
Low Round Stool
Round Coffee Tables
Code £
JIG2-DIA-80 228
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Height: 350 Width: 800 Depth: 800
Code £
JIG2T-CH-DIA45-HPL-SAT (MFC) 448 Diameter 450mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
Height: 450 Diameter 450
JIG2T-CH-DIA70-HPL-SAT (MFC) 505 Diameter 700mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
Height: 450 Diameter 700
5year
guarantee
Table Options:
Base Replace (SAT) with (WHT) for white £17
Table Top Colour Replace (SAT) with (RED) for red £17
Note: Dining Tables are available ask for details.
High Pressure Laminate Tops are available.
Standard Features
Fully upholstered modular range for flexibility and multiple configurations.
9 interlocking shapes available.
Lightweight for easy manoeuvrability.
Limitless configurations.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivery & Installation
Included
210-211 Jigsaw (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:38
Situ
212
reception & breakout
Single Bench Unit with Arm
Double Bench Unit with Arm
Table Unit with Grey Top
Single Bench Unit with Arms
Double Bench Unit with Arms
Mobile Storage Unit with Grey Top
Single Bench Unit
Double Bench Unit
Universal Link Unit
Code £
SB600 270
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 600 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SB1200 385
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 1200 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SB90 385
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 1150 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SB600/A With Universal Arm 407
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 675 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SB1200/A With Universal Arm 523
Width: 1275 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SBT600 308
Width: 600 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SB600/A2 With Arms 545
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 750 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SB1200/A2 With Arms 660
Width: 1350 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Code £
SBTS600 391
Width: 600 Depth: 600 Height: 440
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details.
Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
A Compact range of modular chair and bench units that provide posture comfort along with additional table/storage units to provide a simple effective solution for waiting and reception areas with the ability to mix and match fabrics.
Delivery & Installation
Included
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Arm Height:620
Arm Height:620
Arm Height:620
Arm Height:620
212-213 Situ (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:41
Situ
213
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Chair Unit with Arms
Island Unit
Double Chair UnitCode £
SC600/A2 682
Width: 750 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Back: Width: 520 Height: 480
Code £
SCX90 x 4 2090
Code £
SC1200 660
Width: 1200 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Back (each): Width: 520 Height: 480
Single Chair Unit
Double Chair Unit with Arms
Code £
SC600 407
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 600 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Back: Width: 520 Height: 480
Code £
SC1200/A2 935
Dimensions (mm)
Width:1350 Depth: 600 Height: 440
Back: Width: 520 Height: 480
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details.
Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Shaped Backrest for
Great Posture Comfort!
SCX90 x 4
212-213 Situ (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:41
Insit
214
reception & breakout
Chair Unit with Single Backrest
Chair Unit with Double Backrest
Chair Unit with Single Backrest
Chair Unit with Double Backrest
Chair Unit with Single Backrest
Armchair Unit with Single Backrest
Code £
IL600 479
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 600 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
IL600/A2 830
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 860 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
IL600/AR Right Hand Arm 655
Width: 730 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
IL1200 743
Width: 1200 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
IL600/AL Left Hand Arm 655
Width: 730 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
IL1200/AR Right Hand Arm 919
Width: 1330 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Sharp and stylish low level modular system which can be used to form large configurations that are ideal for meetings and public spaces.
5year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details.
Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
214-215 Insit (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:46
Insit
215
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Armchair Unit with Double Backrest
Concave Link Unit
Corner Unit
Coffee Table
Chair Unit with Double Backrest
Convex Link Unit
Code £
IL1200/AL Left Hand Arm 919
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 1330 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
ILX/90 677
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 1180 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
IL1200/A2 1095
Width: 1330 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
ILV/90 952
Width: 1000 Depth: 550 Height: 830
Code £
ILC/90 765
Width: 680 Depth: 950 Height: 830
Code £
SBT600 Right Hand Arm 308
Width: 600 Depth: 600 Height: 415
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details.
Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.Delivery & Installation
Included
214-215 Insit (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:46
Dot and Dash
216
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Incorporating a modern, space saving design, Dot & Dash are the stylish compact answer to any contemporary reception, touch down or breakout area. As the names imply, Dot has a tubular design, while its partner Dash is a compact square. Dot & Dash have padded foam seats for exceptional comfort and can be selected with or without legs. Priced in Camira’s Advantage and Phoenix fabrics, for pricing on other fabrics, leathers and vinyls, please contact sales.
Dot Stool
Dash Stool
Dot Stool with Legs
Dash Stool with Legs
Code £
DOT 137
Code £
DASH 144
Code £
DOT/CRLEGS 208
DOT/LEGS 208
Code £
DASH/CRLEGS 215
DASH/LEGS 215
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Dimensions (mm)
Height: 400
Diameter/Width: 470
Shown with DASH/LEGS
Shown with DOT/CRLEGS
216-217 Dot & Dash Spirit Lite (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:49
Spirit Lite
217
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Providing seated comfort with relaxed softness and stylish clear design, Spirit Lite offers many variants by combining fabrics and frame
options. A distinctive range of seating which will compliment a wide variety of environments giving unique character.
Wire Base Chair Chrome Pedestal Base ChairCode £
STL2C Fully Upholstered 426
Chrome Wire Base
Back Height: 370
Seat Height: 440
Seat Depth: 480
Overall Depth: 680
Overall Width: 570
Back Width: 540
Code £
STL3C Fully Upholstered 524
Chrome Pedestal Base Swivel
Back Height: 370
Seat Height: 440
Seat Depth: 480
Overall Depth: 680
Overall Width: 570
Back Width: 540
Swivel Base Chair
Four Leg Stool
Code £
STL1C Fully Upholstered 468
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base with Glides
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height: 370
Seat Height: 440
Seat Depth: 480
Overall Depth: 680
Overall Width: 570
Back Width: 540
Code £
STS1C Fully Upholstered 403
Four Leg Stool Chrome Frame
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height: 250
Seat Height: 790
Seat Depth: 430
Overall Depth: 490
Overall Width: 490
Back Width: 390
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Note:Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves.
We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
216-217 Dot & Dash Spirit Lite (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:49
Upholstered Chair Chrome ArmsCode £
TC04 Upholstered Chair 450
Chrome Sled Base
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 850
Overall Depth: 590
Overall Width: 540
Tonic
218
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Detailed stitching enhances the clean lines of Tonic and is further enhanced by an endless arm detail. Swivel or fixed bases are available with a choice of chrome, silver or black finish.
5year
guarantee
Upholstered Chair Chrome Arms Upholstered ChairCode £
TC02 Upholstered Chair 494
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base Swivel
Overall Height: 850
Overall Depth: 590
Overall Width: 540
Code £
TC03 Upholstered Chair 383
Chrome Sled Base
Overall Height: 850
Overall Depth: 590
Overall Width: 490
Upholstered ChairCode £
TC01 Upholstered Chair 426
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base Swivel
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 850
Overall Depth: 590
Overall Width: 490
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
218-219 Tonic & Dishy (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:55
Dishy
219
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Dishy is a stylish seating solution for corporate or hotel environments. A high and low back chair, with swivel or 4 legged base is
presented with a sofa and matching table range.
Low Back Swivel Frame Chair
Sofa 4 Legged
High Back 4 Legged Frame Chair
Round Coffee Table
Code £
DISHY1/SWIVEL/W White Frame 918
DISHY1/SWIVEL/CR Chrome Frame 1001
Overall Height: 753
Overall Depth: 664
Overall Width: 781
Code £
DISHYSOFA/W White Frame 1110
DISHYSOFA/CR Chrome Frame 1161
Overall Height: 751
Overall Depth: 664
Overall Width: 1600
Code £
DISHY2/4LEG/W White Frame 708
DISHY2/4LEG/CR Chrome Frame 732
Overall Height: 938
Overall Depth: 696
Overall Width: 783
Code £
DISHYCIRC/W White Base 340
DISHYCIRC/CR Chrome Base 402
Height: 365 Diameter: 750
Table Top Options:
White, Oak, Beech, Maple, or Walnut
Low Back 4 Legged Frame Chair
High Back Swivel Frame Chair
Code £
DISHY1/4LEG/W White Frame 686
DISHY1/4LEG/CR Chrome Frame 709
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 756
Overall Depth: 654
Overall Width: 781
Code £
DISHY2/SWIVEL/W White Frame 945
DISHY2/SWIVEL/CR Chrome Frame 1025
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 935
Overall Depth: 696
Overall Width: 783
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Other Coffee Tables Available:
Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables £
DISHYCOFFEE/W White Legs 226
H365 x D600 x W900
DISHYCOFFEE/CR Chrome Legs 246
H365 x D600 x W900
Long Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables DISHYCOFFEE/L/W White Legs 262
H365 x D600 x W1200
DISHYCOFFEE/L/CR Chrome Legs 285
H365 x D600 x W1200
DISHYCOFFEE/L/W shown in picture.
218-219 Tonic & Dishy (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:55
Chamfer
220
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Two Seat Sofa OptionsCode £
CHAM3 Two Seat Sofa 1124
Overall Height: 830
Overall Width: 1400
Overall Depth: 740
Code £
SQUARE CUSHION 73
Size: 400 x 400
BOLSTER 73
Size: 450 x 150
Base Rail Brushed Chrome as standard.
For White Base Rail please quote W when ordering.
Tub Chair
This stylish tub chair takes its name from its elegant chamfered corners. The Chamfer range offers a chair and matching two-seater sofa. The compact footprint, and option of a swivel-based chair, makes Chamfer the ideal choice for breakout areas and student accommodation. The choice of a white or silver chrome base rail provides the stylish finishing touch to complement fabric choices.
Excellent Quality and
Style
Code £
CHAM1 Tub Chair 740
CHAM2 Tub Chair with Swivel Base 1086
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 830
Overall Width: 750
Overall Depth: 740
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
220-221 Chamfer & Touch (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 14:58
Touch
221
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Square Connecting Table
4 Point Connecting Table
T Point Connecting Table
Asteroid Circular Table
Code £
TOUCH SQU Chrome Legs 166
Height: 225 Width: 440 Depth: 440
Code £
TOUCH 4STAR Chrome Legs 362
Height: 225 Width: 770 Depth: 770
Code £
TOUCH T Chrome Legs 287
Height: 225 Width: 770 Depth: 605
Code £
ASTTAB With coloured cut-outs 501
Height: 365 Diameter: 750
Bench Unit
3 Point Connecting Table
Code £
TOUCH 1200 Chrome Legs 473
Dimensions (mm)
Height: 450 Width: 1200 Depth: 460
Code £
TOUCH 3STAR Chrome Legs 332
Dimensions (mm)
Height: 225 Width: 895 Depth: 895
5year
guarantee
Upholstery available in fabric, leather and vinyl.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Beautifully simple, the modular design means that Touch looks good as a single bench or as a large configuration to dramatically fill an atrim. Perfectly complemented by the Asteroid table.
Asteroid Table Top Options:
(W) White, (O) Oak, (B) Beech, (M) Maple, (WAL) Walnut
Colour of Asteroid must be specified.
220-221 Chamfer & Touch (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 14:58
Intro
222
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Seat
Petal Mobile Table
Single Seat & Left Hand ArmCode £
INT301 368
Back Height: 340
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 770
Overall Depth: 770
Code £
PT01 Silver Finish 395
White laminate top and castors
Width: 380
Height: 360
Depth: 480
Code £
INT302 459
Back Height: 340
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 770
Overall Depth: 770
Single Bench
Single Seat & Right Hand Arm
A simple, stylish lounge and reception solution, with endless possibilities of configuration; Intro is available with or without backrests and arms. Attractive as a single or modular option, this range comes fully upholstered and with a satin silver skid frame.
Code £
INT300 275
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 770
Overall Depth: 770
Code £
INT303 459
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height: 340
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 770
Overall Depth: 7705year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Note:Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves.
We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
222-223 Intro (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 15:02
Intro
223
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Double Seat
Power & Data Module 45 Degree Linking Unit ( No Leg)
Double Seat & Left Hand ArmCode £
INT305 565
Back Height: 340
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 1220
Overall Depth: 770
Code £
INT331 803
Seat Height: 570
Overall Depth: 770
Overall Width: 270
2 x 13 Amp Power Sockets, 2 x Data Cable
Ports, Nylon Glides, Aluminium Roll Over Lid
Code £
INT306 652
Back Height: 340
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 1520
Overall Depth: 770
Code £
INT308 288
Seat Height: 430
Overall Depth: 770
Overall Width: 570
Double Bench
Double Seat & Right Hand Arm
Code £
INT304 388
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 1220
Overall Depth: 770
Code £
INT307 652
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height: 340
Seat Height: 430
Overall Width: 1520
Overall Depth: 770
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Note:Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves.
We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.90 Degree Linking Unit
Code £
INT309 Central Leg 354
INT310 Central and End Leg 397
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height: 430
Overall Depth: 770
Overall Width: 770
222-223 Intro (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 15:02
Elements Core
224
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Seat with Back
Double Seat with Back
Wedge
Single Seat with Corner Back
Double Seat with Corner Back
Code £
ELE1-SB-W 346
Seat Height: 420 Seat Width: 720
Seat Depth: 500 Overall Height: 760
Overall Width: 730 Overall Depth: 720
Code £
ELE2-DB-W 538
Seat Height: 420 Seat Width: 1230
Seat Depth: 500 Overall Height: 760
Overall Width: 1230 Overall Depth: 720
Code £ Code £
ELE90-W 380 ELE45-W 272
Overall Height: 420
Overall Width: 725
Overall Depth: 725
Code £
ELE1-CBR-W (R/H) ELE1-CBL-W (L/H) 436
Seat Height: 420 Seat Width: 720
Seat Depth: 500 Overall Height: 760
Overall Width: 940 Overall Depth: 720
Code £
ELE2-CBR-W (R/H) ELE2-CBL-W (L/H) 618
Seat Height: 420 Seat Width: 1220
Seat Depth: 500 Overall Height: 760
Overall Width: 1445 Overall Depth: 720
Single Seat Bench
Double Seat Bench
Two Seat Sofa
Code £
ELE1-W 255
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 420
Overall Width: 720
Overall Depth: 720
Code £
ELE2-W 380
Dimensions (mm)
Overall Height: 420
Overall Width: 1230
Overall Depth: 720
Code £
ELE2-ALR-W Double Seat with Back 1037
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height: 420 Seat Width: 1440
Seat Depth: 500 Overall Height: 760
Overall Width: 1860 Overall Depth: 7205year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Optional Legs Beech Wood Legs as Standard For Eco Chrome: Replace W with PFor Height Adjustable Echo Chrome: Replace W with L (Eco chrome high gloss silver paint finish with an appearance similar to polished aluminium).
90o Wedge 45o Wedge
With creative use of fabric you can make Elements Core suit any corporate, hospitality or educational environment. Stylish but affordable, simple yet clever, Elements Modular system is easy to link and reconfigure. These units have endless possibilities.
Suggested Uses/Environments•Colleges and Universities•Reception Areas/Break Out Areas•Open Plan/Office•Communal Areas
224-225 Elements (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 15:04
Elements Plus
225
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Plus Panel for Single Seater
Plus Panel for 2 Seat Sofa
Plus Cut Back Finishing Panel
Plus Panel for 2 Seater
Plus Connecting Arm Panel
Power Units/Cushions
Code £
ELE+PAN1AC With Arms 323
Height: 1225 Width: 920 Depth: 50
Code £
ELE+PAN2SC With Arms 391
Height: 1225 Depth: 50
Code £
ELE+PANAZFR (right) Finishing Panel 185
ELE+PANAZFL (left) Finishing Panel 185
Height: 1225 Width: 720 Depth: 50
Code £
ELE+PAN2C No Arms 304
Height: 1225 Width: 720 Depth: 50
Code £
ELE+PANAC For Single & 2 Seater 196
Height: 1225 Width: 720 Depth: 50
Code £ELE-POW42 420 High Power Unit 736 Height: 420 Width: 270 Depth: 720ELE-POW60 600 High Power Unit 770 Height: 600 Width: 270 Depth: 720ELE-CUSH Cushions (Min order 2) 23 Width: 355 Depth: 355
Plus Panel for Single Seater
Plus Panel for 2 Seater
Plus Finishing Arm Panel
Code £
ELE+PAN1C No Arms 289
Dimensions (mm)
Height: 1225 Width: 720 Depth: 50
Code £
ELE+PAN2AC With Arms 339
Dimensions (mm)
Height: 1225 Width: 720 Depth: 50
Code £
ELE+PANAFR (right) For Single & 2 Seater 185
ELE+PANAFL (left) For Single & 2 Seater 185
Dimensions (mm)
Height: 1225 Width: 720 Depth: 50
Element Plus offers retro fitted acoustic panels to create more private areas in open spaces. The panels are connected with zips which makes it easy to install and reconfigure.Clever sewing panels on the high backs allow you to be creative with fabric to suit any corporate, hospitality or educational environment.Suggested Uses/Environments•Colleges and Universities•Reception Areas•Break Out/Open Plan Areas
5year
guarantee
224-225 Elements (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 15:05
Cascara
226
reception & breakout
High Back Swivel Chair
High Back Swivel Chair
Medium Back Swivel Chair
Medium Back Swivel Chair
High Back 4 Leg Frame
High Back 4 Leg Frame
Medium Back 4 Leg Frame
Medium Back 4 Leg Frame
Code £
CASHBSWWH Fabric 850
CASHBSWWH Leather 1060
Moulded Plywood Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1010 W680 D680
Code £
CASHBSWWA Fabric 850
CASHBSWWA Leather 1060
Moulded Plywood Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1010 W680 D680
Code £
CASSWWH Fabric 745
CASSWWH Leather 941
Moulded Plywood Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H760 W680 D680
Code £
CASSWWA Fabric 745
CASSWWA Leather 941
Moulded Plywood Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H760 W680 D680
Code £
CASHBWLWH Fabric 850
CASHBWLWH Leather 1060
Moulded Plywood Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1020 W630 D600
Code £
CASHBWLWA Fabric 850
CASHBWLWA Leather 1060
Moulded Plywood Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1020 W630 D600
Code £
CASWLWH Fabric 745
CASWLWH Leather 941
Moulded Plywood Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H770 W630 D600
Code £
CASWLWA Fabric 745
CASWLWA Leather 941
Moulded Plywood Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H770 W630 D600
New for 2015 is our Cascara visitor and lounge chair range of fully upholstered seating consisting of medium or high back styles in swivel or four legged versions.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
226-227 Cascara (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 15:12
Cascara
227
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details.
Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
5year
guarantee
High Back Swivel Chair
Circular Coffee Table
Medium Back Swivel Chair
Squircle Coffee Table
High Back 4 Leg Frame Medium Back 4 Leg FrameCode £
CASHBSWFU Fabric 734
CASHBSWFU Leather 1154
Moulded Plywood Shell
Fully Upholstered
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1010 W680 D680
Code £
CASCCT 398
700mm Diameter 25mm MFC
Circular Top
Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base
Protective Feet
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H425 W700 D700
Code £
CASSWFU Fabric 661
CASSWFU Leather 1017
Moulded Plywood Shell
Fully Upholstered
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H760 W680 D680
Code £
CASSCT 398
600 x 600 25mm MFC
Squircle Top
Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base
Protective Feet
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H425 W600 D600
Code £
CASHBWLFU Fabric 745
CASHBWLFU Leather 1165
Moulded Plywood Shell
Fully Upholstered
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1020 W630 D600
Code £
CASWLFU Fabric 671
CASWLFU Leather 1028
Moulded Plywood Shell
Fully Upholstered
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H770 W630 D600
Coffee Table MFC Finishes
Ash Beech Silver WalnutAutumn Cherry
Oak Wenge White
A/S B/S C/S S/S O/S W/S WE/S WH/S
226-227 Cascara (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 15:13
Stretch
228
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
With eight pieces, Stretch can be a simple armchair or a collection of multiple units. Silver, Beech or Oak legs and two-tone fabric options are available.
5year
guarantee
Armchair
2 Seat with Left Arm Only
Venalo Coffee Table
2 Seat with Arms
2 Seat with Right Arm Only
3 Seat with Arms
3 Seat with Left Arm Only
Corner Unit
3 Seat with Right Arm Only
Code £
STRETCH1 Fabric 982
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H770 W1000 D800
Code £
STRETCH2/L Fabric 1392
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H770 W1470 D800
Code £
VENALO/TC 466
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H400 D600
Code £
STRETCH2 Fabric 1549
H770 W1750 D800
Code £
STRETCH2/R Fabric 1392
H770 W1470 D800
Code £
STRETCH3 Fabric 1898
H770 W2340 D800
Code £
STRETCH3/L Fabric 1709
H770 W2070 D800
Code £
STRETCHCO Fabric 1048
H770 W800 D800
Code £
STRETCH3/R Fabric 1709
H770 W2070 D800
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this seating product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Options Leg optionsSquare Cushion £70 SIF Silver (400mm x 400mm) B Beech
Bolster £70 O Oak (450mm x 150mm)
Chrome Trumpet Base, Glass Top Coffee Table.
Other sizes of Venalo Tables are available, please ask sales for details.
228-229 Stretch & Coco (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 15:21
Coco
229
reception & breakout
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Single Seat Bench with Straight Back
Two Seat Bench with Straight Back
Armchair with Straight Back
Two Seat Sofa with Straight Back
Code £
COCO1-SB-BCH Beech Frame 997
Height: 770 Width: 1000 Depth: 800
Code £
COCO2-SB-BCH Beech Frame 1552
Height: 770 Width: 1775 Depth: 800
Code £
COCO1A-SB-BCH Beech Frame 1116
Height: 770 Width: 1000 Depth: 800
Code £
COCO2A-SB-BCH Beech Frame 1671
Height: 770 Width: 1775 Depth: 800
Single Seat Bench
Two Seat Bench
Glass Top Coffee Table
Code £
COCO1-BCH Beech Frame 788
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Height: 420 Width: 1000 Depth: 800
Code £
COCO2-BCH Beech Frame 1320
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Height: 420 Width: 1775 Depth: 800
Code £
COCOT-CH-100x60-BCH Solid Beech 1331
Dimensions (mm)
Height: 350 Width: 1000 Depth: 600
5year
guarantee
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Buttons on back cushion are in the fabric as the back cushions. For other specifications prices on application.
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.Seating frame colour options Table colour options replace -BCH with: replace -BCH with:
oak -OAK add £46 oak -OAK add £314 walnut -WAL add £46 walnut -WAL add £408 cherry -CHE add £46 stain to match -MAT add £64
The bold Coco collection of benches, sofas and armchairs creates a striking combination of contemporary and retro style on a solid beech frame. Distinctive in shape, comfortable, generous in size, robust yet elegant – this versatile collection builds exciting landscapes that are suitable for reception, lounge and hospitality environments. Coco has been designed with sustainability in mind, using an environmental friendly wood construction, recyclable and recycled foam from 100% FSC controlled sources.
Shown in Walnut
228-229 Stretch & Coco (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 15:21
Hive is a stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality, creating Liquid Workspaces and dynamic layouts.
Whether creating a totally new workspace or integrating with existing furniture, Hive creates multi-functional spaces that allow people to work in the way that is most stimulating and productive for them.
Hive’s modular system is available with or without legs, making it easy to design flexible spaces in a variety of environments, offices, universities and libraries, plus airports and transport stations.
Rarely does one solution fit all, that’s why Hive can be configured to provide seating and work tables for open spaces, semi- private and private spaces in an infinite number of situations.
Flexible furniture for productive people• Numerous configuration possibilities• Establish different zones with no need to build walls• Supports diverse working styles• Creates inspiring environments to attract and retain the best talent• Enables bespoke design of activity based settings• Allows visual, territorial and acoustic privacy for individuals and groups
If this range interests you please contact our sales team for more details.
Focus.
Hive
230
reception & breakout
2600
5300
1200
2400
4800
3876
4300
2000
230-231 Hive (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 15:40
Collaborate.
Connect.Socialise.
Hive
231
reception & breakout
230-231 Hive (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 15:40
232
Contemporary and classic design styles are apparent throughout this section. The seating is bright and comfortable, the tables sturdy yet stylish.
The consistently popular Gloss tables returns for 2015. The striking design of the ‘squarial’ Gloss table on page 244 combines the shape of a square with the softness of a circle.
The Retro brings a breath of fresh air to any cafe or breakout space. Available in 5 bright and cheerful colours with matching tables made from solid wood and polypropylene, these are sure to be very popular in 2015.
Cafe & Dining
2015 Range Highlight
The ever popular Artist and Stork seating ranges return this year to provide unbeatable value for money. When complimented by our new table ranges Orlando, Forza and Ramiro, these products create perfect dining situations where style is needed on a lower budget.
This is boosted by the products coming direct from stock on our 10 day rapid delivery service.
232-233 Cafe Intro - Contents (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 12:30
cafe & dining contents
Tables Page 234
Tables & Benches Page 236
ChairPage 235
Tables Page 239
Chairs Page 241
Tables Page 244
Tables Page 234
Folding Tables Page 237
ChairsPage 240
BenchesPage 239
ChairsPage 242
ChairsPage 245
TablesPage 245
Tables Page 235
Chairs Page 234-235
Chair Page 234
Chairs Page 241
Chairs Page 243
Orla
ndo
Con
tour
Plu
s
Stor
k
Envi
ro
Moc
haG
loss
Tab
les
Forz
aPo
lyfo
ld
Banq
uet
Xpre
sso
1
Retro
Ram
iroSt
rata
Artis
tVe
ntIc
e &
Zes
t
233
Various Page 238
Din
ing
Tabl
es
232-233 Cafe Intro - Contents (15).indd 2 02/12/2014 12:31
Forza Dining Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 755 Width: 700 Depth: 700
Forza Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 1075 Dia: 700
DiningThe Orlando is one of the markets’ most popular due to its competitive price and “anti spin“ solid construction. Made from top grade cast iron, with a powder coated finish. Adjustable feet are also included for versatility in any environment. The chrome version brings a touch of class with its high quality chrome plated column. Perfect for situations where style is needed on a lower budget.
The Forza is an affordable and simple base in a slimline design. Made from high grade cast iron with a powder coated finish.
Code £
ZORLDRB7 Round Top - Black Column 158
ZORLDRC7 Round Top - Chrome Column 170
ZORLDSB77 Square Top - Black Column 135
ZORLDSC77 Square Top - Chrome Column 147
Artist Chair/ Square dining table with 25mm beech MFC top
Code £
ZORLPRB7 Round Top - Black Column 163
ZORLPRC7 Round Top - Chrome Column 178
Mocha Beech Bar Stool/ Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC top
Code £
ZFORDRB7 Round Base & Top 199
ZFORDSB77 Square Base & Top 176
Strata Polypropylene Chair/ Square dining table with 25mm white MFC top
Code £
ZFORPRB7 Round Base & Top 207
Chair Stacks 4 High
Chair Stacks 4 High
Orlando Dining - Black or Chrome Round Column Orlando Poseur - Black or Chrome Round Column
Forza Dining - Black Column
Strata Polypropylene Chair Vent Bar Stool
Forza Poseur - Black Column
New for 2015
cafe & dining
2year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.234
White BeechBeech
BCHBCH WHT3year
guarantee
3year
guarantee
Strata Polypropylene Chair Please add relevant colour code to STR. e.g. STRGRN
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool & Artist Beechwood Chair Table Top
Black GreenBlue Red White
Code: STR Seat Height: 450 80 Code: GVN1A Height: 760 Depth: 435 272
Code: ART0514BCH Seat Height: 480 91 Code: GM01A Height: 760 Width: 490 Depth: 435 195
Artist Polished Beechwood Chair Mocha Beech Bar Stool
See page 241 for further information on the Vent Bar Stool
See page 241 for further information on the Mocha Beech Bar Stool
(30 day delivery)
(30 day delivery)
Orlando Dining Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 755 Width: 700 Depth: 700
Orlando Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 1075 Dia: 700
Vent Bar Stool/ Round poseur table with 25mm white MFC top
BLK BLUE GRN RED WHT
234-235 Dining Stock Range (15).indd 1 28/11/2014 15:44
Ramiro is a stylish trumpet table base finished in chrome plating. This is one of the most versatile trumpet bases available due to its adjustable feet and dual pin interlocking construction.
Code £
ZRAMPR7 Round Top & Base 250
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool/ Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC top
Code £
ZRAMDR7 Round Top & Base 242
Strata Polypropylene Chair/ Round Dining table with 25mm white MFC top
Ramiro Dining Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 755 Width: 700 Dia: 700
Ramiro Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 1075 Width: 700 Dia: 700
Ramiro Poseur - Chrome Column with Trumpet BaseRamiro Dining - Chrome Column with Trumpet Base
Dining
235Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stork Stool only available on a 20 day delivery
cafe & dining
Strata Polypropylene Chair Stork Tall Beech Bar StoolCode: STR Seat Height: 450 80 Code: CH0670SPBE Seat Height: 580-805 166
234-235 Dining Stock Range (15).indd 2 28/11/2014 15:44
Folding Tables & Benches
236
cafe & dining
Contour PlusThe difference that sets this product apart is the strengthened aluminium clad steel tube in the table legs. This adds a mere 1.75kgs to the overall weight of the table but offers significantly improved stability. Aluminium frame & laminate top folds flat for storage and can easily be carried. Strengthened legs give extra stability.
5year
guarantee
Colour Options
Contour Plus Folding Tables
Contour Stacking Benches
Code Weight W x D mm £CP/DC5 8.50kg 610 x 915 156CP/DB5 9.00kg 685 x 915 160CP/DA5 9.50kg 760 x 915 165CP/CC5 9.75kg 610 x 1220 179CP/CB5 10.00kg 685 x 1220 183CP/CA5 11.25kg 760 x 1220 190CP/BC5 11.50kg 610 x 1520 195CP/BB5 12.00kg 685 x 1520 199CP/BA5 13.00kg 760 x 1520 207CP/AD5 12.75kg 480 x 1830 199CP/AC5 13.00kg 610 x 1830 218CP/AB5 13.75kg 685 x 1830 219CP/AA5 14.80kg 760 x 1830 229Choose from 2 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698Note: 915mm Table Length not available in A Buffet 760mm height.
Code Weight W x D mm £C/CF2 5.00kg 254 x 1220 110C/BF2 5.75kg 254 x 1520 124C/AF2 6.75kg 254 x 1830 133Choose from 3 table heights: Buffet 483, Adult 432, Junior 381
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Shown inJapanese Beech
Signal Red Paradiso Lime GreenYellow Heather
GP13 GP54 GP23 GP33 GP55 GP25
Campanula Sparta Maple Saxon Oak
Auburn Teak
Japanese Beech
Ailsa Grey Grey Dots White
GP21 GP57 GP99 GP16 GP07 GP58 GP05 GP24 GP15
Suggested height matches for tables & benches 760mm high table - 483mm high bench698mm high table - 432mm high bench635mm high table - 381mm high bench
Shown inHeather
Shown in Campanula
ContourContour tables and benches are the most popular style of folding furniture to be found. Constructed from aluminium with a wipe-clean laminated surface. The table weight ranges from just 6.7kg upto 13.00kg, far lighter than its rivals.Ideal for - canteens, schools, community halls, lightweight and versatile, folds flat for storage and can be easily carried.
Contour Folding Tables
Accessories
Code Weight W x D mm £C/DC2 6.75kg 610 x 915 144C/DB2 7.25kg 685 x 915 147C/DA2 7.75kg 760 x 915 153C/CC2 6.75kg 610 x 1220 165C/CB2 7.25kg 685 x 1220 169C/CA2 7.75kg 760 x 1220 175C/BC2 9.75kg 610 x 1520 177C/BB2 10.25kg 685 x 1520 188C/BA2 11.25kg 760 x 1520 194C/AD2 11.00kg 480 x 1830 186C/AC2 11.50kg 610 x 1830 205C/AB2 12.00kg 685 x 1830 209C/AA2 13.00kg 760 x 1830 216Choose from 6 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698, Junior 635, Infant 584, Pre School 546, Nursery 508
Code Description W x D x H mm £A2501 Large Table Trolley (14 tables) 745 x 1675 x 1127 557A3001 Small Table Trolley (7 tables) 745 x 875 x 1127 390A5001 Bench Skake Set 136A9001 Fast Fold - speedy folding tool 26
236-237 Contour Plus & Polyfold (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 16:19
Folding Tables
237
cafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Polyfold Height Adjustable Folding Tables•1220mmlengthtableadjuststothreedifferentheights, 640, 690 & 740mm•Choosefromtwotablelengthsizes1220mm&1830mm•1830mmlengthtableadjuststofivedifferentheights, 650, 690, 730, 770 and 810mm•Allweatherconstructionforindoor/outdooruse•Hygienic,wipe-cleanonepiecemouldedtop•Lightweightandsimpletouse,foldsflatforeasystorage
Polyfold Lightweight Tables•Availableinathreerectangularandtwocircularsizes
•Hygienic,wipe-cleanonepiecemouldedallweather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use
•Lightweight, stronger & more durable than wooden tables
•Universaltabletrolleyforstorageandtransport
•Foldsflatforeasystorage•1yearwarrantytrolley
2year
guarantee
XO 40010
Adjustable height table L1830mm shown at H810mm
Polyfold Lightweight
Polyfold Adjustable Height
Code Description Size Weight £TF 41376 Rectangular Table 1220mm x 600mm 12kg 93TE 40017 Rectangular Table 1530mm x 760mm 15kg 111TF 41378 Rectangular Table 1830mm x 760mm 17kg 117TF 41370 Circular Table 1220mm Dia 16kg 143TF 41371 Circular Table 1530mm Dia 21kg 195XO40005 UniversalTableTrolley 780CF 40015 Storage Strap with alloy buckle (5m) 33XO 40010 Expandable Table Trolley 537
Code Description Size Weight £TF 41385 Rectangular Table 1220mm x 600mm 12kg 138TF 41386 Rectangular Table 1830mm x 760mm 17kg 159CN 40011 Polyfold Folding Chair Seat Height: 440mm x Overall Height 850mm x Length 480mm x Width 470mm £ (Price per single chair, supplied in boxes of 4 chairs) 54
1830mm table with eight 2000 folding chairs
153cm table diameter with pictured with 2600 folding chairs
Beige DarkBronze
Top Colour Frame Colour
The table top colour may vary slightly from batch to batch.
UNIVERSAL TABLE TROLLEYThis trolley is suitable for all Polyfold tables. Will hold up to 12 Rectangular tables or 8 Circular tables. Length 1850mm, Width 850mm, Height 1550mm
STORAGE STRAPSWrap around straps secure the load. We recommend two per trolley. Each storage strap is 5m in length.
Adjustable height table L1220mm shown at H740mm
Polyfold Folding Chair
Simple height adjustmentfor all uses
236-237 Contour Plus & Polyfold (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 16:19
Dining Tables
238
cafe & dining
Tilt TopTilt Top tables are just the job for regular and occasional use such as in dining rooms. They are easy to open and close then wheel away. All are supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey paint as standard. Supplied with 4 locking castors.
5year
guarantee
Fantastic Quality &
Value!
Octagonal Table Rectangular Tables
Circular TableCode Edge Dia mm £TILT-CIRC-MD MDF Edge 1200 Diam 428TILT-CIRC-PS Spray PU Edge 1200 Diam 459
Code Edge W x D mm £TILT-EQOCT-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 1200 447TILT-OCT-MD MDF Edge 1380 x 1000 437TILT-EQOCT-PS Spray PU Edge 1200 x 1200 476TILT-OCT-PS Spray PU Edge 1380 x 1000 478
Code Weight W x D mm £TILT-RECT-129-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 900 390TILT-RECT-159-MD MDF Edge 1500 x 900 475TILT-RECT-129-PS Spray PU Edge 1200 x 900 416TILT-RECT-159-PS Spray PU Edge 1500 x 900 505
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Table Top Colours
Beech Maple Grey AilsaOak Red Blue Green Yellow
Table Heights Size 3 590mm Age 6-8 yearsSize 4 640mm Age 8-11 yearsSize 5 710mm Age 11-14 yearsSize 6 760mm Age 14-AdultNote: Size 3 not available on circular options
MDF Bullnosed Edge Polished and lacquered.
Spray PU Edge Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Choose from Charcoal, Light Grey, Blue. If none specified, charcoal will be supplied.
Edge Options
MDF PU
Frame Colour
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
238-239 Dining & Enviro Tables (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 16:23
Enviro Dining
239
cafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Enviro Dining Benches - 1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour
Code Product Dimensions mm Weight Available Heights £ Description Length x width KG 460mm 430mm 380mm 350mm 310mm 260mm
EN/AF35 Enviro Bench 1600 x 330 12.00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 183EN/CF35 Enviro Bench 1200 x 330 10.00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 157EN/DF35 Enviro Bench 1000 x 330 8.00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 141
Enviro Dining Tables - 1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour
Code Product Dimensions mm Weight Available Heights £ Description Length x width KG 760mm 710mm 640mm 590mm 530mm 460mm
EN/AA35 Enviro Table 1800 x 750 25.00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 288EN/CA35 Enviro Table 1400 x 750 19.50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 258EN/DA35 Enviro Table 1200 x 750 17.50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 227EN/BD35 Enviro Table 1500 Shield 28.00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 377EN/DD35 Enviro Table 1200 Round 20.80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 307EN/ED35 Enviro Table 900 Round 12.50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 250EN/FF35 Enviro Table 750 x 750 12.50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 203
Dining Tables and Benches•Anodisedsilverframe•Strongandstable•Idealforeducation•Sociableshapesfordining
5year
guarantee
FrameColour Range Edge Colour
GP33 GP58GP21 GP05GP32 GP30GP57 GP31
Lime Japanese Beech
Campanula Ailsa GreySparta Wenge Strand
Mid Grey Dusky Blue
BlackGreen Ruby Red Anodised Silver
Clementine Dog Bone Light Grey
Enviro benches fit neatly under table
Benches are delivered flat pack and require simple assembly using an allen key
Shield Table Round Table Square Table
238-239 Dining & Enviro Tables (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 16:23
Banquet Chairs
240
cafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Fabric Colours
Blue Red
2year
guarantee
Lightweight and comfortable upholstered chairs with a deep cushioned, high density foam seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm). Strong black steel frame has a useful hand-hold and side rails for added strength. Chairs stacks up to 8 high with stacking buffers and protective feet. Tested BSEN1022:2005 & BS15373:2007
Fantastic Quality &
Value!
Mayfair Chair
Grosvenor Chair
Code Fabric Colour W x D x H (mm) £CU40080 Red 440 x 540 x 890 72CU40081 Blue 440 x 540 x 890 72Seat Height 480mm
Code Fabric Colour W x D x H (mm) £CU40082 Red 445 x 560 x 880 72CU40083 Blue 445 x 560 x 880 72Seat Height 480mm
240-241 Banquet & Mocha & Vent (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 16:26
Mocha & Vent
241
cafe & dining
Mocha is a great looking, extremely versatile stacking cafe furniture. Simply constructed offering value with style. Contoured seat with silver or chrome frame. Available as chair or bar stool.
Vent is stylish and functional. This wooden chair and stool range has simple elegant lines designed to enhance any café and breakout environment.
Vent Colours Mocha Colours
Beech BeechOak BlackWenge
AX BCHBX CX DX 5year
guarantee
Vent Dining Armchair - Chrome Frame
Mocha Bar Stool - Silver Frame
Vent Bar Stool - Chrome FrameCode W x H x D £
MVN2A 570 x 445 x 435 285
Code W x H x D £
GM01A 435 x 760 x 490 195
Code W x H x D £
GVN1A 490 x 760 x 435 272
Vent Dining Chair - Chrome Frame
Mocha Dining Chair - Silver Frame
Code W x H x D £
MVN1A 490 x 445 x 435 234
Code W x H x D £
MM01A 435 x 445 x 490 152
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Shown with Beech finish
Shown with Beech finish
Shown with Wenge finish
240-241 Banquet & Mocha & Vent (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 16:26
Xpresso 1
242
cafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Xpresso 1 is designed to provide a practical and stylish solution for a range of environments including educational establishments, cafes, auditoria, conference facilities and meeting rooms. They can be linked together an the optional linking strip. Polypropylene seat and back, tubular chrome steel frame, nylon glides. Chair available with or without black arms.
5year
guarantee
New for 2015
Code £
MXP1A 130
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 580 Height: 830 Depth: 490
Plastic Seat & Back
Linking Feet Code LXP FOC
Options£
Trolley - Holds 45 Code MXP 516
High Plastic Seat & BackCode £
MXP1C - With black arms 211
Dimensions (mm)
Width: 595 Height: 830 Depth: 490 Width: 600 Height: 1070 Depth: 490
Seat Height: 720
Code £
GXP1A 168
Plastic Seat & Back
MXP
Xpresso Seat Colours
Black Grey White
Purple Light Blue Green
YellowRed Stone
242-243 Xpresso 1 & Ice Zest (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:16
Ice & Zest
243
cafe & dining
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Ice is a chrome 4 leg range of stacking café chairs and bar stools, available in a choice of 4 outer shell colours, red, blue, green and black.
The Zest is a truly versatile dining chair which can be used outside or inside. Available in single or dual colours, UV resistant and 100% recyclable.
Ice Outer Shell Colours Zest 4 Leg Outer Shell Colours
When ordering please add the code for your colour required to the code above.
Zest Wire Frame Outer Shell Colours
Red Lime Green Lime GreenBlackBlue Stone StoneGreen Graphite Graphite
IceStackable Frame
AA BA BCAB CA CCAC DA DCAD
Ice Café Chair
Zest 4 Leg Chair
Zest Wire Frame Chair
Zest Chair - 4 Leg Zest Chair - Wire FrameCode W x H x D £
MJU2/ 612 x 885 x 535 248
Seat Height 480 Weight 6kg
Dual colour shell 4 leg café chair
Code W x H x D £
MJU2/ 612 x 885 x 535 298
Seat Height 480 Weight 6kg
Dual colour shell wire frame café chair
Ice Café/Breakout ChairCode W x H x D mm £
MNO1 500 x 870 x 560 170
Seat Height 470 Weight 6kg
Chrome 4 leg stacking café chair
5year
guarantee
242-243 Xpresso 1 & Ice Zest (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:16
Gloss Tables
244
cafe & dining
The Gloss tables are coffee, dining and poser tables with a variety of finishes with a silver column and a four star aluminium base. Perfect for corporate breakout, hotel and restaurant dining.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Colour Options
Walnut & Silver White & Silver Glass & Silver
1year
guarantee
Gloss Dining Table Gloss Coffee TableCode W x H x D £
Squarial 750 x 720 x 750
TGLD/SQL0750WHM White MFC 323
TGLD/SQL0750WAM Walnut MFC 323
Round 900 Dia x 720
TGLD/RND0900WHM White MFC 302
TGLD/RND0900WAM Walnut MFC 302
Glass 800 Dia x 720
TGLD/RND0800GLX 10mm Frosted 522
Safety Glass
Code W x H x D £
Squarial 750 x 400 x 750
TGLC/SQL0750WHM White MFC 309
TGLC/SQL0750WAM Walnut MFC 309
Round 600 Dia x 400
TGLC/RND0660WHM White MFC 280
TGLC/RND0660WAM Walnut MFC 280
Glass 600 Dia x 400
TGLC/RND0660GLX 10mm Frosted 467
Safety Glass
Gloss Poser TableCode W x H x D £
Squarial 750 x 1060 x 750
TGLP/SQL0750WHM White MFC 342
TGLP/SQL0750WAM Walnut MFC 342
Round 750 Dia x 1060
TGLP/RND0750WHM White MFC 335
TGLP/RND0750WAM Walnut MFC 335
Glass 660 Dia x 1060
TGLP/RND0660GLX 10mm Frosted 478
Safety Glass
244-245 Gloss Tables & Retro (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 16:55
Retro
245
cafe & dining
Available in 5 colours, these bright and cheerful chairs will bring a breath of fresh air to any cafe or breakout space.The matching Dining Tables are made from solid wood and have a polypropylene top which is available in a choice of colours.
5year
guarantee
Retro Square Dining Table
Retro Round Dining Table
Retro Square Dining Table
Retro Wood Bar Stool
Retro Wood Café ChairCode Top Colour W x H x D mm £TRT5/A White 800 x 740 x 800 940TRT5/C Anthracite 800 x 740 x 800 940Beech Wood Legs
Code Top Colour H x Dia mm £TRT3/A White 740 x 700 551TRT3/B Sand 740 x 700 551TRT3/C Anthracite 740 x 700 551Beech Wood Leg with star base
Code Top Colour W x H x D mm £TRT1/A White 730 x 740 x 730 588TRT1/B Sand 730 x 740 x 730 588TRT1/C Anthracite 730 x 740 x 730 588Beech Wood Leg with star base
Code Seat Height W x H x D £GRT1 756 401 x 1069 x 533 488Solid beech frame chair with polypropylene seat and backrest
Code Seat Height W x H x D £MRT1 458 401 x 802 x 494 310Solid beech frame chair with polypropylene seat and backrest
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
TRT5/A TRT3/A TRT1/A
GRT1 MRT1
Seat & Backrest Colours
Retro Dining Table Top Colours
White
White
Light Grey
Red
Sand
Green
Anthracite
Yellow
A
D
B
E F
244-245 Gloss Tables & Retro (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 16:55
246
Storage and FilingYou will find the best solution for your workplace storage requirements over the following pages. Whether you need to store boxes or file documents, our Filing Cabinets, Cupboards and Side Opening Tambours will work for you. Tailor a cabinet with internal fitments to suspend your files, or shelves to hold your folders. You may wish to consider space saving tambour doors or, a narrower filing cabinet. The Contract option represents great value in office storage over a modest range of colours and sizes. Where as the Classic option has a more premium feel with ultra smooth openings and an increased choice of fitments. Please ask our sales team for further details. Whichever filing cabinet you opt for, rest assured that all come with guarantees of between 5 and 10 years, and are rigorously tested and approved.
2015 Range Highlights
MultimediaGot more than just files and folders to store? Our colourful range of Multidrawer and Media Storage cabinets from pages 259-260 should provide the solution.
LockersChoose from a large variety of bright and stylish lockers and storage cabinets.
The SystemFile™ Lodge can provide a multitude of solutions, with a vast choice of internals and accessories for further customisation, whilst maintaining design and quality.
Sliding DoorsEconomy sliding door cupboards, a flexible storage solution for a variety of file formats offering a breadth of height & width configurations.
SafesProtect your business from fire, with a variety of unrivalled fire resistant cabinets for the storage of documents and media.
246-247 Storage Filing Info - Contents (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:20
247
storage and filing contents
Sliding Door Cupboards Page 253
Classic Cupboards Page 256
Classic FilingPage 254
Side FilersPage 255
Contract TamboursPage 251
Contract Filing Page 248
Premier Filing Page 249
Filin
g C
abin
ets
Tam
bour
sC
upbo
ards
Syst
emFi
le
Lodg
es
Mul
tidra
wer
s
F Se
ries
Med
ia C
abin
et
Lock
ers
Plan
Che
sts
Safe
s
Contract Cupboards Page 250
SystemFile Page 258
Various Page 259
Filing Page 260
Storage Page 260
Fastrack Page 261
Steel Framed Page 267
VariousPage 268-269
Euro Tambours Page 252
StandardPage 262-263
Classic TambourPage 257
Contract FitmentsPage 251
Dangerous SubstancePage 265
Various PPE Page 266
Euro Fitments Page 252
Multi-purposePage 264
246-247 Storage Filing Info - Contents (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:20
Contract FilingHigh quality filing cabinets at economical prices, manufactured to meet British Standards for strength and stability. Fitted with recessed handles, drawer label holders, central locking and anti-tilt to prevent more than one drawer being opened at a time.
248
4 Drawer 3 Drawer 2 DrawerCode W x H x D (mm) £
AOC4 470 x 1321 x 622 296
Code W x H x D (mm) £
AOC3 470 x 1016 x 622 286
Code W x H x D (mm) £
AOC2 470 x 711 x 622 238
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
Black Coffee Cream
C/CBLKG/G5year
guarantee
BestSeller
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 35kg of hanging suspension files.
For use with suspension files only.
Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.
248-249 Contract FC - Premier Filing (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 11:51
3 Drawer Filing Cabinet 4 Drawer Filing CabinetCode W x H x D (mm) £
PSF2 470 x 711 x 622 274
Code W x H x D (mm) £
PSF3 470 x 1016 x 622 298
Code W x H x D (mm) £
PSF4 470 x 1321 x 622 312
2 Drawer Filing Cabinet
249
Premier FilingUnassuming in design, the PSF filing cabinet blends into the background and keeps the filing at bay. It boasts 100% drawer extension, smooth, resistance-free slides and an anti-tilt operation for safe, ultimate ease of use. Two, three and four-drawer versions are available.
storage and filing
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 40kg of hanging suspension files.
For use with suspension files only.
Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
Black Coffee Cream
Oxford Blue
C/CBLKG/G BLUE
5year
guarantee
Stocked in 4
colours
40kg drawer
load
248-249 Contract FC - Premier Filing (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 11:51
Contract CupboardsEconomy stationery cupboards are designed for a maximum storage capacity yet are efficient on space. Supplied with black dual purpose shelving which accommodates under-shelf filing. (330mm Centre)
250
Contract CupboardsCode W x H x D (mm) £
E402AO1 914 x 1000 x 400 262
1 Shelf
E722AO3 914 x 1806 x 400 343
3 Shelf
E782AO4 914 x 1950 x 400 397
4 Shelf
E198P1/BLK (Black Only) 26
Extra Dual Purpose Shelf
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
Coffee Cream
C/CG/G5year
guarantee
Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For full details of colour options available please contact our Sales Office.
Note: Stationery cupboards will only accommodate the Black dual purpose shelf E198P1.
250-251 Contract Cupboards - Contract Tambours (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:25
Contract Tamboursstorage and filing
The tambour cupboard represents great value and flexibility for office storage. Tambour doors open into the steel carcass saving on valuable office space. These tambour cupboards are supplied empty ready to accept internal fitments.
5year
guarantee
251Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Medium
Slotted Shelf
Low
Roll-out Suspension Filing Frame
Code Finish £
IME191SOTO/S Oak/Silver 702
IME191SOTB/S Beech/Silver 702
IME191SOTG/G Goose Grey 584
Code Description £
BBSP1 Grey as standard 37
Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance
height for items to be stored on the shelf.
W1000 H1968 D470W1000 H1651 D470
Dimensions (mm)
W1000 H1016 D470
Code Finish £
IME161SOTO/S Oak/Silver 665
IME161SOTB/S Beech/Silver 665
IME161SOTG/G Goose Grey 552
Code Description £
BSSPDP1 Slotted shelf 53
SHDV85P5PS Pack of 5 dividers 57
Allow 175mm for shelf and dividers plus
clearance for the items to be stored.
Code Finish £
IME101SOTO/S Oak/Silver 571
IME101SOTB/S Beech/Silver 571
IME101SOTG/G Goose Grey 451
Code Description £
ROSFF Single pack 138
Allow 258mm when used with standard
suspension files. Safety Note: Will only fit in
lower half of storage unit.
High
Standard Shelf
Stock Colours
Oak & Silver
Beech & Silver
Goose Grey
B/S
G/G
O/S
Lateral Filing Rail - Allow 285mm
Code Description £
ROSH Single pack 120
Code Description £
BUR Adjustment lateral file 48
Roll-out Shelf - Allow 60mm for shelf
250-251 Contract Cupboards - Contract Tambours (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:25
252 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stock Colours
Beech Doors
Silver Doors
Silver Shell
5year
guarantee
Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any units on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly.
Fitments available in black only.
Euro Tambours & Internal FitmentsDesigned specifically to a European format, Eurotambours provide optimum filing capacity to A4 size media. An expansive range of cabinet sizes and internal fittings enables efficient storage for selected filing applications.
storage and filing
EuroTambour - Silver
EuroTambour - Beech/ Silver
EuroTambour - Beech/ Silver
Standard Shelf
EuroTambour - Silver
Roll-out Frame
Code H x W x D (mm) £
ET410/102SIL 1030x1000x430 463
Complete with 2 shelves
Code H x W x D (mm) £
ET410/194SILBCH 1980x1000x430 663
Complete with 4 shelves
Code H x W x D (mm) £
ET410/102SILBCH 1030x1000x430 463
Complete with 2 shelves
Code Description £
ET410SHPS With undershelf filing 26
ET4SHDVCLIPONP3 Clip on shelf dividers 40
(pack of 3)
Code H x W x D (mm) £
ET410/194SIL 1980x1000x430 663
Complete with 4 shelves
Code Description £
ET410RFPS Roll out filing frame for A4 99
Roll-out Shelf Roll-out Drawer Lateral Filing RailCode Description £
ET410RSPS Roll out shelf 91Code Description £
ET410RD4PS 100mm roll out drawer 135
ET4DW4DP3PS Drawer dividers (pack of 3) 29
Code Description £
ET410LRPS Adjustment lateral file 28
252-253 Euro Tambours Fittings - Economy Sliding Door Cupboards (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:28
253
storage and filing
A perfect complement to our Eurotambours™ range, and offering a breadth of height and width configurations, Economy Sliding Door Cupboards provide a flexible storage solution for a variety of file formats.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Sliding Door Cupboards
Colours
Chalk
Light Grey
Silver
BlackGoose Grey
5year
guarantee
Top Box
Sliding Doors Cupboard
Sliding Doors Cupboard
Sliding Doors Cupboard
Code W x H x D (mm) £
SD412/08/1S 1200 x 839 x 430 392
Supplied with 1 shelf.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
SD412/19/4S 1200 x 1980 x 430 560
Supplied with 4 shelves.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
SD412/TB 1200 x 495 x 430 321
Supplied empty.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
SD412/17/3S 1200 x 1637 x 430 523
Supplied with 3 shelves.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
SD408/06/1S 800 x 695 x 430 321
Supplied with 1 shelf.
Code W x H x D (mm) £
SD412/11/2S 1200 x 1181 x 430 448
Supplied with 2 shelves
Sliding Doors Cupboard
Sliding Doors Cupboard
252-253 Euro Tambours Fittings - Economy Sliding Door Cupboards (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:29
Classic FilingWith a 10 year guarantee Bisley filing cabinets are built to last and feature a fully welded construction and double skin drawer fronts. The range includes two, three, four and five drawer versions. All cabinets listed are for foolscap filing; A4 cabinets (excluding 5 drawer version) are available for the same price but are not stock items so please allow 28 working days for delivery.
254
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
3 Drawer
5 Drawer
Code W x H x D (mm) £
BS2E 470 x 711 x 622 293
Code W x H x D (mm) £
BS4E 470 x 1321 x 622 395
Code W x H x D (mm) £
BS3E 470 x 1016 x 622 352
Code W x H x D (mm) £
BS5E 470 x 1511 x 622 498
2 Drawer
4 Drawer
Stock Colours
Goose Grey
Oxford Blue
Black
Chalk
Coffee Cream
C/CBLK
CHK
G/G
BLUE10
year guarantee
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 45kg of hanging suspension files.For use with suspension files only.Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.
45kgdraw
loading
254-255 Classic Filing - Side Filers (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:32
storage and filing
255
Side FilersBisley side filers are ideal where floor space is limited. The range incorporates all the design features of classic filing cabinets but with 30% greater capacity. The drawers, each supported by heavy duty slides enable 100% extension and accommodate one row of foolscap suspension files facing sideways or two rows of A4 files facing forwards. Label holders, height adjustment, anti-tilt and cross rails complete the standard features.
Stock Colour
Goose Grey
G/G5year
guarantee Note: Side filing cabinets are priced in Goose Grey only. For other available finishes and price details please contact Sales.
3 DrawerCode W x H x D £
08SF2 800 x 693 - 717 x 470 657
Code W x H x D £
08SF3 800 x 997 - 1021 x 470 844
Code W x H x D £
08SF4 800 x 1301 - 1325 x 470 1026
2 Drawer4 Drawer
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
254-255 Classic Filing - Side Filers (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:32
Classic Cupboard
256
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stock Colour
Goose Grey
G/G5year
guaranteeNote: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For prices and full details of colour options available please contact our sales office.
Standard Features Magnetic door catches and locks.
These all-purpose cupboards are available in three heights and are suitable for general storage and filing. Except for the A402W11 the units are supplied empty ready to accept storage fitments, which can be found on page 251.
Classic Cupboard Classic CupboardCode W x H x D £
A782W00 914 x 1968 x 457 441
Supplied empty
Code W x H x D £
A722W00 914 x 1806 x 457 352
Supplied empty
Code W x H x D £
A402W11 914 x 1016 x 457 317
Supplied with 1 shelf
Classic Cupboard
Seepage 251
for internalfittings
256-257 Classic Cupboard- Classic Tambour (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:35
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Classic Tambour
Classic Tambour
Classic Tambour
Code W x H x D (mm) £
AST87WG/G 1000 x 2229 x 470 881
Code W x H x D (mm) £
AST78WG/G 1000 x 1968 x 470 774
Code W x H x D (mm) £
AST40WG/G 1000 x 1016 x 470 560
257
Classic TambourBisley’s versatile side opening tambour cupboards have been designed to maximise storage capacity and make the most of valuable office space; because tambour doors retract into the cupboard side, they use up less space. A comprehensive range of internal fittings enables efficient storage for every application.
storage and filing
Stock Colour
Goose Grey
G/G10
year guarantee
Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For prices and full details of colour options available please contact our sales office.
Supplied Empty
Supplied Empty
Supplied Empty
Standard Features Fitted locksSee
page 251for internalfittings
256-257 Classic Cupboard- Classic Tambour (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:35
258
SystemFile™ Lodge storage and filing
Colours
Bisley SystemFile™ can provide a multitude of solutions, with a vast choice of internals and accessories for further customisation, all the while maintaining consistency of design and quality, crucial to the modern office. Designed as a high-density storage option for personal use, the 1000mm wide carcase can accommodate three rows of lockers and each compartment can be locked independently. The ergonomic swan-neck handle is just one example of how SystemFile™ lodges have been designed to integrate seamlessly with all other products within the range.
SystemFile™ Lodge SystemFile™ Lodge SystemFile™ LodgeCode £
SYL1034LTA2B 1014
3 x 12” plus 6 x 13.5” doors
1000 x 1301-1325 x 470 1000 x 1947-1971 x 470
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
1000 x 1149-1173 x 470
Code £
SYL1040LT3JA 1130
9 x 10.5” plus 3 x 12” doors
Code £
SYL1060LS5B 1098
5 pairs 13.5” doors
Illustrated are our best selling options, many other door configurations are available. Please call for details.
SystemFile™ Lodge SystemFile™ LodgeCode £
SYL1060LT5B 1392
15 x 13.5” doors
1000 x 1643-1667 x 470
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
1000 x 1947-1971 x 470
Code £
SYL1050LS3J2A 1031
6 x 10.5” plus 4 x 12” doors
10year
guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Light Red Orange
BlackOxford Blue
New Blue
PinkGreenYellowCoffeeCreamBeigeChalkEdinburghGraphiteGoose Grey
Light Grey
Silver
258-259 SystemFile Lodge - Multidrawers (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:37
storage and filing
Lower heights and simpler configurations, these Bisley multidrawers provide great value storage. Choose from five units and a choice of bases and clever insert trays which help to keep drawers tidy.
259
Multidrawers
10 Drawer5 DrawerCode W x H x D (mm) Drawer Height £
H296NL 279 x 590 x 380 87 148
Code W x H x D (mm) Drawer Height £
H2910NL 279 x 590 x 380 51 148
Code W x H x D (mm) Drawer Height £
H12/5NL 279 x 325 x 380 51 85
6 Drawer
Optional Plinth Base Optional Castor Base
Prices shown are for Standard Colours. Add 10% for Graphite, Silver or Oxford Blue. Add 15% for Pink, Light Red Orange, New Blue, Green or Yellow.
9 DrawerCode W x H x D (mm) Drawer Height £
H39/15NL 279 x 860 x 380 51 207
Code Description £
HMDPLNTH Plinth Base, Single 18
CB5 Castor Base, Single 55
Code W x H x D (mm) £
A4, 4 Compartment Tray, Single
227P5/1 215 x 51 x 340 13
A4, 9 Compartment Tray, Single
226P5/1 215 x 51 x 340 13
A4, 16 Compartment Tray, Single
225P5/1 215 x 51 x 340 13
A4, 24 Compartment Tray, Single
224P5/1 215 x 51 x 340 13
Code W x H x D (mm) £
A4, 4 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
227P5 215 x 51 x 340 65
A4, 9 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
226P5 215 x 51 x 340 65
A4, 16 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
225P5 215 x 51 x 340 65
A4, 24 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
224P5 215 x 51 x 340 65
Code W x H x D (mm) Drawer Height £
H39/9NL 279 x 860 x 380 87 207
15 Drawer Base Options
Stock Colour Special Order Colours
Goose Grey
Black Green Silver Graphite New Blue Coffee Cream
Light Red Orange
Oxford Blue
Pink Yellow Doulton Blue
White
G/G BLK GRN SIL GRP NBL C/C RED BLUEPNK YE D/B WHT
5year
guarantee
Optional Compartment Trays
Stock colours delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Special colours are delivered within 30 working days.*
258-259 SystemFile Lodge - Multidrawers (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:37
F SeriesF Series Filing cabinets provide complete flexibility for storing both A4 and Foolscap suspension files. 2 filing-drawers, 6 personal-drawers, 1 filing and 3 personal-drawer versions are available.
Media CabinetBisley media storage cabinets are specifically designed to store CDs, DVDs and videos. Each drawer can be divided into three rows to accommodate up to 120 CDs, 54 DVDs or 26 videos.
260 Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
Standard Features All drawers are fitted with anti-tilt safety devices and ball bearing slides for smooth opening. The design
also enables the plinth to be replaced with either castors or adjustable height levellers.
Prices shown are for Standard Colours.Add 10% for Graphite, Silver or Oxford Blue.
Add 15% for Pink, Light Red Orange, New Blue, Green, Yellow or White. Refer to page 259 for palette.
Code W x H x D £
MS4E 498 x 711 x 470 436
Castor Base For Media Cabinet
CB4 - Please specify as factory fitted 57
Video Pack - 4 Dividers 8 Compressor Plates
MSVP 35
CD Pack - 8 Dividers 12 Compressor Plates
MSCDP 56
Dividers - Pack of 4
MSDP4 16
Media Cabinet - 4 Drawers
Optional Castor Base DividersInsert Tray
2 Filing Drawers
Castor Base For F Series
Code W x H x D £
1F3E 470 x 711 x 470 294
Code W x H x D £
2FE 470 x 711 x 470 313
Code W x H x D £
F6E 470 x 711 x 470 287
1 Filing & 3 Storage Drawers 6 Storage Drawers
Code £
CB1 (Please specify as factory fitted) 50
Pack of 5 Compartment Plastic Insert TraysCode £
PIT522P5 Fits Storage Drawers 116
F Series Filing & Media Cabinet storage and filing
260-261 F Series Filing - Fasttrack Lockers (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 14:04
Fastrack LockersFastrack lockers are available in two sizes to cater for the demands of any requirement. Single door lockers are supplied with a shelf and hook (305mm) or rail (457mm), while two door lockers are supplied with one hanging hook per compartment. All lockers are guaranteed for 5 years and fully approved to BS EN 14073: Parts 2&3 and BS EN 14074.
261
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
1 Door Locker
4 Door Locker
2 Door Locker
6 Door Locker
Code W x H x D Colour £
CLK121G/G 305 x 1802 x 305 Goose Grey 120
CLK181G/G 305 x 1802 x 457 Goose Grey 146
CLK121G/B 305 x 1802 x 305 Blue/ Grey 120
CLK181G/B 305 x 1802 x 457 Blue/ Grey 146
Code W x H x D Colour £
CLK124G/G 305 x 1802 x 305 Goose Grey 187
CLK184G/G 305 x 1802 x 457 Goose Grey 203
CLK124G/B 305 x 1802 x 305 Blue/ Grey 187
CLK184G/B 305 x 1802 x 457 Blue/ Grey 203
Code W x H x D Colour £
CLK122G/G 305 x 1802 x 305 Goose Grey 143
CLK182G/G 305 x 1802 x 457 Goose Grey 174
CLK122G/B 305 x 1802 x 305 Blue/ Grey 143
CLK182G/B 305 x 1802 x 457 Blue/ Grey 174
Code W x H x D Colour £
CLK126G/G 305 x 1802 x 305 Goose Grey 226
CLK186G/G 305 x 1802 x 457 Goose Grey 248
CLK126G/B 305 x 1802 x 305 Blue/ Grey 226
CLK186G/B 305 x 1802 x 457 Blue/ Grey 248
Standard Features Flush surface, no protruding fixtures. Inset card holder. Camlock fitted, supplied with 2 keys. Ventilation holes in top & bottom for air circulation. Knock-outs provided for bolting together.
Pack of 5 Compartment Plastic Insert Trays
260-261 F Series Filing - Fasttrack Lockers (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 14:04
Standard LockersLockers have officially gone green on our selected range of Storage Lockers that contain Abbeysteel™ sustainably sourced steel lockers contain between 11-44% steel off-cut from the automotive industry reducing their CO2 footprint. The storage lockers also contain an anti-bacterial powder coating and are UK manufactured.
262
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1year
guarantee
Two Door Locker
Four Door Locker
Single Door Locker
Three Door Locker
Sloping Top
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830302 300 x 1800 x 300 124 244 398
1830452 300 x 1800 x 450 137 268 399
1845452 450 x 1800 x 450 159 NA NA
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830304 300 x 1800 x 300 149 294 439
1830454 300 x 1800 x 450 166 326 487
1845454 450 x 1800 x 450 192 NA NA
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
183030S 300 x 1800 x 300 99 192 286
183045S 300 x 1800 x 450 119 231 345
184545S 450 x 1800 x 450 142 NA NA
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830303 300 x 1800 x 300 136 265 397
1830453 300 x 1800 x 450 154 300 451
Code W x D £
ST3030 300 x 300 14
ST3045 300 x 450 16
ST4545 450 x 450 18
Supplied with a top shelf and double coat hook.
Supplied with no internal fittings
Must be ordered with lockers, and only available on single door and nest of 2 lockers. Locker stands available on request, please ask for details.
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with a double coat hook in each compartment
Door Colour Options. All Carcasses are Grey
Pastel Blue
Green
Dark Blue
Red
Grey
Yellow Maroon
262-263 Standard Lockers (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 13:03
Standard Lockers
263
storage and filing
Five Door Locker Six Door Locker
Eight Door Locker
Code W x H x D Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830305 300 x 1800 x 300 169 332 494
1830455 300 x 1800 x 450 183 362 537
Code W x H x D Single £
1830306 300 x 1800 x 300 182
1830456 300 x 1800 x 450 195
Code W x H x D Single £
1830308 300 x 1800 x 300 232
1830458 300 x 1800 x 450 255
Supplied with no internal fittings. Choice of two sizes available. 550mm deep lockers available, please ask for details. Nesting option not available
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with no internal fittings
Fitting for Padlock (Specify at time of order) FOC
Master Key 30
Hanging Rail 11
Number Plate and Key Fob 9
£1 Coin Return or Token Return Lock 39
Additional Keys 9
Electronic Combination Lock POA
4 Digit Combination Lock with Master Key POA
Options£
Nest of ThreeNest of TwoSingle Locker
4 Digit Mechanical Combination Lock with Master Key
Numbered Key Fob and Plate
Additional KeysMaster Key Electronic Combination Lock
Hanging Rail £1 Coin Return or Token Return Lock
Fitting for Padlock
262-263 Standard Lockers (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 13:03
Multi-purpose LockersIdeal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. These lockers come with a mix of vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage compartments.
264
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1year
guarantee
Clean & Dirty Locker
Twin Locker
Combi Locker
Two Person Locker
Code W x H x D £
1845CD 450 x 1800 x 450 160
Two vertical hanging compartments to separate workwear and
daywear. Integral seat and stands are available along with a sloping
top and lock options. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Code W x H x D £
1845TW 450 x 1800 x 450 189
This space saving unit accommodates two users each having a slim
vertical storage compartment with shelf and double coat hook. A
sloping top option available. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Code W x H x D £
1845N 450 x 1800 x 450 182
Ideal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. The locker
comes with a vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage
compartments. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Code W x H x D £
1845TP 450 x 1800 x 450 210
A space saving unit for two users. Each user would have a vertical
hanging and a personal possession compartment. Supplied with a
grey carcass.
Door Colour Options
GreyYellow Maroon Dark Blue
Red Pastel Blue
Green
264-265 Multi Purpose Lockers - Dangerous (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 14:06
These robust cabinets have been designed to offer good structural stability and safely contain spillages within the cabinets leak proof sump. Designed to provide safe and secure storage of chemicals, paints and hazardous substances as defined by COSHH guidelines. All cabinets conform to Health & Safety Executive Guide HSG51 & DSEAR 2002.
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1year
guarantee
Dangerous Substance Safety Cabinets
265
storage and filing
Mini Dangerous Substance Cabinets
Sloping Top Add On Stands with Adjustable Feet
Code W x H x D No. of Sump Sloping 3 Point £ Shelves Capacity Top Locking
243618CSC 915 x 610 x 457 1 30Ltr Option Yes 311
243615CSC 915 x 610 x 381 1 15Ltr - Yes 306
301818CSC 457 x 760 x 457 1 10Ltr - - 261
281812CSC 457 x 710 x 305 1 10Ltr - - 240
281412CSC 355 x 710 x 305 1 5Ltr - - 232
241818CSC 457 x 610 x 457 1 10Ltr - - 250
181812CSC 457 x 457 x 305 1 5Ltr - - 229
Heavy duty construction. Powder coated paint finish. Reinforced doors. Leak-proof cabinet base.
Code W x H x D £
3618STUCSC 915 x 150 x 457 84
Code W x H x D £
3618STCSC 915 x 533 x 457 112
1818STCSC 457 x 533 x 457 105
• GHS labelling, fully enforceable June 2015 • Chrome door handle • Powder coated paint finish, hi-vis yellow • Reinforced doors • Leak proof sump • 3 point locking
IMPORTANT NOTICE: In accordance with HSE guidelines and regulations, before these cabinets are placed into operational use, it is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the signage to be displayed is appropriate to the hazards associated with those chemicals or products to be stored within.
New GHS labelling will be supplied on dangerous substance cabinets, the primary label is the Flame meaning ‘Flammable’...
Additional alternative labelling supplied loose includes ‘Oxidizing’ and ‘Explosive’...
Labels are easy peel type to allow switching of the primary label. Additional GHS signage and chemical information segregation chart supplied within each cabinet.
Dangerous Substance CabinetsCode W x H x D No. of Sump Sloping 3 Point £ Shelves Capacity Top Locking
723618CSC 915 x 1830 x 457 3 36Ltr Option Yes 511
603618CSC 915 x 1525 x 457 2 36Ltr Option Yes 480
393618CSC 915 x 1000 x 457 1 30Ltr Option Yes 350
361818CSC 457 x 910 x 457 1 15Ltr - - 268
283618CSC 915 x 710 x 457 1 30Ltr Option Yes 320
Heavy duty construction. Powder coated paint finish. Reinforced doors.
Leak-proof cabinet base. 3 point locking.
264-265 Multi Purpose Lockers - Dangerous (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 14:06
PPE Lockers & CabinetsLockersThis robust design is ideal for industrial environments, these locker compartment doors are individually labelled with a “Personal Protective Equipment” mandatory label and incorporate a number plate holder. Product codes prefixed PPE will be supplied with a grey carcass and dark blue doors.
CabinetsExtra strength cabinets manufactured with a welded frame and reinforced doors. Each comes with 3 point security locking, and ‘Personal Protective Equipment’ labelling as standard.
266
storage and filing
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1year
guarantee
PPE Lockers Standard Features Hardwearing powder coated finish. Key cam lock or padlock option.Welded frame design. Seat & stand options available. Sloping top option.
Cabinet Labelling
Code £
PPE183030S 104
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE183045S 128
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied with a shelf & double
coat hook.
Code £
PPE723618W 371
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
Supplied with an adjustable
hanging rail shelf.
Code £
PPE1830302 132
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE1830452 144
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied with double coat hook to
each compartment.
Code £
PPE723618C 381
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
Supplied with 3 adjustable
shelves.
Code £
PPE1830304 163
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE1830454 182
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied without internal Fittings.
Code £
PPE723618CE 425
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
Supplied with a vertical hanging
compartment & individual storage.
Code £
PPE1830306 201
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
PPE1830456 212
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied without internal Fittings.
Code £
PPE393618C 292
W.915 x H.1000 x D.457
Complete with one adjustable shelf.
Code £
PPE361818C 187
W.457 x H.910 x D.457
Complete with two adjustable shelves.
Single Door Locker
Wardrobe
Two Door Locker
General Storage
Four Door Locker
Clothing & Equipment
Six Door Locker
Double Door Cabinet
Single Door Cabinet
266-267 PPE - Plan Chests (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 14:09
A0 Square Frame Plan ChestsCode W x H x D Description £
PC8 A1 992 x 830 x 707 8 Drawers 612
PC6 A1 992 x 830 x 707 6 Drawers 467
PC3 A1 992 x 830 x 707 3 Drawers 351
PC1 A1 992 x 830 x 707 1 Drawer 320
Will accommodate paper size 841mm x 594mm
Code W x H x D Description £
PC8 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 8 Drawers 837
PC6 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 6 Drawers 640
PC3 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 3 Drawers 422
PC1 A0 1340 x 830 x 960 1 Drawer 371
Will accommodate paper size 1189mm x 841mm
A1 Square Frame Plan Chests
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
5year
guarantee
267
MFC Colours
Oak Beech Silver Metalwork
Top Panel: 18mm with 2mm edge
Leg Frame: 25mm Square Tubing
B/S SO/S
A1 & A0 Plan Chests. With 1, 3, 6 and 8 drawer options. Using quality materials to build budget and cost effective furniture.
storage and filing Plan Chests
25mm square
legs
266-267 PPE - Plan Chests (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 14:09
Code W x H x D (mm) Drawers Weight £
FS2252K 530 x 805 x 675 2 145kg 1178
FS2252E 530 x 805 x 675 2 145kg 1308
FS2254K 530 x 1495 x 675 4 266kg 1730
FS2254E 530 x 1495 x 675 4 266kg 1863
FSDPI08 Data Protection Insert 19kg 351
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 90 Minutes fire protection for paper records & data when FSDPI08 is used. Water resistant seals prevent damage to contents against sprinkler systems. Able to accommodate Foolscap, A4 & A5 files using width adjustable rails. Independent drawer locking allows any combinations of open or locked drawers.
Insert for FS1512K/E, FS1513K/E, FS1902E & FS1903E £
FSDPIO3 311
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
FS1511K 600 x 1220 x 520 230 71kg 935
FS1511E 600 x 1220 x 520 230 71kg 1023
FS1512K 930 x 1220 x 520 359 90kg 1203
FS1512E 930 x 1220 x 520 359 90kg 1290
FS1513K 930 x 1950 x 520 615 142kg 1500
FS1513E 930 x 1950 x 520 615 142kg 1580
FS1514K 1250x1950x520 815 210kg 1870
FS1514E 1250x1950x520 815 210kg 1963
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 30 Minutes fire protection for paper records. High security VDS Class 1 key lock or electronic locking with LED display. Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. Height adjustable shelves that also include hanging rails for lateral files.
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
FS1271E 410 x 308 x 342 16 26kg 239
FS1272E 352 x 420 x 433 25 36kg 280
FS1273E 404 x 522 x 440 36 53kg 343
60 Minutes fire protection for paper records & digital media, DVD’s & USB sticks. Recommended for £2,000 overnight cash cover or £20,000 for valuables. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code. Drop tested from 9.1 meters & suitable for base fixing (bolts supplied).
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
FS1901E 655 x 1250 x 560 163 228kg 1510
FS1902E 775 x 1715 x 650 380 388kg 2413
FS1903E 1124 x 1770 x 700 699 548kg 3678
120 Minutes fire protection for paper records & 60 minutes for digital media. Recommended for £2,500 overnight cash cover or £25,000 for valuables. Large capacity storage with height adjustable shelves & lockable drawer unit. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code.
World Class Vertical Fire File FS2250K/E Series
Data Protection
Fire Ranger FS1510K/E Series
Titan II FS1270E
Fire Commander FS1900E Series
268
Fire Resistant Safes storage and filing
Protect your business from fire, with a variety of unrivalled fire resistant cabinets for the storage of documents and media. All our safes are independently tested to European standards.
Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
Prices quoted are for ground floor delivery & position (no steps) in 3-7 days. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
All fire safes are covered by a 2 year manufacturers warranty & free lifetime after fire replacement warranty.
FS2254E FS2252K FSDPI08
FS1902E FS1903E
Shown with optional data protection insert FSDPI03
FS1901E
£2.5K
FSDPI03
FS1271E FS1273E FS1272E
£1.5K
£2K
Fantastic Value
FS1511E FS1513K FS1514K/E FS1512K
268-269 Safes (15).indd 1 26/11/2014 14:14
2year
guarantee
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
SS0721E 240 x 180 x 170 5 3.5kg 72
SS0722E 310 x 200 x 200 8.5 6kg 82
SS0723E 350 x 250 x 250 18 8kg 99
SS0724E 450 x 250 x 365 33.8 16kg 137
Recommended for £1,000 overnight cash cover or £10,000 for valuables. High quality electronic locking with override key lock (2 keys supplied). Twin locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
SS0935E 350 x 250 x 250 14 13kg 152
SS0936E 437 x 190 x 380 22 15kg 172
SS0937E 370 x 560 x 445 75 30kg 274
Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. High security electronic and credit card swipe lock with LED display. Twin motorized locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Code Description Colour £
SC1001KB Price shown for Pack of 16 Cases Black 736
SC1001KW Price shown for Pack of 16 Cases White 736
Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. High security electronic and credit card swipe lock with LED display. Twin motorized locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
(46 each)
(46 each)
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
SS1181K 350 x 220 x 170 8 20kg 229
SS1181E 350 x 220 x 300 8 20kg 467
SS1182K 450 x 350 x 350 28 38kg 335
SS1182E 450 x 350 x 350 28 38kg 575
SS1183K 450 x 550 x 350 43 54kg 433
SS1183E 450 x 550 x 350 43 54kg 673
ECB.S Certified & AiS (Association of Insurance Surveyors) Approved
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). Tested to European S2 Security Standard (EN14450) providing £4,000 cash cover and £40,000 valuable cover. Anti drill plates for added security. High security VDS Class 1 double bitted key lock or electronic lock & time delay. Ready prepared for floor fixing (bolts supplied for concrete).
Code W x H x D (mm) Litres Weight £
KS0031E 300 x 280 x 100 30 5kg 117
KS0032E 300 x 365 x 100 48 9kg 124
KS0033E 430 x 660 x 130 144 19kg 204
High quality electronic locking with override key lock (2 keys supplied). Suitable for 30, 48 & 144 keys. Coloured key rings & tags supplied. Key deposit slot allows keys to be deposited without opening the safe. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Compact Home/Office SS0720E Series
Saracen SS0935E Series
iPad Security Case SC1000K Series
Fortress II SS1180K/E Series
Electronic Key Safes KS0030E Series
storage and filing
269
Safes
Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
Ideal for Education
KS0032E
Key Deposit Slot
KS0033E KS0031E
SS0935E SS0936ESS0937E
SS1181K SS1182E SS1183K/E
SC1001KB SC1001KW
Key
Recommended Insurance Rating
Water Resistant
Fitted with Electronic Lock
CE Certified
Fire Resistant for CD/DVD/USB
Fire Resistant for Data
Provides Fire Protection for paper
Fitted with Alarm
Fitted with Keylock
Drop Test Approved
Optional Fingerprint Lock
Suitable for 17” Laptop
SS0723E
SS0724E
SS0722E
SS0721E
268-269 Safes (15).indd 2 26/11/2014 14:14
270
Whilst most existing school furniture will pass BS EN 1729 part 2, the fundamental changes to compliant furniture design are in BS EN 1729 part 1. This relates to the appropriate size, shape and ergonomic design of classroom furniture in maintaining good posture and reducing RSI and back pain in school children.
To help you select furniture that complies to British and European standards, the Sizemark table indicates which fixed seat and table heights are suitable for the child’s age and size.To ensure you purchase the most accurate height furniture for the individual child in compliance with the standards, we recommend that you measure the Stature and Popliteal height of the child.
This year we have maintained the wide variety of educational products, with all the information you require detailed clearly.
Whether you require a chair, stool or bench the choices provided in the following pages will allow you to choose from plastics to fabrics, the correct size and a suitable colour.
The tables are available in a range of shapes, sizes and colours with differing heights for differing applications, such as classrooms or canteens. Choose from hardwearing tops, foldaway frames or ones that stack for ease of storage.
1 2 3 4 5 6SIZE MARK
3 - 4 4 - 6 6 - 8 8 - 11 11 - 14 14 - AdultAGE RANGE
POHEIG 250 - 280 280 - 315 315 - 355 355 - 405 405 - 435 435 - 485PLITEAL
HT RANGE
930 - 1150 1080 - 1210 1190 - 1420 1330 - 1590 1460 - 1765 590 - 1880STATURE RANGE
590 710 760 900 1000 1000STANDING TABLE HEIGHT
460 530 590 640 710 760TABLE HEIGHT
260 310 350 380 430 460CHAIR HEIGHT
COLOUR CODE
ORANGE FEET
VIOLET FEET
YELLOW FEET
RED FEET
GREEN FEET
BLUE FEET
StandingWorkHeight
Guide to furniture sizingTo assist with purchasing the correct size of table in relation to the user, and the correct chair in relation to the table, we have provided the Sizemark guide.
All products sold over the following pages are in compliance with British and European Standards for “Chairs and tables for educational institutions” that were approved in 2007.The latest additions are:BSEN 1729 part 1 - Functional dimensionsBSEN 1729 part 2 - Safety requirements and test methods
Popliteal HeightDefines the correct seat height. The measurement is taken from the floor to the back of the knee when seated, with thighs horizontal and lower leg vertical with feet flat to the floor.
StatureIs from floor to the top of the head.
Sitting Work HeightDefines the correct table height. The measurement is determined by sitting elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow whilst sitting with the upper arm vertical and the lower arm horizontal.
Standing Work HeightDefines the correct standing table height. The measurement is determined by standing elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow of a standing person with the upper arm vertical and lower arm horizontal.
Education
270-271 Education Intro - Contents (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 12:22
education contents
271
Cla
ssro
om C
hairs
Cla
ssro
om
Tabl
esSt
orag
eC
loak
room
Cla
ssro
om S
ets
Bench SeatingPage 319
PosturaPage 284
Computer TrolleysPage 301
Mobile BookPage 308-309
LockersPage 316-317
Crush Bent & Fully Welded - VariousPage 294-295
Cloakroom SeatingPage 319
Crush Bent & Fully Welded - VariousPage 292-293
TitanPage 282-283
EnviroPage 300
Jumbo/ Extra Deep TrayPage 307
Paper StoragePage 315
Low Height LockersPage 318
Copenhagen RangePage 275
Premium NurseryTables
Page 291
ST ChairPage 280-281
High Chairs Page 287
EquationPage 299
Variety TrayPage 306
Nexus CurvePage 314
Siena RangePage 274
Chair 2000 Page 279
WSM Stools Page 287
Equation Leaf Page 298
Nexus Library UnitPage 313
Standard NurseryTables
Page 290
Tub TablesPage 288
Stacking PolyPage 276-277
Geo PolyPage 285
Craft TablesPage 296
BudgetPage 302-303
Curve Storage & Seating
Page 310-311
Shaped Range Page 272
Bergen RangePage 273
NPPage 278
StoolsPage 286
Exam TablesPage 297
Shallow &Combination Tray
Page 304-305
Nexus BookcasesPage 312
Enviro Early YearsPage 289
270-271 Education Intro - Contents (15).indd 2 02/12/2014 12:22
Shaped Tables
272
classroom tables & chairs
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Create an interesting environment with these fun shaped, solid beech tables with hygienilac lacquer and safe rounded edges. The unique table shapes are ideal for group activities.
Colour
Tables
Beech Stacking Chairs
Beech Stacking Chairs
Code Description (H x W x D) £
TS48020 Helicopter 460/530 x 1500 x 1500 813
TS48021 Flower 460/530 x 1200 x 1200 717
TS48022 Horseshoe 460/530 x 1600 x 1500 1005
TS48023 Squiggle 460/530 x 1500 x 1500 957
Code Age (approx) Seat Height (mm) £
CK40255 3-4 years 260 62
CK40256 4-6 years 310 64
Code Description Seat Height (mm) £
CS43019 Chair 260 75
CS43024 Chair 310 81
Helicopter
Flower
Horseshoe
Squiggle
CSS43019
2year
guarantee
3year
guarantee
3year
guarantee
CK40255
SafeRounded Edges!
Beech
272-273 Beech Shaped Bergen (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:41
Bergen
273
classroom tables & chairs
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Bergen chairs and tables bring a fresh and exciting addition to any nursery. The chairs have a solid beech frame with laminated beech seats and backs.The tables have wipe clean scuff-resistant beech laminate tops and lacquered rounded edges. An extremely smart and practical long-lasting solution. Available in three chair heights: 26, 31 and 35cm plus a full size teacher’s chair at SH46cm, making this range even suitable for primary schools. Three table shapes, rectangular, trapezoidal and circular in three heights to match the chairs, 46, 53 and 59cm. Simple self-assembly required. Please specify your table height with your order.
Code Description Seat Height (mm) £
CS43019 Chair 260 75
CS43024 Chair 310 81
CS43025 Chair 350 84
CS43026 Chair 380 87
CS43023 Teacher’s Chair 460 108
Code Description (W x D) £
TS48000 Rectangular Table 1200 x 600 230
TS48001 Trapezoidal Table 1200 x 600 243
TS48002 Circular Table Dia 105cm 278
TablesChairs
Matching Heights (mm)Chair Seat Table260 460310 530350 590380 640
3year
guarantee
272-273 Beech Shaped Bergen (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:41
Siena Range
274
classroom tables & chairs
Siena Colours
Siena ChairsCode Description £FU07007 Red - 21cm 44FU07008 Royal Blue - 21cm 44FU07006 Green - 21cm 44FU07010 Red - 26cm 47FU07011 Royal Blue - 26cm 47FU07009 Green - 26cm 47FU07013 Red - 31cm 49FU07014 Royal Blue - 31cm 49FU07012 Green - 31cm 49FU07016 Red - 35cm 51FU07017 Royal Blue - 35cm 51FU07015 Green - 35cm 51FU07019 Red - 38cm 53FU07020 Royal Blue - 38cm 53FU07018 Green - 38cm 53FU07022 Red - 46 cm 65FU07023 Royal Blue - 46cm 65FU07021 Green - 46cm 65
21cm 26cm 31cm 35cm 38cm 46cm
1year
guarantee
Chairs from only
£44
FU07047
Siena ChairsRobust, practical and attractive this chair will easily withstand the daily rigours of the classroom. The plastic moulded one piece seat & back have been designed to promote the correct sitting posture. Chairs are delivered fully assembled. In minimum quantities of 4.
• Chunky 38mm tubular metal coloured legs.• Quality one-piece moulded contemporary seat.• Fitted with anti-scuff feet.
Siena TablesCode Description £FU07040 Rectangular 4 seater - Red 90 x 60cm 231FU07041 Rectangular 4 seater - Royal Blue 90 x 60cm 231FU07039 Rectangular 4 seater - Green 90 x 60cm 231FU07045 Rectangular 6 seater - Red 120 x 60cm 305FU07046 Rectangular 6 seater - Royal Blue 120 x 60cm 305FU07044 Rectangular 6 seater - Green 120 x 60cm 305FU07037 Rectangular 8 seater - Red 150 x 60cm 336FU07038 Rectangular 8 seater - Royal Blue 150 x 60cm 336FU07031 Flower 6 seater - Red 120cm dia. 420FU07032 Flower 6 seater - Royal Blue 120cm dia. 420FU07030 Flower 6 seater - Green 120cm dia. 420FU07049 Round - 4 seater - Red 120cm dia. 326FU07048 Round - 4 seater - Royal Blue 120cm dia. 326FU07047 Round - 4 seater - Green 120cm dia. 326
Siena TablesTables have height adjustable legs between 37-62cm. Extremely sturdy 45mm diameter metal tube legs. Edges have a hard-wearing vinyl and T-moulded colour co-ordinated banding. Legs have a durable powder coated paint finish and 30mm mdf wood veneered top. Non-scuff floor protection cups to bottom of table legs.
FU07044
Green
Royal Blue
Red
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
274-275 Siena & Copenhagen (15).indd 1 04/12/2014 11:42
Copenhagen Range
275
classroom tables & chairs
Code Description £
FU07058 Red - 21cm 51
FU07057 Blue - 21cm 51
FU07060 Red - 26cm 53
FU07059 Blue - 26cm 53
FU07062 Red - 31cm 55
FU07061 Blue - 31cm 55
FU07064 Red - 35cm 57
FU07063 Blue - 35cm 57
FU07066 Red - 38cm 76
FU07065 Blue - 38cm 76
FU07067 Blue - 46cm 76
FU07068 Red - 46cm 76
Code Description £
FU07074 Group - 6 seater Red 180 x 120cm 630
FU07073 Group - 6 seater Blue 180 x 120cm 630
FU07072 Flower - 6 seater Red 120cm dia. 420
FU07071 Flower - 6 seater Blue 120cm dia. 420
FU07082 Round - 4 seater Red 90cm dia. 357
FU07081 Round - 4 seater Blue 90cm dia. 357
FU07080 Rectangular - 4 seater Red 90 x 60cm 273
FU07079 Rectangular - 4 seater Blue 90 x 60cm 273
FU07076 Rectangular - 6 seater Red 120 x 60cm 336
FU07075 Rectangular - 6 seater Blue 120 x 60cm 336
FU07078 Rectangular - 8 seater Red 150 x 60cm 368
FU07077 Rectangular - 8 seater Blue 150 x 60cm 368
Copenhagen TablesCopenhagen Chairs
1year
guarantee
FU7078
Copenhagen ChairsThese chairs are designed to be both robust and sturdy, and able to withstand the busy classroom environment. Chairs are delivered fully assembled in minimum orders of four.
• 1cm thick solid wooden plywood seat base & back support.• Fully stackable.• Double bars beneath seat ensures extra rigidity to the design.
Chairs from only
£51
Copenhagen TablesThese sturdy, chunky tables have been designed to be both practical and attractive. Tables are delivered flat packed for easy self assembly. They feature height adjustable legs which extend from 37-62cm. Matching colour co-ordinating chairs and storage solutions are available within the range.
• Sturdy 3.4cm metal powder coated legs.• Quality sealed, pinned & drilled vinyl edging strip.• Fitted with rubber and anti-scuff low noise feet.
200kg max.weight tolerance
21cm 26cm 31cm 35cm 38cm 46cm
FU07073
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
274-275 Siena & Copenhagen (15).indd 2 04/12/2014 11:42
Poly Chairs
276
classroom tables & chairs
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
The lightly textured Polypropylene chairs are produced at the highest quality and are also supplied in a number of colours.
They are moulded to the shape of a comfortable sitting position giving you the correct body posture.
This chair meets EN1729 parts 1 and 2 requirements and can be stacked with great stability up to 20 seats high.
Poly ChairsCode Size Seat Height Age £
ACE 5 430mm 9-13 31
ACF 6 460mm 14-Adult 32
Can be stacked with great stability
Seat Colours
Frame Colours
5year
guarantee
Stock Economy Poly ChairsCode Size Frame Colour Seat Height Age £
AC3/BLK 5 Black Frame 430mm 14-Adult 27
AC3/BLUE 5 Black Frame 430mm 14-Adult 27
Seat Colours FramePetrol Blue
Black Black 1year
guarantee
Options - ACF and ACE chairs only
Lecture Tablet
Top Bar
Seat & Back Pad
Tubular
Seat Pad
Code £
Lecture Tablet: ACF L Add 33
Lecture Tablet: ACE L Add 33
Seat & Back Pad: ACF SBP Add 38
Seat & Back Pad: ACE SBP Add 38
Seat Pad: ACF SP Add 19
Seat Pad: ACE SP Add 19
Top Bar: TBL Add 8
Tubular: TL Add 7
Stock economy chairs are delivered within 15 working days. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Red
Light Grey
Purple
Black Dark Grey Light Grey Smooth Silver
Green
Brown
Petrol Blue
Black
Burgundy
Orange
Charcoal
Hi Green
Beige
Hi Blue
White
Yellow
276-277 Poly Chairs (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 10:01
Advanced Poly Chairs
277
classroom tables & chairs
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Classic educational polypropylene chair with the distinctive hand hole for easy handlingThis range comes in a number of sizes and colours to meet the needs of all educational requirements.
They are moulded to the shape of a comfortable sitting position giving you the correct body posture.
These chairs meet the EN1729 parts 1 and 2 requirements and can be stacked with great stability up to 10 high.
This range of chairs can also be supplied linked.
•Availableinawidechoiceofframeandseat colours.
•Sturdysteelframeandeasystacking.
Classroom Chairs from
only £27
Colours
Frame Colours
5year
guarantee
Code Size Seat Height Age £
ACA 1 260mm 2-3 27
ACB 2 310mm 3-5 28
ACC 3 350mm 5-7 29
ACD 4 380mm 7-9 30
Advanced Poly Chairs
Hi Red
Black
Hi Green
Dark Grey
Hi Blue
Light Grey
Yellow
Smooth Silver
Charcoal
276-277 Poly Chairs (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 10:01
NP Chairs
278
classroom tables & chairs
Upholstered Seat Pad only
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad
For added comfort our seat and back pads are available in a variety of hardwearing and attractive fabrics.
Options Available Code £
Upholstered Seat Pad only: SP Add 21
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad: SBP Add 41
One of our Best Sellers
Frame Colour
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
In daily use in thousands of UK schools, the NP represents value for moneyAvailable in six sizes and 10 colour options, the NP is particularly comfortable with its well defined lumbar support back.• Available in a wide choice of vibrant seat colours.• Available in six European standard size marks.• Robust frame and easily stackable upto 8 high.
Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey as standard. Other frame colours
available on request.
Options only available with 430mm & 460mm (age 11+) chairs
Seat Colours
Fabric Colours
5year
guarantee
Red
Purple
Deep Blue
Spring Leaf
Tangerine
Blue
Lilac
Carnation Mineral
Green Charcoal Tangy Green Yellow Orange
Soft Blue
Slate Lupin Midas
Chairs from only
£34
NP Classroom ChairsCode Size Seat Height Age £NP1 1 260mm 3-4 34NP2 2 310mm 4-6 34NP3 3 350mm 6-8 40NP4 4 380mm 8-11 42NP5 5 430mm 11-14 43NP6 6 460mm 14-Adult 45
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
278-279 NP & 2000 Chairs (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 10:06
Chair 2000
279
classroom tables & chairs
With classic looks this is one of our top sellers for schoolsIt is a top-of-range classroom chair designed by cfg, the UK’s leading designer of school furniture. Chair 2000 has a classic look and feel with simple lines which support posture across all ages. The chair is extremely strong and durable and provides excellent value for money, with a range of accessories to suit any applications.Chair 2000 is also available as a stylish height adjustable swivel chair. The gas lift system is well balanced for use by teenagers to adults.
Stylish Height
Adjustable Chair
Code Size Seat Height Age £2017 1 260mm 3-4 482018 2 310mm 4-6 482019 3 350mm 6-8 492015 4 380mm 8-11 512020 5 430mm 11-14 562021 6 460mm 14-Adult 59
Code Seat Height Age £2077 430-560mm 14-Adult 205
Code Size Seat Height Age £2040 5 430mm 11-14 702041 6 460mm 14-Adult 71
Chair 2000
Height Adjustable Swivel Chair
Skid Base Chair
OptionsDescription Code £
Upholstered Seat SPB Add 41
Pad & Back Pad: (430, 460mm & Swivel)
2077with Castors
Stackable upto 8 high
Seat Colours
Fabric Colours
Red
Purple
Deep Blue
Spring Leaf
Tangerine
Blue
Lilac
Carnation Mineral
Green Charcoal Tangy Green Yellow Orange
Soft Blue
Slate Lupin Midas
Frame Colour
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
5year
guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
278-279 NP & 2000 Chairs (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 10:06
ST Chair
280
classroom tables & chairs
ST ChairsCode Size Seat Height Age £ST1 1 260mm 3-4 40ST2 2 310mm 4-6 41ST3 3 350mm 6-8 47ST4 4 380mm 8-11 47ST5 5 430mm 11-14 61ST6 6 460mm 14-Adult 62
Smooth lines give a clean shape which is both comfortable and supportive across all age ranges. This chair has no separate underframe so boasts an excellent 15 year guarantee. The ST represents style, durability and value - and it’s a great stacker too!
•Thestylishovaltubelegsaresuppliedin Duraform Speckled Light Grey as standard.
•15yearguarantee.
•FullycomplywithallelementsofBS/EN1729 Parts 1 & 2.
Extrastrongunder carriage for long-life and durability
Excellent 15 year
guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
280-281 ST Chair (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 10:11
ST Chair
281
classroom tables & chairs
Features• ‘S’ shaped back for correct lumbar support.
• Safe and stable stacking when not in use.
• Long life anti-slip feet.
• Ergonomicallydesignedforcorrectposture.
• Strength and durability - no separate under-frame.
• Smooth curves with no sharp edges for safety.
• Super Stacker upto 10 high.
Options Available Code £
Linking Device: LD Add 12
Upholstered Seat Pad: SP Add 21
Linking Device Joins chairs together as required in public performance situations.
Options only available with 430mm & 460mm (age 11+) chairs
Upholstered Seat Pad Available in a variety of fabrics.
Seat Colours
FabricColours
Red
Purple
DeepBlue
Spring Leaf
Tangerine
Blue
Lilac
Carnation Mineral
Green Charcoal Tangy Green Yellow Orange
SoftBlue
Slate Lupin Midas
FrameColour
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
15year
guarantee
Fantastic Quality &
Value!
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
280-281 ST Chair (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 10:11
Titan Chairs
282
classroom tables & chairs
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Manufactured to a European Standard (EN 1729 Part 1) that first and foremost sets out to encourage good posture for our children. EN 1729 Part 1 is the standard which sets chair dimensions, heights, angles and back support contact points for every age group.
Good posture not only means children will be healthier - it also means that they should be more comfortable and therefore more attentive in class.
• Sizes 5 & 6 now tested to 25 stone weight allowance. • See opposite page for options.
Titan One Piece Polypropylene Chairs
Titan+ Antibacterial Polypropylene Chairs
Code Size Seat Height Age £T2 2 310mm 3-5 years 32T3 3 350mm 5-7 years 38T4 4 380mm 7-9 years 40T5 5 430mm 9-13 years 46T6 6 460mm 13 + years 47
Code Size Seat Height Age £T1A 1 260mm 1-2 years 46T2A 2 310mm 3-5 years 49T3A 3 350mm 5-7 years 52T4A 4 380mm 7-9 years 56T5A 5 430mm 9-13 years 57T6A 6 460mm 13 + years 59
Built for the toughest classrooms
Seat Colours for sizes 1-4 Seat Colours for sizes 5 & 6
That’s it...I’m off to another school
this one has Titan+
That’s it...I’m off to another school
this one has Titan+
Black Fully Recycled
Titan Antibacterial Classroom Chairs • The Titan+ antibacterial chair will kill 99.9% of bacteria including MRSA and E-coli on touch.
• Protection is guaranteed for 10 years.
• 100% safe to humans, subject to independent antibacterial lab testing.
• The Titan+ is highly recommended not only for use within the classroom but also in eating areas canteen and refectories.
• Prevents fungal growth.
Our Achievements+ The Titan+ will help to safeguard the health of your students and school community.
+ Titan have carried out extensive research to bring you the chair of the future today.
+ Give parents the peace of mind knowing that the Titan+ is the chair that their children will be using in the classroom.
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T5 & T6 only Charcoal - Sizes T6, T5, T4 & T3 onlyNon stock colours available to order.
Titan Seat Colours
15year
guarantee
10year
guarantee
Charcoal Green Grey PurpleYellow Blue Burgundy Lime GreenRed Sky Orange Black
Lime Sky Blue Orange Yellow Blue Charcoal
282-283 Titan Chairs (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 10:20
Titan Chairs
283
classroom tables & chairs
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Titan 4 Leg• The super strong Titan 4 Leg chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate 4 leg classroom chair.• Moulded from a one piece high impact polypropylene shell, bolted to a super strong oval tube steel frame makes the chair almost unbreakable.
Titan Skid Base• The Titan Skid Base chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate skid base classroom chair.• Shells are available in 11 vibrant colours with the frames epoxy coated in a modern silver finish.
Titan Reverse Cantilever• Incredibly strong the Titan Reverse Cantilever Chair is available in 4 seat heights. This ultimate cantilever classroom chair is designed to withstand heavy day to day use.
Titan Swivel• The Titan Swivel chair with solid polished chrome bases and a choice of either glides or castors. • Titan gas lifts are guaranteed to withstand users up to 25 stone and offer simple seat height adjustment.
Titan Folding Exam DeskThe Titan exam desk has been developed with a textured high impact injection moulded polypropylene top, making them not only stable but also graffiti proof. The tops are manufactured from a one-piece recyclable injected moulded polypropylene, with black support legs as standard.A desk trolley is available - ask for details.
Code Size Seat Height Age £T13 3 350mm 5-7 years 35T14 4 380mm 7-9 years 35T15 5 430mm 9-13 years 39T16 6 460mm 13+ years 40
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes
Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T15 & T16 Only
Code Size Seat Height Age £T23 3 350mm 5-7 years 39T24 4 380mm 7-9 years 40T25 5 430mm 9-13 years 42T26 6 460mm 13+ years 43
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes
Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T25 & T26 Only
Code Seat Height Age £T80 350mm 5-7 years 75T81 380mm 7-9 years 75T82 430mm 9-13 years 80T83 460mm 13+ years 82
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes
Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T82 & T83 Only
Code Description Seat Height Adjustment Age £T30 Junior Shell 355mm-420mm 5-11 years 105T35 Junior Shell 460mm-600mm 11+ years 108
Note: All colours available for adult sizes
Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - Junior Size
Code W x H x D Colour £T10B 600 x 710 x 600mm Blue 64T10C 600 x 710 x 600mm Charcoal 64
Code Seat Height £T90 445mm 66T91 560mm 66T92 610mm 70T93 685mm 70Not available in Sky, Orange, Lime Green, Yellow or Burgundy.
Not advised for use on ultra grip flooring.
Titan 4 Leg
Titan Skid Base
Titan Reverse Cantilever
Titan Swivel
Titan Folding Exam Desk
Titan Ultimate Stool
Options Available Code £
Chair Trolley: T40 285
Linking Clip: T7 4
Seat Pad: TSP 33
Seat Colours
10year
guarantee
Chair TrolleyAllows chairs to be moved easily.
Linking ClipFor linking chairs together.
Seat PadUpholstered pad available in Camira fabric or vinyl.
Charcoal
Sky
Green
Orange
Yellow
Grey
Blue
Lime Green
Red
Burgundy
Black
Purple
282-283 Titan Chairs (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 10:21
Postura Plus Chair
284
classroom tables & chairs
A practical choice for your classroom, made from polypropylene, available in a choice of colours and heights. The Postura Plus chairs are anti-static and stain resistant. The ergonomic design helps children concentrate for longer periods. 100% recyclable.
Stacks up to 12 high
Anti-static and stain resistant Postura Chairs
Code W x D Seat Height £CS43400 280 x 250mm 260mm 40CS43401 280 x 250mm 310mm 41CS43402 340 x 315mm 350mm 42CS43403 435 x 460mm 380mm 44CS43405 470 x 515mm 430mm 49CS43406 510 x 550mm 460mm 53
Seat Colours
Poppy Red
Powder Blue
Sun Yellow
Grape Crush
Ink Blue Iron Grey
Ash Grey Aqua Blue*
Forest Green
Lime Zest
Slate Grey Orange Burst*
Pink Candy*
Almond White*10
year guarantee
*Available in certain seat heights, with an extended lead time. Contact us for details.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
284-285 Postura Geo Poly (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 10:32
Geo Poly
285
classroom tables & chairs
6year
guarantee
The Geo range of chairs, a modern, ergonomic and robust addition to our poly range. The Geo is available in 9 vibrant shell colours and 3 legged options with ICT Swivel to complete the family. Fully EN1729 (NEW) part 1 and 2 compliant the Geo has been designed and manufactured in the UK for the educational and contract markets.
Superb QualityChairs
Code Description £
GE05 Reverse Cantilever Chair - 460mm 101
GE06 Reverse Cantilever Chair - 430mm 101
Code Description £
GE01 Four Legged Stacking Chair - 460mm 65
GE02 Four Legged Stacking Chair - 430mm 65
Geo Poly Four Legged Stacking ChairGeo Poly Reverse Cantilever Chair
Seat Colours
Yellow (Lemon)
Green (Lime)
Blue (Ocean)
Mulberry Grey (Slate)
Red Black (Onyx)
Brown (Mocha)
Orange (Flame)
Frame Colours
Black Grey Chrome Silver
Options Code £Seat Pad: SP Add 33Top Bar: TBL Add 8Tubular: TL Add 7
Code Description £
GE010 Skid Base Chair - 460mm 78
GE011 Skid Base Chair - 430mm 78
Code Description £
GE015 ICT Gas Lift Poly Chair 137
Geo Poly ICT Gas Lift ChairGeo Poly Skid Base Chair
Top Bar Tubular
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
284-285 Postura Geo Poly (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 10:32
Stools
286
classroom tables & chairs
Poly Top•ThePolyTopstoolisdesignedwithaflatseatwhich allowsforeasystacking.•Designedtostack10high.•The22mmdiameterfourleggedsteelframes arecoatedinanEpoxyPowdercoatfinishtogive maximumlife.
Heavy Duty Wooden Top•Manufacturedusing25mmsquarecrushedrobustframe.•A19mmdiameterbracing-barhasalsobeenaddedtogive extrastrengthtotheheavydutyframe.
Poly Top StoolsCode Depth Width SeatHeight £AS1 295 335 445mm 43AS2 295 335 560mm 44AS3 295 335 610mm 45AS4 295 335 685mm 46AS5 295 335 755mm 47
Heavy Duty Wooden StoolsCode Depth Width SeatHeight £HDS1 300 300 445mm 62HDS2 300 300 510mm 63HDS3 300 300 560mm 64HDS4 300 300 610mm 65HDS5 300 300 685mm 66 Stools
from only £43
BracingBar
Topscomewithholesonrequest
PolyTopFrameColours
5year
guarantee
PolyTopSeatColours
WoodenTop&HeavyDutyWoodenTopFrameColours
5year
guarantee
WoodenTop&HeavyDutyWoodenTopSeatColours
Wooden Top•Liftedwitheaseviatheusefulhandhole.•The22mmdiameterfourleggedsteelframesarecoated inanEpoxyPowdercoatfinish.•A19mmdiameterbracing-barhasalsobeenaddedto giveextrastrengthtothehighframe.
Wooden Top StoolsCode Depth Width SeatHeight £
DGW1 535 300 445mm 46
DGW2 535 300 560mm 47
DGW3 535 300 610mm 48
DGW4 535 300 685mm 55
Beech
Black TexturedBlack LightGrey SmoothSilver
Red Green Blue Ply Yellow
Yellow Red Green Blue Charcoal Beige
TexturedBlack DarkGrey LightGrey TexturedSilverSmoothSilver
Deliveredtoaroomofchoicewithin25workingdaysfullyassembled.Packagingremovedandrecycled.Certainexceptionsseepage2.
286-287 WSM Stools High Chairs (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 10:53
WSMStools&HighChairs
287
classroom tables & chairs
WSM Skid BaseCode SeatHeight £
Skid Base StoolWSM1SKID 395mm 77WSM2SKID 445mm 77WSM3SKID 560mm 77WSM4SKID 610mm 77WSM5SKID 685mm 77
WSM Four LeggedCode SeatHeight £
Four Legged StoolWSM1 395mm 67WSM2 445mm 67WSM3 560mm 67WSM4 610mm 67WSM5 685mm 67
Stool&HighChairSeatColours
5year
guarantee
If you are looking for the UK’s best stool, look no furtherOurWSMstoolsarespecifiedformajorprojectscountrywidebecauseoftheiruniqueseatshapewithintegrallumbarsupport.
Addtothisarobuststeelframewithawellpositionedfootrestandwehaveawinningcombination.Choosefromafourleggedorskidbasedesign.•Skidbasefeaturesnon-tiltframeandprotectsfloorinhighwearsituations.
Integral LumbarSupport
BS High Chair Chair 2000Code Size SeatHeight £NP5ST4 4 610mm 67NP5ST5 5 685mm 69
Code Size SeatHeight £MS127 1 640mm 80MS128 2 670mm 84
Code SeatHeight Age £2104 620mm 13 802105 670mm 14-Adult 89
NP High Chair
Essentialwherehighlyabrasivenon-slipflooringisused.
CodeSF Add£5
SteelFeetOption
Red Blue Green Charcoal SoftBlue Yellow Orange Purple Lilac TangyGreen
NP•PerfectforuseinICT,craftandscienceenvironments
BS•Adesignthat’sstronger,sturdierandsleeker
Chair 2000•Robuststeelback&integratedlumbarsupport
FrameColours:SuppliedinDuraformSpeckledLightGrey.Otherframecoloursavailableonrequest.
Allproductsonthispagearepricedtobedeliveredwithin30workingdaystogroundfloor,nearestundercoverpoint.Certainexceptionsseepage2.
286-287 WSM Stools High Chairs (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 10:53
Tub Tables
288
classroom tables & chairs
Fantastic Value!
Tub TablesCode Description Table Approx A B C D Unit Price Length Width Weight (kg) Junior Infant Pre-school £
ATCA6 Tub Table 1220mm 760mm (30”) 9.0 635mm(25”) 546mm(21.5”) 508mm (20”) 216 Includes 3 x Square plastic tub
ATAA6 Tub Table 1830mm 760mm (30”) 12.5 635mm(25”) 546mm(21.5”) 508mm (20”) 274 Includes 4 x Square plastic tubs
Tub Tables1. Select table length stating product code, 2. Select Height, 3. Select laminate colour
Choose fromtwo table lengths
Play then storeThese Contour folding tables are supplied with clear plastic tubs, including lids. Place small play items into the tubs such as Lego®, pens, crayons, plasticine, cars and Knex® and drop them into the table top. Once your activity is complete, just remove the tubs and store them away. The table can then be folded down and stored in the minimum of space. Each table is supplied with three holes in the top in which to place the tubs.
• Two lengths, three junior heights & four primary colours.
Colours
GP13 GP54 GP55GP235year
guarantee
Signal Red Paradiso Yellow Green
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
288-289 Tub Tables Enviro (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 10:57
Enviro Early Years
289
classroom tables & chairs
Enviro Early Years TablesCode Table Dimensions mm Weight Available Heights £
Shape Length x width KG 640mm 590mm 530mm 460mm
EN/DB37/S Rectangular 1200 x 600 15.3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 220
EN/CK37/S Bean 1400 x 750 16.3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 232
EN/CT37/S Trapezoidal 1400 x 590 14.20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 232
EN/DD37/S Round 1200 diameter 20.80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 307
EN/DS37/S Daisy 1200 x 1200 19.45 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 319
Bright and vibrant colours - for stimulating learning environmentsStimulating shapes and colours from the new Enviro Early Years range are perfect for playgroups, nurseries and reception classes.
Choose from a range of primary colours with contrasting ABS edging to brighten up the learning environment for young children. Enviro products are truly child friendly.
1. Select table length product code, 2. Select height, 3. Select laminate colour
5year
guarantee
Edge Colours FrameColour RangeGP33 GP21 GP23 GP24GP25 GP 58 GP13 GP54
Lime Campanula Heather Yellow Grey Dots Red Paradiso Light Grey Ruby Red Dusky Blue Green SilverJapanese Beech
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
288-289 Tub Tables Enviro (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 10:57
Nursery Tables
290
classroom tables & chairs
StandardThese bright and attractive tables are designed to nest easily, and have round tubular legs with an 18mm MDF bullnose edged top.
Supplied with matching top and frame colour.
CircularCode Dia x H (mm) Age £RTSS11C46 1100 diameter x 460 3-4 years 212RTSS11C53 1100 diameter x 530 4-6 years 212RTSS11C59 1100 diameter x 590 6-8 years 212
RectangularCode Dia x H (mm) Age £RTSS11546 1100 x 550 x 460 3-4 years 127RTSS11553 1100 x 550 x 530 4-6 years 127RTSS11559 1100 x 550 x 590 6-8 years 127
*Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey.
Frames match top colours.
Colours
Nursery Tables From
£127
TrapezoidalCode W x 3 Shortest Edges x H (mm) Age £RTSS11LE46 1100 x 550 x 460 3-4 years 131RTSS11LE53 1100 x 550 x 530 4-6 years 131RTSS11LE59 1100 x 550 x 590 6-8 years 131
Colours
5year
guarantee
*Beech Red Blue Green Yellow
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
290-291 Nursery Standard Premium (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 11:00
Nursery Tables
291
classroom tables & chairs
PremiumOur highest quality fully welded tables with stylish, chunky tubular legs. Standard 18mm MDF tops with a hardwearing laminate. The top choice for early years classrooms. Supplied with matching top and frame colour, in a variety of shapes and sizes to create a lively classroom environment.
• Stylish • Durable • Value for money • 10 year guarantee
Code W x 3 Shortest Edges x H (mm) Age £NURS11LE46 1100 x 550 x 460 3-4 years 185NURS11LE53 1100 x 550 x 530 4-6 years 185NURS11LE59 1100 x 550 x 590 6-8 years 185
Trapezoidal
Code W x D x H (mm) Age £NURS11546 1100 x 550 x 460 3-4 years 177NURS11553 1100 x 550 x 530 4-6 years 177NURS11559 1100 x 550 x 590 6-8 years 177
Rectangular
Code Dia x H (mm) Age £NURS11C46 1100 x 460 3-4 years 268NURS11C53 1100 x 530 4-6 years 268NURS11C59 1100 x 590 6-8 years 268
Circular
*Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey.
Frames match top colours.
Colours
Premium Tables From
£177
Colours
10year
guarantee
*Beech Red Blue Green Yellow
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
290-291 Nursery Standard Premium (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 11:00
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
292
classroom tables & chairs
Our Slide/Stacking tables are created with a robust crushed metal frame and a 25mm square leg system that is longer on one side enabling you to stack with ease.The frames are manufactured out of 1.5mm gauge steel and can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.We supply a wide range of work top finishes in Laminated MDF the edges can either be clear lacquered or 2mm PVC finish. 18mm thick top supplied as standard.
Rectangular Crush Bent
Rectangular Fully Welded
Code Description W x D £M01-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 101M02-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 103M01-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 104M02-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 106M01-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 114M02-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 116
Code Description W x D £ST1150-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 101ST4-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 103ST5-MDF MDF Edge 1500 x 600 179ST1150-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 104ST4-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 106ST5-PVC PVC Edge 1500 x 600 182ST1150-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 114ST4-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 116ST5-PU PU Edge 1500 x 600 192
5year
guarantee
Square Crush Bent
Square Fully Welded
Code Description W x D £MS1-MDF MDF Edge 600 x 600 86MS1-PVC PVC Edge 600 x 600 89MS1-PU PU Edge 600 x 600 98
Code Description W x D £ST1-MDF MDF Edge 600 x 600 86ST2-MDF MDF Edge 760 x 760 130ST3-MDF MDF Edge 900 x 900 147ST1-PVC PVC Edge 600 x 600 89ST2-PVC PVC Edge 760 x 760 133ST3-PVC PVC Edge 900 x 900 150ST1-PU PU Edge 600 x 600 99ST2-PU PU Edge 760 x 760 143ST3-PU PU Edge 900 x 900 160
MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered.
PVC 2mm (Shrink to Fit) A thick band of plastic which seals and protects the table edge.
PU edge A high impact and resilient textured spray PU edge. Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Age 2-3 yearsSize 2 530mm Age 3-5 yearsSize 3 590mm Age 5-7 yearsSize 4 640mm Age 7-9 yearsSize 5 710mm Age 9-13 yearsSize 6 760mm Age 13-Adult
Edge OptionsMDF
Crush-BentStackable Frame
PVC PU
Quality Tables From
£86
Frame ColoursTop Colours
Maple Oak Beech Red Blue Green Yellow Light Grey Dark Grey Black Textured Black
Light Grey Textured Dark Grey
Textured Silver
Smooth Silver
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
292-293 Crush Bent Fully Welded 1 (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 11:06
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
293
classroom tables & chairs
These tables are available in a wide range of work top finishes such as laminated MDF, Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow. We also offer a selection of table edge finishes. These tables can be made in many different shapes and sizes and still offer the Spiral Stacking System.The 25mm (square section) four legged frames can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.
Code Description W x D £TRZTM-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 101TRZTM1-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 103TRZTM-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 104TRZTM1-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 106TRZTM-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 114TRZTM1-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 116
Code Description W x D £TRZT1-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 101TRZT-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 103TRZT1-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 104TRZT-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 106TRZT1-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 114TRZT-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 116
Code Description Dia £CT1-MDF MDF Edge 600 140CTS10-MDF MDF Edge 1000 182CT1-PVC PVC Edge 600 143CTS10-PVC PVC Edge 1000 186CT1-PU PU Edge 600 153CTS10-PU PU Edge 1000 195
Code Description W x D £SCTRP-MDF MDF Edge 1100 x 550 101SCT12-MDF MDF Edge 1200 x 600 103SCTRP-PVC PVC Edge 1100 x 550 104SCT12-PVC PVC Edge 1200 x 600 106SCTRP-PU PU Edge 1100 x 550 114SCT12-PU PU Edge 1200 x 600 116
Circular Fully Welded
Semi Circular Fully Welded
Wide choice of colours
See opposite for frame & top colours.
Trapezoidal Crush Bent
Trapezoidal Fully Welded
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
292-293 Crush Bent Fully Welded 1 (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 11:06
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
294
classroom tables & chairs
The UK’s first choice for classroom tables, available in a wide choice of shapes and colours. All tables comply with BS EN 1729.
• Frames are supplied in Duraform speckled light grey paint as standard.
• Strong multipurpose tables available in 6 european standard sizes.
• Available with 10 top colours and 2 edge styles.
Rectangular Crush Bent (Stacking)Code Description W x D £CBSQ-115-MD MDF Edge 1100 x 550 107CBSQ-126-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107CBSQ-115-PS Duraform Edge 1100 x 550 138CBSQ-126-PS Duraform Edge 1200 x 600 138
Rectangular Fully Welded (Stacking)Code Description W x D £SQSS-115-MD MDF Edge 1100 x 550 107SQSS-126-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107SQSS-115-PS Duraform Edge 1100 x 550 138SQSS-126-PS Duraform Edge 1200 x 600 138
Classroom Tables From
£97
Square Crush Bent (Stacking)Code Description W x D £CBSQ-66-MD MDF Edge 600 x 600 97CBSQ-66-PS Duraform Edge 600 x 600 111
Square Fully WeldedCode Description W x D £SQSS-66-MD MDF Edge 600 x 600 102SQSS-66-PS Duraform Edge 600 x 600 122
MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered.
Duraform PU edge A high impact and resilient textured spray PU edge.
Note: Table will have rounded corners.Choose from Charcoal, Blue and Light Grey.If not specified, charcoal will be supplied.
Edge OptionsMDF Duraform
Top Colours
SquareRectangular
Red
Yellow
Blue
Light Grey
Green
Oak
White
Maple
Ailsa
Beech
Images shown are of fully welded option.
Frame Colour
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
5year
guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
294-295 Crush Bent Fully Welded 2 (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 11:29
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
295
classroom tables & chairs
Code Description W x D £CBSQ-11LE-MD MDF Edge 1100 x 550 107CBSQ-12LE-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107CBSQ-11LE-PS Duraform Edge 1100 x 550 138CBSQ-12LE-PS Duraform Edge 1200 x 600 138(550/600 refers to 3 shortest edges)
Code Description W x D £SQSS-11LE-MD MDF Edge 1100 x 550 107SQSS-12LE-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 600 107SQSS-11LE-PS Duraform Edge 1100 x 550 138SQSS-12LE-PS Duraform Edge 1200 x 600 138(550/600 refers to 3 shortest edges)
Code Description Dia £CBSQ-10C-MD MDF Edge 1000 203CBSQ-10C-PS Duraform Edge 1000 228
Code Description Dia £SQSS-10C-MD MDF Edge 1000 169SQSS-11C-MD MDF Edge 1100 247SQSS-12C-MD MDF Edge 1200 254SQSS-10C-PS Duraform Edge 1000 205SQSS-11C-PS Duraform Edge 1100 270SQSS-12C-PS Duraform Edge 1200 284
Code Description Dia £SQSS-11SC-MD MDF Edge 1100 138SQSS-12SC-MD MDF Edge 1200 142SQSS-11SC-PS Duraform Edge 1100 160SQSS-12SC-PS Duraform Edge 1200 165
Circular Crush Bent (Stacking)
Circular Fully Welded
Semi Circular Fully Welded
Designed for ease of stacking
Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Age 3-4 yearsSize 2 530mm Age 4-6 yearsSize 3 590mm Age 6-8 yearsSize 4 640mm Age 8-11 yearsSize 5 710mm Age 11-14 yearsSize 6 760mm Age 14-Adult
See opposite for frame & top colours.Crush-Bent Stackable Frame Fully Stackable Frame
Trapezoidal Circular
Semi Circular
Trapezoidal Crush Bent (Stacking)
Trapezoidal Fully Welded
Images shown are of fully welded option.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
294-295 Crush Bent Fully Welded 2 (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 11:29
TablesCode Description W x D £
PRCRAFT-126-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 600 332
PRCRAFT-157-MD MDF Edge 1500 x 750 494
PRCRAFT-126-PS Duraform Edge 1200 x 600 356
PRCRAFT-157-PS Duraform Edge 1500 x 750 530
PPRCRAFT-126-TRESPA TRESPA Edge 1200 x 600 750
PRCRAFT-157-TRESPA TRESPA Edge 1500 x 750 932
Craft Tables
296
classroom tables & chairs
Table Top Finishes - Laminate Table Top Finishes - Trespa
5year
guarantee
10year
guarantee
Available Table Heights: 760mm, 800mm, 850mm, 900mm, 1000mm
TablesCode Description W x D £
CRAFT-126-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 600 228
CRAFT-127-MD MDF Edge 1200 x 750 269
CRAFT-157-MD MDF Edge 1500 x 750 422
CRAFT-126-PS Duraform Edge 1200 x 600 250
CRAFT-127-PS Duraform Edge 1200 x 750 293
CRAFT-157-PS Duraform Edge 1500 x 750 460
CRAFT-126-TRESPA TRESPA Edge 1200 x 750 587
CRAFT-157-TRESPA TRESPA Edge 1500 x 750 834
This versatile range of tables are ideal for use throughout the school where extra strength, stability or height is required. In two different styles you will find the perfect design for your Art Room, Science Lab, Craft/Technology Studio.
Fully Welded FrameMade with 25mm square steel tubing to give a traditional feel to your classroom.
Premium FrameThis chunky 45mm round tube frame gives a bespoke designer feel and will give your classroom style and practicality in one.
Table Edges
MDF Duraform Trespa
Frame FinishSupplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey paint as standard.
Beech Oak Ailsa Blue White Speckled Icey Blue
Speckled White
Speckled Pastel Grey
Speckled Powder Blue
Light Grey
Note: Trespa Tops are finished with an extra hard-wearing top for environments where heat, water and chemical resistance is essential.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
296-297 Craft & Exam Tables (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 11:36
Exam Tables
297
classroom tables & chairs
Our ‘X’ Frame design enables you to fold the table after use and store away with ease. The slim body allows you to store in the narrowest of places. A folding exam table trolley is also available.
•22mmclearlacquerorPVCedges
•Plywoodtopsavailableonrequest
•Suppliedwithpengroove
•Allexamdesksarestackable
5year
guarantee
Folds Flat
Code W x D x H (mm) £EXS1 600 x 600 x 710 82
Code W x D x H (mm) £EXHD1 600 x 600 x 710 91
Nesting Table
Heavy Duty Cantilever Table
Code W x D x H (mm) £EXF1 600 x 525 x 710 52EXF2 600 x 600 x 710 52EXF3 600 x 450 x 710 52
Code Description £ET Exam Trolley (Holds 25 Folding Exam Desks) 309
Folding ‘X’ Frame Exam Desk
Folding Exam Desk Trolley
A favourite throughout
schools
Our Nesting Table is designed using 1.5mm gauge steel frame and a hard wearing work top. It is shaped to get stacked with ease and also perform as a comfortable table.•Thesetablescanbestacked5high
Our Heavy Duty Cantilever Table has a ‘Crush Bent’ steel frame design which allows you to slide them on top of each other when stacking. With a 25 x 25mm upper leg frame and 50 x 25mm lower/feet frame this makes this table a very strong and durable to use.•Thesetablescanbestacked5high
Laminate Table Top Colours
Maple
Yellow Laminate
Oak
Light Grey
Beech
Dark Grey
Red Laminate
Blue Laminate
Green Laminate Frame Colours
Black Textured Black
Light Grey Textured Dark Grey
Textured Silver
Smooth Silver
Table Heights AvailableSize Height Age1 460mm 2-3 yrs2 530mm 3-5 yrs3 590mm 5-7 yrs
Size Height Age4 640mm 7-9 yrs5 710mm 9-13 yrs6 760mm 13+ yrs
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15-20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
296-297 Craft & Exam Tables (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 11:36
Equation Leaf
298
classroom tables & chairs
Equation LeafCode Size £
LEAF-PS 1220mm x 875mm 342
1750mm diameter when 4 are put together to create a circular shape. This will seat 8 people comfortably.
Frame
10year
guarantee
The exciting Leaf table adds another dimension to the modular table range. The modern 32mm frame and 25mm top make this is a truly unique solution. Not only can this work brilliantly as a set of four to create a circular shaped table that brings students together, but the tables can be separated to allow individual or small group work. The Leaf can also be arranged in a set of four giving a fanned out effect which allows more students to sit round the table but still disperse into smaller groups. This stunning classroom table really does combine style, functionality and versatility. Each table is individually sold and comes with our Duraform PU edging as standard for extra long life cycle.
Edge Detail
Duraform
DuraformSpeckled Grey
A versatile range ideal for
education
Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Note: Table will have rounded corners.Choose from Charcoal and Light Grey. Charcoal as standard.
Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Age 3-4 yearsSize 2 530mm Age 4-6 yearsSize 3 590mm Age 6-8 yearsSize 4 640mm Age 8-11 yearsSize 5 710mm Age 11-14 yearsSize 6 760mm Age 14-Adult
Top Colours
Soft Lime Soft Blue Beech Biscuit Grey Speckle
Orange Flame
Canary Yellow
Tangy Green
Summer Blue
Maple Lilac Turquoise Purple White
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
298-299 Equation Leaf (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 11:39
Equation
299
classroom tables & chairs
This stylish 32mm frame is supplied with a resilient 25mm top which is finished with Duraform edging. Various shapes and colours are available to really brighten up your classroom! Other benefits include height adjustable feet so you can ensure that these tables never wobble, tamper proof screw fixings, and the addition of castors for manoeuvrability. Duraform light grey speckle frame paint as standard.
10year
guarantee
Square ArcCode Size (mm) £
EQUPR-11LE-PS 1100 x 550 181
EQUPR-12LE-PS 1200 x 600 185
Code Size (mm) £
EQUPR-66-PS 600 x 600 132
Code Size (mm) £
EQUPR-ARCV2-PS 1490 x 600 359
Trapezoidal
Semi Circular CircularCode Size (mm) £
EQUPR-115-PS 1100 x 550 193
EQUPR-126-PS 1200 x 600 197
Code Size (mm) £
EQUPR-12SC-PS 1200 Diameter 193
Code Size (mm) £
EQUPR-11C-PS 1100 Diameter 351
Rectangular
Edge DetailExtremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Note: Table will have rounded corners.Choose from Charcoal, Light Grey and Blue. Charcoal as standard.
For table heights available see page opposite.
Top Colours
Soft Lime Soft Blue Beech Biscuit Grey Speckle
Orange Flame
Canary Yellow
Tangy Green
Summer Blue
Maple Lilac Purple White
Frame Colour
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
298-299 Equation Leaf (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 11:39
Enviro
300
classroom tables & chairs
Choice of shapes, sizes
& heights
Enviro Classroom TablesCode Product Dimensions mm Weight Available Heights £
Description Length x width KG 760mm 710mm 640mm 590mm 530mm 460mm
EN/FA38 Square 750 x 750 12.80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 203
EN/DB38 Rectangular 1200 x 600 15.30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 220
EN/CT38 Trapezoidal 1400 x 590 14.20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 232
EN/CA38 Rectangular 1400 x 750 19.50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 258
For a truly stylish classroom, look no further than Enviro. The smart silver anodised table legs and frame, and attractive wipe-clean laminate tops with contrasting ABS edge will fit perfectly in any classroom environment. Available in a choice of sizes, shapes and heights to suit all age groups from reception through to Sixth Form. The lightweight aluminium table frame and honeycomb core to the table top ensures the table is lighter in weight than most classroom tables, while still retaining its strength and durability.
Square EN/FA38 Rectangular EN/DB38 Rectangular EN/CA38 Trapezoidal EN/CT38
1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour
5year
guarantee
FrameColour Range Edge Range
GP99 GP24 GP58GP57
Clear Maple
Grey Dots Sparta Mid Grey Dusky Blue
Ruby Red SilverJapanese Beech
Light Grey
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
300-301 Enviro & Computer Trolleys (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:01
Computer Trolleys
301
classroom tables & chairs
Our computer trolleys are the simple solution for any school, office, factory or community centre. All items are delivered flat pack.
A simple solution for
schools
Optional keyboard shelf available on all models
Code: EF8057
ADD £61
EF8057
Code W x D x H (mm) £CF7038 675 x 660 x 725 204
Small Budget Workstation
Code W x D x H (mm) £EF8049 1000 x 650 x 500-750 489Fixed Height - choose between 500-750mm (in 50mm increments from floor to main work surface)
Single Tier Fixed Height
Code W x D x H (mm) £CF7049 850 x 506 x 840 225
Code W x D x H (mm) £EF8046 1000 x 650 x 500-750 505Fixed Height - choose between 500-750mm (in 50mm increments from floor to main work surface)
Tower Workstation
Two Tier Fixed Height
Fixed Height Trolleys:These are non-returnable
Frame Colours Top Colours
Blue Grey BeechRed5year
guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
300-301 Enviro & Computer Trolleys (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:01
Budget Storage
302
classroom storage
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1 Bay, 6 & 8 Tray
6 Tray Unit Shown
12 Tray Unit Shown
Practical, affordable and available within 15 days, these strongly constructed storage units come complete with your choice of coloured trays and castors.
•Stronglyconstructedstorageunitswithachoiceof coloured trays.
•Unitssuppliedcompletewithtrays.
•Beechcarcassonly
•Unitsaresuppliedcompletewithcastorsasstandard.
2 Bay, 12 & 16 Tray
3 Bay, 18 Tray
3 Bay, 24 Tray
1 Bay, 6 & 8 Tray Beech CarcassCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
WETS6BCH 6 Tray Unit 366 x 468 x 613 92
WETS8BCH 8 Tray Unit 366 x 468 x 783 97
3 Bay, 18 Tray Beech CarcassCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
WETS18BCH 18 Tray Unit 1054 x 468 x 613 197
Multi-Deep Tray Storage UnitsCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
WETS12BCH 12 Tray Unit 710 x 468 x 613 143
WETS16BCH 16 Tray Unit 710 x 468 x 783 144
3 Bay, 24 Tray Beech CarcassCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
WETS24BCH 24 Tray Unit 1054 x 468 x 783 230
Tray Colours Available
BCH5year
guarantee
Red Yellow Blue Green Beech Carcass
302-303 Budget Storage (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:05
Budget Storage
303
classroom storage
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Manufactured from 18mm beech MFC complete with castors (2 locking) trays. Trays are available in any colour combination. All units delivered fully assembled.
A simple solution for
schools
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
ST006 6 Deep Tray Unit 622 x 453 x 789 276
ST008 8 Deep Tray Unit 622 x 453 x 1026 302
ST009 9 Deep Tray Unit 922 x 453 x 789 351
ST012 12 Deep Tray Unit 1222 x 453 x 789 422
ST016 16 Deep Tray Unit 1222 x 453 x 1026 533
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
STOPENSM Small 1180 x 380 x 560 224
STOPENMED Medium 1180 x 380 x 760 257
STOPENLGE Large 1180 x 380 x 910 289
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
ST0403 4 Shallow & 3 Deep Tray Unit 622 x 453 x 789 283
ST0806 8 Shallow & 6 Deep Tray Unit 1222 x 453 x 789 458
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
ST321RH Right Hand 1015 x 470 x 875 442
ST321LH Left Hand 1015 x 470 x 875 442
Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units
Tiered Access Units with 6 Trays
Tray Colours Available
T BCH5year
guarantee
Deep Tray Storage Units
Small, Medium & Large Display Units
Tiered Access Units with 6 trays (Left & Right hand)
Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units
STOPENLGE
ST012
ST0806
ST321RH
Deep Tray Storage Units
Small, Medium & Large Display Units
Blue Red Yellow Clear Beech Carcass
302-303 Budget Storage (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:05
Shallow Tray Storage
304
classroom storage
A comprehensive range of strongly constructed storage units with a large choice of coloured trays. Units are supplied complete with coloured or clear trays, castors and in beech with optional coloured tops.
1 Bay
2 Bay
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ1W 6 Tray Unit 360 x 453 x 617 143
MEQ8H 8 Tray Unit 360 x 453 x 789 255With Coloured Top
MEQ1WCOLTOP 6 Tray Unit 360 x 453 x 617 Add 17
MEQ8HCOLTOP 8 Tray Unit 360 x 453 x 789 Add 17
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ2W 12 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 617 239
MEQ16 16 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 789 372With Coloured Top
MEQ2WCOLTOP 12 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 617 Add 17
MEQ16COLTOP 16 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 789 Add 17
3 BayCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ3W 18 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 617 288
MEQ21 21 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 703 402
MEQ4W 24 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 789 347
With Coloured Top
MEQ3WCOLTOP 18 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 617 Add 17
MEQ21COLTOP 21 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 703 Add 17
MEQ4WCOLTOP 24 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 789 Add 17
OptionsCode Description £
MEQ1001 Lockable Doors per pair 107
EF8820 Clip on Lid for Tray 7
1 Bay
3 Bay
MEQ1W Shownwith Clear Trays
2 Bay
Lockable Doors Pair of doors for any wooden storage units.
Clip on Lids
5year
guarantee
Tray Colours
Top ColoursCarcassTray ColoursBCH
Shallow & deep only
Red
Lemon Jelly Strawberry Jelly
Grey Beech Red GreenYellow Blue
Yellow Blue Green Clear Purple Lime Cyan Pink Tangerine Kiwi Jelly Grape Jelly Blueberry Jelly
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
304-305 Shallow & Combi Storage (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:08
Combination Tray Storage
305
classroom storage
Mix and match between deep or shallow trays to create the combination to meet your requirement.
Code Description £
EF8820 Clip on Lid for Tray 7Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ4012 12 Deep 1358 x 453 x 707 519
MEQ4016 16 Deep 1358 x 453 x 835 622
MEQ4018 18 Deep 1030 x 453 x 1210 673
Combination Tray StorageOptions
18 Deep or 36 Shallow
16 Deep or 32 Shallow
12 Deep or 24 Shallow
Clip on Lids
5year
guarantee
Tray Colours
CarcassTray ColoursBCH
Shallow & deep only
Red
Lemon Jelly Strawberry Jelly
Grey Beech
Yellow Blue Green Clear Purple Lime Cyan Pink Tangerine Kiwi Jelly Grape Jelly Blueberry Jelly
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
304-305 Shallow & Combi Storage (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:08
Variety Tray Storage
306
classroom storage
This range provides differing sizes of trays to meet a changeable storage requirement. The range comes with a choice of 14 different tray colours. Coloured tops available.
Variety Tray StorageCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ1108 8 Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 967 425
MEQ1112 12 Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 967 535
MEQ1031 12 Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 707 612
MEQ1116 16 Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 967 676
OptionsCode Description £
EF8820 Clip on Lid for Tray 7
Clip on Lids
Shown withClear Trays
16 Tray
12 Tray
8 Tray Unit
12 Tray
MEQ1108
MEQ1031
MEQ1116
MEQ1112
5year
guarantee
Tray Colours
CarcassTray ColoursBCH
Shallow & deep only
Red
Lemon Jelly
Strawberry Jelly
Grey Beech
Yellow Blue Green Clear Purple Lime Cyan Pink Tangerine Kiwi Jelly Grape Jelly Blueberry Jelly
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
306-307 Variety & Extra Deep Storage (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:10
Extra Deep Tray Storage
307
classroom storage
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ1015 12 Jumbo Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 1067 629
MEQ1062 6 Jumbo Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 739 566
MEQ1021 8 Jumbo Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 739 492
MEQ1061 9 Jumbo Tray Unit 1030 x 453 x 1067 599
MEQ1011 6 Jumbo Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 1067 432
Jumbo Tray Storage
Jumbo Tray Storage
MEQ1061
MEQ1011
See opposite page for colour options & clip on lids
MEQ1021
MEQ1062
MEQ1015
MEQ3116
Extra Deep StorageA comprehensive range of strongly constructed storage units with a wide variety of coloured or clear trays to brighten up your classroom.
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ3106 6 Extra Deep Tray Unit 700 x 453 x 857 328
MEQ3112 12 Extra Deep Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 857 572
MEQ3116 16 Extra Deep Tray Unit 1358 x 453 x 1115 713
Extra Deep Tray Storage
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
306-307 Variety & Extra Deep Storage (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:10
Mobile Book Storage
308
classroom storage
All units come assembled with castors.
•Stronglyconstructedunitswithachoiceofcolouredtrays.
•Beechcarcassonly
3 Straight ShelvesCode W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ3BS 1040 x 502 x 883 285
2 Angled, 1 Flat ShelfCode W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ2LU 1040 x 502 x 883 285
3 Angled & 3 Straight Shelves
3 Angled Shelves Each Side
Mobile 6 Slot Big Book Holder
Code W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ3AS 3SS 1040 x 502 x 883 285
Code W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ3LU 1040 x 502 x 883 285
Code W x D x H (mm) £
MEQBBH 695 x 504 x 760 331
•3angledshelvesonesideand3straightshelves on the other side
•3angledshelveseachside
•Mobile6slotbigbookholder
•3straightshelvesbothsides
•2angled1flatshelfbothsides
Allproductsonthispagearepricedtobedeliveredwithin15workingdaystogroundfloor,nearestundercoverpoint.Certainexceptionsseepage2.
308-309 Mobile Book Storage (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:12
Mobile Book Storage
309
classroom storage
Code W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ4000 690 x 453 x 600 315
Code W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ4002 1015 x 450 x 820 411
Code W x D x H (mm) £
MEQ4001 1022 x 453 x 600 449
Art/Book Storage
Book/Art Storage
Art Storage
•8shallowor4deeptrayswith 4 Kinderboxes
• Doublesided6bayKinderboxwith1fixedshelf either side
All units come complete
with trays & castors
OptionsCode Description £
EF8820 CliponLidforTray 7
5year
guarantee
TrayColours
CarcassTrayColoursBCH
Shallow & deeponly
Clip on Lids
Red
Lemon Jelly
StrawberryJelly
Grey Beech
Yellow Blue Green Clear Purple Lime Cyan Pink Tangerine KiwiJelly Grape Jelly
BlueberryJelly
Allproductsonthispagearepricedtobedeliveredwithin25workingdaystogroundfloor,nearestundercoverpoint.Certainexceptionsseepage2.
308-309 Mobile Book Storage (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:12
5year
guarantee
Colours Available Carcass Finishes
Curve Storage & Seating
310
classroom storage
•Unitscomewithoutcushionsasstandard
•Cushionsareavailableatextracost
•Unitsareavailableasstaticonly
•Sturdy18mmconstruction
•Includestrays,anddeliveredfullyassembled
Book and Seat Storage IslandCode Description Height £
C300CT11 1TrayHigh 660mm 985
C400CT11 2TrayHigh 840mm 1264
C550CT11 3TrayHigh 1020mm 1537
Curve Console Island
Half Moon Storage
Code Description Height £
C300CT9 1TrayHigh 266mm 1214
C400CT9 2TrayHigh 463mm 1709
C550CT9 3TrayHigh 661mm 2171
Code Description Height £
C300CT2 1TrayHigh 266mm 287
C400CT2 2TrayHigh 463mm 415
C550CT2 3TrayHigh 661mm 536Red Yellow Blue Green Beech Maple Oak
Allproductsonthispagearepricedtobedeliveredwithin20workingdaystogroundfloor,nearestundercoverpoint.Certainexceptionsseepage2.
310-311 Curve Storage & Seating (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:15
Curve Storage & Seating
311
classroom storage
Code Description Height £
LeftHand
C300CT6L 1TrayHigh 266mm 307
C400CT6L 2TrayHigh 463mm 429
C550CT6L 3TrayHigh 661mm 550
RightHand
C300CT6R 1TrayHigh 266mm 307
C400CT6R 2TrayHigh 463mm 429
C550CT6R 3TrayHigh 661mm 550
Single Corner Units
Code Description Height £
C300CT10 1TrayHigh 266mm 550
C400CT10 2TrayHigh 463mm 654
C550CT10 3TrayHigh 661mm 769
Book Seat Storage
Code Description Height £
LeftHand
C300CT7L 1TrayHigh 266mm 405
C400CT7L 2TrayHigh 463mm 536
C550CT7L 3TrayHigh 661mm 708
RightHand
C300CT7R 1TrayHigh 266mm 405
C400CT7R 2TrayHigh 463mm 536
C550CT7R 3TrayHigh 661mm 708
Double Corner Units
W413 x D413mm
Double:W372xD1217mm
Single:W372xD462mm
Double: W1157xD463mm
Single:W785xD463mm
Double:W1157
LeftHand
RightHand
Code Description Height £
C300CT1 1TrayHigh 266mm 203
C400CT1 2TrayHigh 463mm 267
C550CT1 3TrayHigh 661mm 327
Code Description Height £
C300CT3 1TrayHigh 266mm 223
C400CT3 2TrayHigh 463mm 277
C550CT3 3TrayHigh 661mm 337
Quarter Corner Storage
Column Storage
Allproductsonthispagearepricedtobedeliveredwithin20workingdaystogroundfloor,nearestundercoverpoint.Certainexceptionsseepage2.
310-311 Curve Storage & Seating (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:15
5year
guarantee
Top Colours
Carcass Finishes
Nexus Bookcases
312
classroom storage
The Nexus bookcases are available in three wood finish carcass options along with four colour options for tops and shelves. Suitable for all ages and ideal for libraries or classrooms. Supplied fully assembled.
Single Sided with Coloured Display Top
Single Sided with Coloured Display & Shelves
Single Sided with Flat-Top
Single Sided - Display & Shelves Single Sided - Flat TopCode Size (mm) £
FD322ST 704 x 305 x 900 408
FD325ST 704 x 305 x 1200 461
FD331ST 704 x 305 x 1800 616
Code Size (mm) £
FD322STC 704 x 305 x 900 408
FD325STC 704 x 305 x 1200 461
FD331STC 704 x 305 x 1800 616
Code Size (mm) £
FD302ST 704 x 305 x 900 372
FD305ST 704 x 305 x 1200 423
FD311ST 704 x 305 x 1800 533
Single Sided - Coloured Top
Red
Green
Beech Maple Oak
Yellow Blue
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
312-313 Nexus Bookcases Library Units (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:18
Nexus Library Units
313
classroom storage
Nexus offers a range of shelving and library units which have been designed to fit together. The system is designed to maximise storage and display potential whilst keeping costs to a minimum.These high quality units are constructed using 18mm MFC and shelves and sides are available in any of the colours shown.Shelving units are supplied as starter units which are complete, and add-on units which have a transport end panel which is discarded to allow the add-on to be connected to the starter unit for a seemless finish.Suitable for all ages and ideal for libraries, classrooms or corridors.
Combination 1 Combination 2
Combination 4
•2singlesidedreversibleshelfbookcases •1singlesidedflattopbookcase
•2singlesidedbookcaseswithcolourdisplayshelf •1benchseatwithback
•2benchseatswithbacks •1cornerbenchseatwithback •1singlesidedflattopbookcase •2singlesideddisplaytopbookcases •1singlesidedreversibleshelfbookcase
FD346ST
FD306AD
FD346AD
FD326ST
FD326ST
FD404FD404
FD405
FD345ST
FD305AD
FD325AD
FD325ST
FD404
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
NC962 Combination 3105 x 305 x 1200 1791FD346ST Starter 1047 x 305 x 1200 683
FD306AD Add on 1029 x 305 x 1200 456
FD346AD Add on 1029 x 305 x 1200 652
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
NC963 Combination 3141 x 305 x 1200 1676FD326ST Starter 1047 x 305 x 1200 540
FD404 Bench 1047 x 305 x 1200 596
FD326ST Starter 1047 x 305 x 1200 540
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
NC965 Combination 5274 x 305 x 1200 3537FD345ST Starter 704 x 305 x 1200 591
FD404 Bench 1047 x 400 x 1200 596
FD405 Corner Bench 400 x 400 x 1200 458
FD404 Bench 1047 x 400 x 1200 596
FD325ST Starter 704 x 305 x 1200 461
FD305AD Add on 686 x 305 x 1200 397
FD325AD Add on 686 x 305 x 1200 438
Nexus Combination 2
Nexus Combination 4
Nexus Combination 1
5year
guarantee
Top Available Carcass Finishes
Red BeechYellow MapleGreenBlue Oak
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
312-313 Nexus Bookcases Library Units (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:18
5year
guarantee
Nexus Curve
314
classroom storage
An additional design to compliment our best selling Nexus Library range. Manufactured from high quality 18mm MFC, and all units are manufactured as mobile with two locking castors. Single sided and double sided units are available.
Single Sided Concave BookcasesCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
WBLR3/9 Concave 1180 x 835 x 900 624
WBLR3/12 Concave 1180 x 835 x 1200 740
Single Sided Convex BookcasesCode Description W x D x H (mm) £
WBLR2/9 Convex 1180 x 835 x 900 624
WBLR2/12 Convex 1180 x 835 x 1200 740
Double Sided Concave Bookcases
Double Sided Convex Bookcases
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
WBLR9/9 Concave 1575 x 1115 x 900 812
WBLR9/12 Concave 1575 x 1115 x 1200 1053
WBLR9/15 Concave 1575 x 1115 x 1500 1408
Code Description W x D x H (mm) £
WBLR8/9 Convex 1575 x 1115 x 900 812
WBLR8/12 Convex 1575 x 1115 x 1200 1053
WBLR8/15 Convex 1575 x 1115 x 1500 1408
Single Sided Straight Bookcases
Double Sided Straight Bookcases
Code W x D x H (mm) £
WBLR1/9 1000 x 320 x 900 416
WBLR1/12 1000 x 320 x 1200 494
WBLR1/6/9 600 x 320 x 900 372
WBLR1/6/12 600 x 320 x 1200 376
Code W x D x H (mm) £
WBLR7/9 1000 x 600 x 900 581
WBLR7/12 1000 x 600 x 1200 753
WBLR7/15 1000 x 600 x 1500 888
WBLR7/6/9 600 x 600 x 900 483
WBLR7/6/12 600 x 600 x 1200 665
WBLR7/6/15 600 x 600 x 1500 746
Single Sided Straight Bookcases
Single Sided Convex Bookcases
Single Sided Concave Bookcases
WBLR1/9
WBLR2/9
WBLR3/9
Curved back only available in cream
Carcass Finishes
Beech
Maple
Oak
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
314-315 Nexus Curve & Paper Storage (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:20
MEQPSU4
Paper Storage
315
classroom storage
Code W x D x H £
MEQPC 1015 x 750 x 780mm 756
MEQPCCD 1015 x 750 x 780mm 756
Code W x D x H £
MEQPSU4 (without doors) 1015 x 750 x 780mm 663
MEQPSUD (with doors, not shown) 1015 x 770 x 780mm 733
6 Drawer Plan Chest (static)
4 Sliding Drawer Open Paper Storage
4 Sliding Drawer Open Paper Storage (mobile)
MEQPC
MEQPCCD
6 Drawer Plan Chest (static)
Literature Sorter
• Suitable for up to A1 paper size.
• Suitable for up to A1 paper size.
CT3048
CT3046
CT3047
CT3048 - Suitable for 12 A4 Lever Arch folders
CT3046 - Suitable for 20 A4 Ringbinders
CT3047 - 20 Shelf literature sorter
Code W x D x H £
CT3048 610 x 320 x 770mm 318
CT3046 610 x 320 x 770mm 318
CT3047 610 x 320 x 770mm 318
Literature Sorters
5year
guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
314-315 Nexus Curve & Paper Storage (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:20
1year
guarantee
Low Height Lockers
316
classroom storage
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
1 Door School Locker
3 Door School Locker
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
133030SL 1370 x 300 x 300 90 175 261
133045SL 1370 x 300 x 450 106 207 310
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1330303 1370 x 300 x 300 129 251 375
1330453 1370 x 300 x 450 138 272 407
2 Door School LockerCode Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1330302 1370 x 300 x 300 115 224 335
1330452 1370 x 300 x 450 126 247 367
Available Door Colours
• EliteGuardAnti-bacterial powder coating.
• Speciallowheight.
• Suppliedinneststosave costs.
• Reinforceddoors.
•Hangingcompartmentwith double coat hook & shelf.
• Lockingoptions.
• EliteGuardAnti-bacterial powder coating.
• Speciallowheight.
• Suppliedinneststosave costs.
• Reinforceddoors.
• Lockingoptions.
• Perforateddooroption.
• EliteGuardAnti-bacterial powder coating.
• Speciallowheight.
• Suppliedinneststo save costs.
• Reinforceddoors.
•Hangingcompartment with double coat hook.
• Lockingoptions.
1 Door
3 Door
2 Door
AllCarcassesareGrey
Green
Yellow
Dark Blue
Maroon
RedPastel Blue
Grey
316-317 Low & Full Height Lockers (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:23
Full Height Lockers
317
classroom storage
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Lockers have officially gone green on our selected range of Storage Lockers that contain Abbeysteel™ sustainably sourced steel lockerscontainbetween11-44%steeloff-cutfromtheautomotiveindustryreducingtheirCO2footprint.Thestoragelockersalsocontainananti-bacterialpowdercoatingandareUKmanufactured.
4 Digit CombinationLockwithMasterKeyPOA
Numbered KeyFobandPlate£9 (each)
AdditionalKeys£9
MasterKey£30
ElectronicCombination LockPOA
HangingRail£11
£1CoinReturnorTokenReturnLock£39
Fitting for Padlock Specify at time of order FOC
SlopingTop(mm)300 x 300, Code: ST3030Price:£14300 x 450, Code: ST3045Price:£16450 x 450, Code:ST4545Price:£18
LockerExtras
Fitted with shelf & double coat hook
Fitted with double coat hook in each compartment
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with no internal fittings
NestofThree
NestofTwo
Sing
le L
ocke
r
•Slopingtopmustbeorderedwithlockersandisonlyavailableonsingleandnestof2lockers.• Lockerstandsavailableonrequest,pleaseaskfordetails,onlyavailableonsingleandnestof2lockers.
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830305 1800 x 300 x 300 169 332 494
1830455 1800 x 300 x 450 183 362 537
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £
1830306 1800 x 300 x 300 182
1830456 1800 x 300 x 450 195
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £
1830308 1800 x 300 x 300 232
1830458 1800 x 300 x 450 255
(Nestingoptionnotavailable)
Five Door Locker
Six Door Locker
Eight Door Locker
Single Door Locker
Two Door Locker
Four Door Locker
Three Door Locker
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
183030S 1800 x 300 x 300 99 192 286
183045S 1800 x 300 x 450 119 231 345
184545S 1800 x 450 x 450 142 N/A N/A
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830302 1800 x 300 x 300 124 244 398
1830452 1800 x 300 x 450 137 268 399
1845452 1800 x 450 x 450 159 N/A N/A
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830304 1800 x 300 x 300 149 294 439
1830454 1800 x 300 x 450 166 326 487
1845454 1800 x 450 x 450 192 N/A N/A
Code Size H x W x D mm Single £ Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
1830303 1800 x 300 x 300 136 265 397
1830453 1800 x 300 x 450 154 300 451
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with no internal fittingsChoice of two sizes available. 550mm deep lockers available-pleaseaskfordetails. 1
year guarantee
AllCarcassesareGrey
Available Door Colours
Green YellowDark Blue MaroonRedPastel Blue Grey
316-317 Low & Full Height Lockers (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:23
Low Height Lockers
318
classroom storage
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
DisabilityCode Size H x W x D mm Single £
133030DL 1370 x 300 x 300 109
133045DL 1370 x 300 x 450 123
CubeCode Size H x W x D mm Single £
303030C 300 x 300 x 300 53
383838C 380 x 380 x 380 60
454545C 450 x 450 x 450 68
Supplied with no internal fittings
• Idealmodularstorage solution in difficult areas.
•Pre-drilledfornesting.
•EliteGuardAnti-bacterial powder coating.
• Lockingoptions.
•Reinforceddoors.
•Perforateddooroption•Secureremotestoragesolutions
• Idealforutilisingawkwardareas
•Boltedtoformstacksornests
•3sizes:300,380and450mm
•Lockingoptions
•Perforateddooroption
Quarto Locker
Disability Locker
Cube Locker
1year
guaranteeAvailableDoorColours
Green YellowDarkBlue MaroonRedPastel Blue
Grey
QuartoCode Size H x W x D mm Single £
513045QU 512 x 300 x 450 67
Supplied with no internal fittings
•Specialheightfordisabledusers
• Lowlevelshelf
•Reinforceddoors
•Doublecoathook
• Lockingoptions
318-319 Lockers & Cloakroom (15).indd 1 25/11/2014 12:27
Cloakroom Seating
319
classroom storage
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Code No of Hooks Size H x W x D mm £
IS120DST 18 1800x1200x760 727
IS150DST 24 1800x1500x760 790
Code No of Compartments Size H x W x D mm £
IS120DSB 16 1800x1200x760 811
IS150DSB 20 1800x1500x760 896
Code No of Hooks Size H x W x D mm £
IS120S 9 1800x1200x400 310
IS150S 12 1800x1500x400 331
Code No of Compartments Size H x W x D mm £
IS120DSSB 8 1800x1200x400 458
IS150DSSB 10 1800x1500x400 507
Double Sided + Shoe Tray
Double Sided + Shoe Compartments
Single Sided
Single Sided + Shoe Compartments
Double Sided
Single Sided + Shoe Tray
Bench Seating
Code No of Hooks Size H x W x D mm £
IS120D 18 1800x1200x760 515
IS150D 24 1800x1500x760 545
Code No of Hooks Size H x W x D mm £
IS120SST 9 1800x1200x400 416
IS150SST 12 1800x1500x400 457
Code Length mm £
BS60 600 120
BS90 900 144
BS120 1200 167
BS150 1500 196
BS180 1800 261
1year
guarantee
BenchSeating
Practical seating at practical prices. •Welded38mmtubularsteel.•Suppliedwithdoublecoathooksandashwoodslats.•Shoecompartmentsortrayoptions.•Powdercoatedpaintfinish,red,grey,yellow,green.•Floorfixingbracket.•Suppliedflatpacked.
Practical seating at practical prices. •Ashwoodslats.•Welded38mmtubularsteel.•Freestanding.•Powdercoatedred,grey,yellow,green.
Double sided fitted with shoe compartments
Double sided fitted with shoe tray
Single sided fitted with shoe tray
Double sided
IslandSeating
Single sided fitted with shoe compartments
Single sided
318-319 Lockers & Cloakroom (15).indd 2 25/11/2014 12:27
Our standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. Although the majority of chairs and screens featured in this catalogue can be upholstered in any fabric, you may wish to specify and establish a price difference, if any.
Both manufacturers offer a wide variety of colours and materials suitable for commercial and contract environments. To assist with your choice of upholstery, take advantage of Camira and Bradbury’s excellent swatch sample service, which can be found with full fabric listings on their respective websites.
Fabric Information
320
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
Pyra (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low HazardAbrasion Resistance: 60,000 Rub matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.
Flambend (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium HazardAbrasion Resistance: 100,000 Rubs matrindale. Stain repellent treated. 5 Year guarantee.
Omega Plus (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium HazardAbrasion Resistance: 100,000 Rubs matrindale.Popular crepe weave. 5 Year guarantee.
Screen 66 (Screens)Flammability: BS476: Part 7 Class 1 Vertical Surface Test.Abrasion Resistance: 40,000 Rubs matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.
Galaxy (Screens)Flammability: BS476: Part 7 Class 1 Vertical Surface Test.Abrasion Resistance: 50,000 Rubs matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.
Advantage (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 90,000 Matrindale cycles. 5 Year guarantee.
Phoenix (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low HazardAbrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles.5 Year guarantee.
Urban Plus (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric. 5 Year guarantee.
Xtreme Plus (Seating)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium HazardPopular crepe weave upholstery fabric10 Year guarantee.
Lucia (Screens)Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium HazardAbrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric.5 Year guarantee.
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.c
amir
afab
rics
.co
m/s
amp
les
To o
rder
sam
ple
s, v
isit
ou
r o
n-l
ine
sam
ple
ser
vice
ww
w.b
rad
bu
ryfa
bri
cs.c
om
Bradbury Camirawww.bradburyfabrics.com www.camirafabrics.com/samples
Fire RetardancyBritish Standard BS 7176: 2007 allows premises to be divided into different categories of fire hazard. Within each category, test methods indicate the resistance to ignition sources, and at which hazard level. This information should allow you to select the appropriate fabric for your premises.
Low HazardUpdated BS 7176 Test Methods: BS EN 1021 1,2 Resistance to ignition sources cigarette and match.Typical Examples: Offices, schools, colleges, universities, museums, exhibitions and day centres.
Medium HazardBS 7176 Test Methods: BS 5852: 2006Resistance to ignition sources 0, 1, 5 (cigarette and match crib 5). Typical Examples: Hotel bedrooms, hospitals, public buildings, café and restaurants, places of public entertainment, pubs and bars, bingo halls.
Found a fabric? Now contact our sales team for a quotation.
320 Fabrics Information (15).indd 1 02/12/2014 10:17
Standards
ISO 9001 is a positive statement regarding the quality of Woodstock Leabank’s management systems.
It is the accreditation that certifies the importance we place on meeting our customers needs, and the approval for our working practices, procedures and processes.
ISO 14001 is the certification that demonstrates the commitment to our Environmental Management Systems and responsibilities applying to the environmental impact of the sale, distribution and installation of office furniture.
OHSAS 18001 is a UK standard enabling businesses to measure and demonstrate their commitment to Occupational Health and Safety. As a Woodstock Leabank customer, you can take confidence that we exercise due diligence in regard to health & safety and working practices.
Woodstock onlineTo find out more about us, and how we can support your business visit our website:
www.woodstockleabank.co.uk
2015 COVERS FOR FLICKY.indd 4 08/12/2014 12:21
EVALUATE - DES IGN - SPECIFY - SUPPLY - COMPLETE SOLUT IONS
AT STUDIOLINE
We know about space and design
- and being cost effective -
Our profess ional service provides a complete solution
for the creation of any environment.
Partit ion Wall and Storage Wall systems, elegant in design
and aesthetically pleasing provide flexibi l ity and maintain
your investment.
Furniture to match the wall system compliments
the interior.
Design and specification caters for bespoke
furniture and fittings.
StudioLine Ltd., Briarleas, Julianstown, Co. Meath, Ireland.
Tel: Freephone 1800 384 400 / +353 (0) 41 983 8440 Fax: +353 (0) 41 982 9165
Email: [email protected] Kevin Stanley Robert Tully
Website: www.studioline.ie Registered in Ireland 400044
Project Office: Ferris House, Constitution Hill, Drogheda, Co. Louth, Ireland.
A.Dip.Des.MA